Dexcom
Annual Report 2020

Plain-text annual report

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission file number 000-51222 DEXCOM, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 33-0857544 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 6340 Sequence Drive, San Diego, CA 92121 (Address of principal executive offices) (858) 200-0200 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value Per Share Trading Symbol(s) DXCM Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq Global Select Market) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☒ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ As of June 30, 2020, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $38.5 billion based on the closing sales price of $405.40 per share as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. Class Common stock, $0.001 par value per share Outstanding at February 4, 2021 96,177,363 Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10 through 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as specified in the responses to those item numbers. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in the Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE DexCom, Inc. Table of Contents ITEM 1. ITEM 1A. ITEM 1B. ITEM 2. ITEM 3. ITEM 4. ITEM 5. ITEM 6. ITEM 7. ITEM 7A. ITEM 8. ITEM 9. ITEM 9A. ITEM 9B. ITEM 10. ITEM 11. ITEM 12. ITEM 13. ITEM 14. ITEM 15. ITEM 16. Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures PART I PART II Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information PART III Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accountant Fees and Services Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules Form 10-K Summary PART IV Page 3 23 64 65 65 65 66 68 68 78 78 79 79 81 81 81 81 81 81 82 86 CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Except for historical financial information contained herein, the matters discussed in this Form 10-K may be considered forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and subject to the safe harbor created by the Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include declarations regarding our intent, belief, or current expectations and those of our management. Prospective investors are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control; actual results could differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) that the information is of a preliminary nature and may be subject to further adjustment; (ii) those risks and uncertainties identified under “Risk Factors”; and (iii) the other risks detailed from time-to-time in our reports and registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. PART I Item 1 - BUSINESS Overview We are a medical device company primarily focused on the design, development and commercialization of continuous glucose monitoring, or CGM, systems for use by people with diabetes and by healthcare providers. We received approval from the United States (U.S.) Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and commercialized our first product in 2006. We launched our latest generation system, the Dexcom G6 integrated Continuous Glucose Monitoring System, or G6, in 2018. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “company,” or “Dexcom” refer to DexCom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The mailing address of our headquarters is 6340 Sequence Drive, San Diego, California, 92121 and our telephone number at that location is (858) 200-0200. Our Internet website address is www.dexcom.com. We provide free access to various reports that we file with or furnish to the SEC through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed or furnished. These reports include, but are not limited to, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports. Information on our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or other report we file or furnish with the SEC. The reports are also available at www.sec.gov. Also available on our website are printable versions of our Audit Committee charter, Compensation Committee charter, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter, and Code of Conduct and Business Ethics. Stockholders may request copies of these documents by mail or telephone, at the address or phone number provided above. ® Products Dexcom G7® We are pursuing regulatory approvals for our next generation G7 CGM system. The G7 carries forward many of the same features as our G6 CGM system and adds several new or improved features, including • • • • • Reduced size. A 60% reduction in size of the on-body wearable. Fully disposable. Sensor and transmitter combined into a single, disposable wearable. Simple application. New application process streamlines the number of steps required. Faster warmup. Warmup period expected to be reduced from the current two-hour warmup for G6. Reduced packaging waste. Significant reduction to the product packaging waste profile on a per unit basis. ® Dexcom G6 In March 2018, we obtained marketing authorization from the FDA for the G6 via the de novo process. The G6 is the first type of CGM system permitted by the FDA to be used as part of an integrated system with other compatible medical devices and electronic interfaces, which may include automated insulin dosing systems, insulin pumps, blood glucose meters or other electronic devices used for diabetes management. G6 and substantially equivalent devices of this generic type that may later receive marketing authorization are referred to as integrated continuous glucose monitoring systems, or iCGMs, and have been classified as Class II devices by the FDA. Along with this classification, the FDA established criteria, called special controls, which outline requirements for assuring CGM accuracy, reliability and clinical relevance, and which also describe the type of studies and data required to demonstrate acceptable CGM performance. The G6 is designed to allow our transmitter to run an algorithm to generate a glucose value and to communicate directly to a patient’s compatible mobile device, including iPhone , iPod touch , iPad , and certain Android mobile devices. A patient’s glucose data can also be displayed on wearable devices, ® ® ® ® 3 ® like the Apple Watch and Wear OS by Google devices. The G6 transmitter has a labeled useful life of three months. Data from the G6 can be integrated with Dexcom CLARITY , our cloud-based reporting software, for personalized, easy-to-understand analysis of trends that may improve diabetes management. In the United States, the G6 is covered by Medicare and Medicaid in the majority of states and by commercial insurers, subject to satisfaction of certain eligibility and coverage criteria for individuals with both Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes. ® In June 2018, we received Conformité Européenne Marking, or CE Mark, approval for the G6, which allows us to market the system in the European Union and the countries in Asia and Latin America that recognize the CE Mark, as well as New Zealand, though certain countries may require compliance with certain local administrative requirements and/or additional marketing authorizations (for example, the inclusion of medical devices on the Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods in Australia). In October 2019, we also received marketing authorization from the FDA for the Dexcom G6 Pro, or G6 Pro, which allows healthcare professionals to purchase the G6 for use with their patients. The G6 Pro has many of same features as the G6 and is intended for healthcare professionals to use with their patients ages two years and up. The G6 Pro may be used in a blinded or unblinded mode for up to 10 days. For the G6, the sensor is inserted by the user and is intended to be used continuously for up to 10 days, after which it may be replaced with a new disposable sensor. Our transmitter is reusable until it reaches the end of its use life. Our receiver is also reusable. As we establish an installed base of customers using our products, we expect to generate an increasing portion of our revenues through recurring sales of our disposable sensors. The G6 carries forward important features of prior generation Dexcom CGM systems: • Continuous glucose readings. Automatically sends glucose readings to a Dexcom receiver or compatible mobile device every five minutes. • Mobile app and sharing. Compatibility with mobile device applications allows for sharing glucose information with other people for added support and care coordination. • Customizable alarms and alerts. Personalized alert schedule immediately warns the user of pending dangerous high and low blood sugars. The G6 also has a number of new or improved features compared to our prior generation devices: • • • Finger stick elimination. No finger sticks are needed for calibration or diabetes treatment decisions, consistent with the instructions for use. Easy sensor application. Complete redesign of the sensor applicator allows for one-touch, simple self-insertion. Discreet and low profile. A redesigned transmitter with a 28% lower profile than the previous generation Dexcom CGM system makes the device comfortable and easy to wear under clothing. • Medication blocking. New feature allows for more accurate glucose readings without interference from common medications taken at typical indication doses, such as acetaminophen. • • Predictive low alert. New alert feature intended to predict hypoglycemia before it hits to help avoid dangerous low blood sugar events. Extended 10-day disposable sensor. Up to 10-day sensor use allows for 43% longer wear than previous generation Dexcom CGM systems. Other than the foregoing, the features of the G6 are generally consistent with our prior generation CGM systems in its technical capabilities and its indications. Since the G6 is classified by the FDA as a Class II device, it is subject to special controls and modifications of, or revisions to, the device may be made under the 510(k) process. Global revenues associated with the sales of our previous commercial products, the Dexcom G4 Platinum CGM system and G5® Mobile CGM system, or G5 Mobile, amount to less than 10% of our revenue for the fiscal year ended 2020 and we anticipate phasing out these commercial products by the end of 2021. ® ® Dexcom Share The Dexcom Share remote monitoring system, offered for use with any current Dexcom system, uses an app on the patient’s iPhone, iPod touch, iPad or Android mobile device to securely and wirelessly transmit glucose information to the cloud and then to apps on the mobile devices of up to five designated recipients, or “followers,” who can remotely monitor a patient’s glucose information and receive alert notifications anywhere they have a wireless connection. A patient’s glucose data can also be displayed on a patient’s or follower’s wearable device, such as the Apple Watch and Wear OS by Google devices, when used in conjunction with the patient’s or follower’s iPhone or Android mobile device.Data and Insulin Delivery Collaborations 4 We have entered into multiple collaboration agreements that leverage our technology platform to integrate our CGM products with insulin delivery systems. The general purpose of these development and commercial relationships is to integrate our technology into the insulin pump or pen product offerings of the respective partner, enabling the partner’s insulin delivery device to receive and display glucose readings from our transmitter and, in some cases, use the glucose readings for semi-automated insulin delivery. Currently, we have announced significant insulin delivery partnerships with Eli Lilly, Insulet, Novo Nordisk, Tandem Diabetes and The Ypsomed Group. In addition to these major partners, we are working with other companies that are pursuing varying strategies surrounding semi-automated insulin delivery and data analytics to improve outcomes and ease-of-use in diabetes management. We have also entered into collaborations with several organizations that are currently using, or are developing, programs for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes that utilize our current CGM systems. These collaborations align with the strategy to seek broader access to our CGM systems for people with Type 2 diabetes, including those who are not treated with intensive insulin therapy. Verily Collaboration Our Restated Collaboration Agreement with Verily Life Science LLC (an Alphabet Company) and Verily Ireland Limited (collectively, Verily) provides us with an exclusive license to use intellectual property of Verily resulting from the collaboration, and certain Verily patents, in the development, manufacture and commercialization of blood-based or interstitial glucose monitoring products more generally (subject to certain exclusions, which are outside the CGM field as it is commonly understood). It also provides us with non-exclusive license rights under Verily’s other intellectual property rights to develop, manufacture, and commercialize those kinds of glucose monitoring products and certain CGM product companion software functionalities. In consideration of Verily’s performance of its obligations under the joint development plan of the Restated Collaboration Agreement, the licenses granted to us and the amendment of the original agreement, we have made upfront and incentive payments, and will make potential additional milestone payments of up to $275.0 million that may become due and payable by us upon the achievement of future product regulatory approval and revenue milestones. At our election, we may make these milestone payments in shares of our common stock or cash. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 and Exhibit 10.31 of this Annual Report for a further description of the Restated Collaboration Agreement. Market Opportunity Diabetes Diabetes is a chronic, life-threatening disease for which there is no known cure and which has other significant adverse consequences for human health throughout the world. The disease is caused by the body’s inability to produce or effectively utilize the hormone insulin. This inability prevents the body from adequately regulating blood glucose levels. Glucose, the primary source of energy for cells, must be maintained at certain concentrations in the blood in order to permit optimal cell function and health. Normally, the pancreas provides control of blood glucose levels by secreting the hormone insulin to decrease blood glucose levels when concentrations are too high. In people with diabetes, the body does not produce sufficient levels of insulin, or fails to utilize insulin effectively, causing blood glucose levels to rise above normal. This condition is called hyperglycemia and often results in acute complications as well as chronic long-term complications such as heart disease, limb amputations, loss of kidney function and blindness. When blood glucose levels are high, people with diabetes often administer insulin in an effort to decrease blood glucose levels. Unfortunately, insulin administration can drive blood glucose levels below the normal range, resulting in hypoglycemia. In cases of severe hypoglycemia, people with diabetes risk acute complications, such as loss of consciousness or death. Due to the drastic nature of acute complications associated with hypoglycemia, many people with diabetes are reluctant to reduce blood glucose levels. Consequently, these individuals often remain in a hyperglycemic state, increasing their odds of developing long-term chronic complications. Diabetes is typically classified into two major groups: Type 1 and Type 2. The International Diabetes Federation, or IDF, estimates that in 2019, 463 million adults (aged 20-79) around the world had diabetes. IDF estimates that by 2045, the worldwide incidence of people suffering from diabetes will reach 700 million. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, in its National Diabetes Statistics Report, 2020, or the 2020 CDC Report, crude estimates for the prevalence of diabetes in the United States as of 2018 include 34 million people with diabetes, of which 26.9 million people have diagnosed diabetes. The 2020 CDC Report also lists diabetes as the seventh leading cause of death by disease in the United States, excluding comorbidities associated with the disease. According to the Congressional Diabetes Caucus website, diabetes is the leading cause of kidney failure, adult-onset blindness, lower-limb amputations, and a significant cause of heart disease, stroke, high blood pressure and nerve damage. According to the IDF, there were an estimated 4.2 million deaths attributable to diabetes globally in 2019 between the ages of 20 and 79 years. The American Diabetes Association, or ADA, Fast Facts, revised in February 2020, states that diabetes is the primary cause of death for more than 83,000 Americans each year, and contributes to the death of more than 270,000 Americans annually. 5 According to the ADA, one in every four healthcare dollars was spent on treating people with diabetes in 2017, and the direct medical costs and indirect expenditures attributable to diabetes in the United States were an estimated $327 billion, an inflation-adjusted increase of approximately 26% since 2012. Of the $327 billion in overall expenses, the ADA estimated that approximately $237 billion were direct costs associated with diabetes care, chronic complications and excess general medical costs, and $90 billion were indirect costs. The ADA also found that in 2017, average medical expenditures among people with diagnosed diabetes were 2.3 times higher than for people without diabetes. According to the IDF, 2019 expenditures attributable to diabetes were estimated to be $760 billion globally. The IDF estimates that expenditures attributable to diabetes will grow to $845 billion globally by 2045. Type 1 Diabetes According to the 2020 CDC Report, as of 2018 there were an estimated 1.6 million adults and youth with diagnosed Type 1 diabetes in the United States. Type 1 diabetes is an autoimmune disorder that usually develops during childhood and is characterized by an absence of insulin, resulting from destruction of the insulin producing cells of the pancreas. Individuals with Type 1 diabetes must rely on frequent insulin injections in order to regulate and maintain blood glucose levels. According to JDRF, greater than 60,000 people are diagnosed with Type 1 diabetes each year in the United States and 5 million people in the U.S. are expected to have Type 1 diabetes by 2050. In addition, according to the ADA in 2019, nearly 18,000 youth are newly diagnosed with Type 1 diabetes every year in the United States. Type 2 Diabetes Type 2 diabetes is a metabolic disorder which results when the body is unable to produce sufficient amounts of insulin or becomes insulin resistant. Depending on the severity of Type 2 diabetes, individuals may require diet and nutrition management, exercise, oral medications or insulin injections to regulate blood glucose levels. We estimate that approximately 6.0 million Type 2 patients must use insulin to manage their diabetes. Type 2 diabetes is occurring with increasing frequency in young people, with the increase in prevalence related to an increase in obesity amongst children. According to the CDC, as of 2016, approximately 18.5% of children and adolescents aged 2-19 years, or 13.7 million children, in the United States were obese. Childhood obesity has more than doubled in children and quadrupled in adolescents in the past 30 years. Importance of Glucose Monitoring Blood glucose levels can be affected by many factors, including the carbohydrate and fat content of meals, exercise, stress, illness or impending illness, hormonal releases, variability in insulin absorption and changes in the effects of insulin in the body. Given the many factors that affect blood glucose levels, maintaining glucose within a normal range is difficult, resulting in frequent and unpredictable excursions above or below normal blood glucose levels. People with diabetes administer insulin or ingest carbohydrates throughout the day in order to maintain blood glucose levels within normal ranges. People with diabetes frequently overcorrect and fluctuate between hyperglycemic and hypoglycemic states, often multiple times during the same day. As a result, many people with diabetes are routinely outside the normal blood glucose range. Failure to maintain blood glucose levels within the normal range leads to numerous and significant health risks. These risks include eye disease, nerve disease, kidney disease, cardiovascular disease and potentially hypoglycemic events. Limitations of Existing Glucose Monitoring Products Single-point finger stick devices are the most prevalent devices for glucose monitoring. These devices require taking a blood sample with a finger stick, placing a drop of blood on a test strip and inserting the strip into a glucose meter that yields a single point in time blood glucose measurement. We believe that these devices suffer from several limitations, including: • Limited Information. Even if people with diabetes test several times each day, each measurement represents a single blood glucose value at a single point in time. Given the many factors that can affect blood glucose levels, excursions above and below the normal range often occur between these discrete measurement points in time. Without the ability to determine whether their blood glucose level is rising, falling or holding constant, and the rate at which their blood glucose level is changing, the individual’s ability to effectively manage and maintain blood glucose levels within normal ranges is severely limited. Further, people with diabetes cannot test themselves during sleep, when the risk of hypoglycemia is significantly increased. The illustrative graph below shows the limited information provided by four single-point measurements during a single day using a traditional single-point finger stick device, compared to the data provided by our continuous sensor. The continuous data indicates that, even with four finger sticks in one day, the patient’s blood glucose levels were above the target range of 80-140 milligrams per deciliter (“mg/dl”) for a period of 13.5 hours. 6 Single Day Continuous Data • • • Inconvenience. The process of measuring blood glucose levels with single-point finger stick devices can cause significant disruption in the daily activities of people with diabetes and their families. People with diabetes using single-point finger stick devices must stop whatever they are doing several times per day, self-inflict a painful prick and draw blood to measure blood glucose levels. To do so, people with diabetes must always carry a fully supplied kit that may include a spring-loaded needle, or lancet, disposable test strips, cleansing wipes and the meter, and then safely dispose of the used supplies. This process is inconvenient and may cause uneasiness in social situations. Difficulty of Use. To obtain a sample with single-point finger stick devices, people with diabetes generally prick one of their fingertips or, occasionally, a forearm with a lancet. They then squeeze the area to produce the blood sample and another prick may be required if a sufficient volume of blood is not obtained the first time. The blood sample is then placed on a disposable test strip that is inserted into a blood glucose meter. This task can be difficult for individuals with decreased tactile sensation and visual acuity, which are common complications of diabetes. Pain. Although the fingertips are rich in blood flow and provide a good site to obtain a blood sample, they are also densely populated with highly sensitive nerve endings. This makes the lancing and subsequent manipulation of the finger to draw blood painful. The pain and discomfort are compounded by the fact that fingers offer limited surface area, so tests are often performed on areas that are sore from prior tests. People with diabetes may also suffer pain when the finger prick site is disturbed during regular activities. The Dexcom Solution We believe continuous glucose monitoring has the potential to enable more people with diabetes to achieve and sustain tight glycemic control with minimal disruption to their daily lives. The landmark 1993 Diabetes Control and Complications Trial, or DCCT, demonstrated that improving blood glucose control lowers the risk of developing diabetes-related complications by up to 50%. The study also demonstrated that people with Type 1 diabetes achieved sustained benefits with intensive management. However, according to an article published in The New England Journal of Medicine in November 2014, in two national registries, only 13% to 15% of people with diabetes met treatment guidelines for good glycemic control, and more than 20% had very poor glycemic control. Various clinical studies and real-world evidence also demonstrate the benefits of continuous glucose monitoring in the management of Type 1 diabetes and insulin-requiring Type-2 diabetes, when compared to regimens relying on self-monitoring of blood glucose. Results of several early clinical trials established that CGM usage was associated with improved glycemic outcomes. Real-time alerts and multi-device integration further differentiate CGM-based and self-monitoring of blood glucose, or SMBG, based diabetes regimens. Alerts triggered by existing or impending abnormal glucose values are associated with less exposure to hypo- and hyperglycemia in large real- world data sets, and multi-device integration allows some CGM systems to communicate with automated insulin delivery systems. One such automated insulin delivery system that uses the G6 was studied in a large clinical trial that associated its use with numerous quality-of-life and glycemic benefits. Our current target market consists primarily of people with Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes who utilize insulin pump therapy or who utilize multiple daily insulin injections. We also believe that our CGM systems are beginning to have a positive impact 7 on the broader Type 2 population that does not utilize mealtime insulin, a group that we estimate to be greater than 30 million people in the United States alone. We are extending our commercial efforts for this population through several channels, including through strategic partnerships. In the future, we expect to expand our product offering to address people with pre-diabetes, people who are obese, people who are pregnant, and people in the hospital setting. Although the majority of our revenue has been generated in the United States, we have expanded our operations to include certain countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin America, and the Middle East, as well as Australia, Canada, and New Zealand. Our current CGM systems offer the following advantages to people with diabetes: • • • • • Improved Outcomes. Randomized clinical trials and peer reviewed published data have demonstrated that patients with diabetes who used continuous glucose monitoring devices to help manage their disease experienced significant improvements in glucose control, including when compared to patients relying solely on single-point finger stick measurements (i.e., less time in hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia) and reductions in A1c levels when compared to baseline. Access to Real-Time Values, Trend Information and Alerts. At their fingertips, people with diabetes can view their current glucose value, along with a graphical display of the historical trend information on our receiver or alternate display device. Without continuous monitoring, the individual is often unaware if his or her glucose is rising, declining or remaining constant. Access to continuous real-time glucose measurements provides people with diabetes information that may aid in attaining better glucose control. Additionally, our current CGM systems alert people with diabetes when their glucose levels approach inappropriately high or low levels so that they may intervene. Intuitive User Interface. We have developed a user interface that we believe is intuitive and easy to use. Our current CGM system receivers are compact with an easy-to-read color display, simple navigation tools, audible alerts and graphical display of trend information. Similar benefits are available via the interfaces we have made available on compatible mobile devices. These devices can serve as substitutes for our receivers or alternate display units in certain geographies. Convenience and Comfort. Our current CGM systems provide people with diabetes with the benefits of continuous monitoring, without having to perform finger stick tests for every measurement. Additionally, the disposable sensor that is inserted under the skin is a very thin wire, minimizing potential discomfort associated with inserting or wearing the disposable sensor. The external portion of the sensor, attached to the transmitter, is small, has a low profile and is designed to be easily worn under clothing. The wireless receiver is the size of a small smart phone and can be carried discreetly in a pocket or purse. We believe that convenience is an important factor in achieving widespread adoption of a CGM system. Connectivity to Wearables and Others. Patients can monitor their glucose levels and trends on compatible wearable devices, such as Apple Watch and Wear OS by Google devices, when used with a compatible mobile device. Also, our Share remote monitoring systems enable users of our current CGM systems to have their sensor glucose information remotely monitored by their family, friends or designated recipient, or follower, by wirelessly transmitting data from the user’s smart phone to the cloud and then to the follower’s mobile device. Several followers can remotely monitor a patient’s glucose information and receive secondary alert notifications from almost anywhere with an Internet connection via each follower’s mobile device. Our Strategy Our objective is to remain a leading provider of CGM systems and related products to enable people with diabetes to more effectively and conveniently manage their condition. We are also developing and commercializing products that integrate our CGM technologies into the insulin delivery systems or data platforms of our respective partners. In addition, we continue to pursue development partnerships with other insulin delivery companies, including automated insulin delivery systems, as well as other players in the disease management sector. To achieve these objectives, we are focusing on the following business strategies: • • • • Establishing and maintaining our technology platform as the leading approach to CGM and leveraging our development expertise to rapidly bring products to market, including for expanded indications. Driving the adoption of our ambulatory products through a direct sales and marketing effort, as well as key distribution arrangements. Driving additional adoption through technology integration partnerships such as our current partnerships with Eli Lilly, Insulet, Novo Nordisk, Tandem Diabetes, The Ypsomed Group and others. Seeking broad coverage policies and reimbursement for our products from private third-party payors and national health systems. 8 • • • • Driving increased utilization and adoption of our products through a cloud-based data repository platform that enables people with diabetes to aggregate and analyze data from numerous diabetes devices and share the data with their healthcare providers and other individuals involved in their diabetes management and care. Expanding the use of our products to other patient care settings and patient demographics, including use for people with Type 2 diabetes who are not on intensive insulin therapy, population health, patient monitoring including in the hospital setting, and people who are pregnant. Providing a high level of customer support, service and education. Pursuing the highest safety and quality levels for our products. Our Technology Platform We believe we have a broad technology platform that will support the development of multiple products for continuous glucose monitoring. Sensor Technology The key enabling technologies for our sensors include biomaterials, membrane systems, electrochemistry and low power microelectronics. Our membrane technology consists of multiple polymer layers configured to selectively allow the appropriate mix of glucose and oxygen to travel through the membrane and react with a glucose specific enzyme to create an extremely low electrical signal, measured in pico-amperes. This electrical signal is then translated into glucose values. We believe that the capability to measure very low levels of an electrical signal and to accurately translate those measurements into glucose values is also a unique and distinguishing feature of our technology. We have also developed technology to allow sensitive electronics to be packaged in a small, fully contained, lightweight sealed unit that minimizes inconvenience and discomfort for the user. Receiver and Transmitter Technology Our current CGM systems wirelessly transmit information from the transmitter, which sits in a pod atop the sensor, to our receiver or to a compatible mobile device. We have developed technology for reliable transmission and reception and have consistently demonstrated a high rate of successful transmissions from transmitter to receiver or compatible mobile device in our clinical trials. Our receiver or the mobile device, via our apps, then displays both real-time and trended glucose values, and provides alerts and alarms. We have used our extensive database of continuous glucose data to create and refine software, algorithms and other technology for the display of data to customers. Products in Development We have gained our technology expertise by learning to design implants that can withstand the rigors of functioning within the human body for extended periods of time, as well as other issues such as device sealing, miniaturization, durability and sensor geometry. We are leveraging this technology platform to enhance the capabilities of our current products (including obtaining expanded indications of use) and to develop additional CGM products. We plan to develop future generations of technologies focused on improved performance and convenience and that will enable intelligent insulin administration. Over the longer term, we plan to continue to develop and improve networked platforms with open architecture, connectivity and transmitters capable of communicating with other devices. We intend to expand our efforts to accumulate CGM patient data and metrics and apply predictive modeling and machine learning to generate interactive CGM insights that can inform patient behavior. We continue to pursue and support development partnerships with insulin pump companies and companies or institutions developing insulin delivery systems, including automated insulin delivery systems. We are also exploring how to extend our offerings to other populations, including for people with Type 2 diabetes that are non-insulin using, people with pre-diabetes, people who are obese, people who are pregnant, and people in the hospital setting. Eventually, we may apply our technological expertise to products beyond glucose monitoring. Disposable Sensor and Reusable Transmitter Our sensor includes a tiny wire-like electrode coated with our sensing membrane system. This disposable sensor comes packaged with an integrated insertion device and is contained in a small plastic housing platform, or pod. The base of the pod has adhesive that attaches it to the skin. The sensor is intended to be easily and reliably inserted by the user by exposing the adhesive, placing the pod against the surface of the skin of the abdomen or upper buttocks for people ages 2-17, and pushing down on the insertion device. The insertion device first extends a narrow gauge needle containing the sensor into the subcutaneous tissue and then retracts the needle, leaving behind the sensor in the tissue and the pod adhered to the skin. The user then disposes of the insertion device and snaps the transmitter to the pod. After a stabilization period with the G6, the user will begin receiving CGM data on his or her mobile device or dedicated receiver through the ten-day usage period. After a stabilization period with the G5 Mobile, the user is required to calibrate the 9 sensor with two measurements from a single-point finger stick device and the disposable sensor begins wirelessly transmitting the continuous glucose data at specific intervals to the handheld receiver or compatible mobile device. Users are prompted by the receiver or mobile app, if using the G5 Mobile, to calibrate the system twice per day with finger stick measurements throughout the use period to ensure reliable operation. Calibration may be accomplished by using any FDA cleared blood glucose meter. Our G6 system has labeling from the FDA and CE Mark permitting their use as a replacement for finger sticks for making therapeutic adjustments, although the G5 Mobile still requires two daily finger stick calibrations. The disposable sensor contained in the G6 system is intended to function for up to ten days, after which the sensor should be replaced. To replace a sensor, the user simply removes the pod and attached sensor from the skin and discards them while retaining the reusable transmitter. A new sensor and pod can then be inserted and used with the same receiver and transmitter for a subsequent use period. Handheld Receiver Our small handheld receiver is carried by the user and wirelessly receives continuous glucose values from the transmitter. Proprietary algorithms and software, developed from our extensive database of continuous glucose data from clinical trials, are programmed into the G6 transmitter to process the glucose data from the sensor, which then sends the processed glucose data to the receiver and displays it on a user-friendly graphical user interface. With a push of a button, the user can access their current glucose value and one-, three-, six-, twelve- and twenty-four-hour trended data. Additionally, when glucose values are inappropriately high or low, the receiver provides an audible alert or vibrates. The receiver is a self-contained, durable unit with a rechargeable battery. Compatible Mobile Devices With our G6 system, the functionalities of our proprietary receiver can be obtained through the use of a compatible mobile device, such as an iOS or Android device, and our mobile applications, depending on the patient’s geographic location. A receiver may be required as the primary display device or a backup to the mobile device in some jurisdictions, including the United States. Commercial Operations We have built a direct sales organization in the United States, Canada and certain countries in Europe to call on health care professionals, such as endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators, who can educate and influence patient adoption of continuous glucose monitoring. We believe that focusing efforts on these participants is important given the instrumental role they each play in the decision-making process for diabetes therapy, and to ensure that health care professionals and patients are knowledgeable about our products and their functionality. We focus on delivering this important information to participants to drive adoption of our current CGM systems. We directly market our products in the United States, Austria, Canada, Germany, Ireland, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom primarily to endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators. To complement our direct sales efforts, we have entered into distribution arrangements in the United States, Australia and New Zealand, and certain countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin America, and the Middle East that allow distributors to sell our products. We expect to continue investing in our field sales force and believe our direct, highly specialized and focused sales organization and our domestic and international distribution agreements are sufficient for us to support our sales efforts for at least the next twelve months. Direct to consumer marketing is one of our key initiatives to increase awareness of our CGM systems and drive new patient leads to our website. We target people with Type 1 and insulin intensive Type 2 diabetes. We advertise on television, in print, digital and video media, CRM, offer sponsorships, host or participate in diabetes related events, conduct public relations and maintain a brand ambassador program. Our campaigns target people with diabetes. We use a variety of marketing tools to drive adoption, ensure continued usage and establish brand loyalty for our continuous glucose monitoring systems by: • • • creating awareness of the benefits of continuous glucose monitoring and the advantages of our technology with endocrinologists, physicians, diabetes educators and people with diabetes; providing strong and simple educational and training programs to healthcare providers and people with diabetes to ensure easy, safe and effective use of our systems; and maintaining a readily accessible telephone and web-based technical and customer support infrastructure, which includes clinicians, diabetes educators and reimbursement specialists, to help referring physicians, diabetes educators and people with diabetes as necessary. 10 We typically experience seasonality, with lower sales in the first quarter of each year compared to the immediately preceding fourth quarter. This seasonal sales pattern relates to U.S. annual insurance deductible resets and unfunded flexible spending accounts. Competition The market for blood glucose monitoring devices is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. In selling our current CGM systems, we compete directly with the Diabetes Care division of Abbott Laboratories; Medtronic plc’s Diabetes Group; Roche Diabetes Care, a division of Roche Diagnostics; privately-held LifeScan, Inc.; and Ascensia Diabetes Care, each of which manufactures and markets products for the single-point finger stick device market. Collectively, these companies currently account for the majority of the worldwide sales of self-monitored glucose testing systems. Several companies are developing or commercializing products for continuous or periodic monitoring of glucose levels in the interstitial fluid under the skin that compete directly with our products. We have competed with Abbott and their Libre family of CGM products for many years. Medtronic markets and sells a standalone glucose monitoring product called Guardian Connect, both internationally and in the United States. Medtronic and other third parties have developed or are developing, insulin pumps integrated with continuous glucose monitoring systems that provide, among other things, the ability to suspend insulin administration while the user’s glucose levels are low and to automate basal or bolus insulin dosing. We also have begun to become aware of companies outside the traditional medical device sector that are attempting to develop competitive products and services, including for the general health and wellness, or population health space. Some of the companies developing or marketing competing devices are large and well-known publicly traded companies. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include: • • • • • • • • • safe, reliable and high-quality performance of products; cost of products and eligibility for reimbursement; comfort and ease of use of products; effective sales, marketing and distribution networks; brand awareness and strong acceptance by healthcare professionals and people with diabetes; customer service and support and comprehensive education for people with diabetes and diabetes care providers; speed of product innovation and time to market; regulatory expertise; and technological leadership and superiority. For additional information on competition, please see our Risk Factor entitled “We operate in a highly competitive market and face competition from large, well-established companies with significant resources, and, as a result, we may not be able to compete effectively.” Manufacturing We currently manufacture our products at our headquarters in San Diego, California and at our manufacturing facility in Mesa, Arizona. As of December 31, 2020, our headquarters facilities had approximately 31,000 square feet of laboratory space and approximately 28,000 square feet of controlled environment rooms. Our Mesa, Arizona facility has approximately 14,000 square feet of laboratory space and approximately 33,000 square feet of controlled environment rooms. In 2020, we commenced construction of a new facility in Malaysia that we anticipate will add substantial manufacturing capacity. There are technical challenges to increasing manufacturing capacity, including FDA qualification of new manufacturing facilities, equipment design and automation, material procurement, problems with production yields, and quality control and assurance. We have focused significant effort on continual improvement programs in our manufacturing operations intended to improve quality, yields and throughput. We have made progress in manufacturing to enable us to supply adequate amounts of product to support our commercialization efforts, however we cannot guarantee that supply will not be constrained going forward. Additionally, the production of our continuous glucose monitoring systems must occur in a highly controlled and clean environment to minimize particles and other yield- and quality-limiting contaminants. Developing and maintaining commercial-scale manufacturing facilities has and will continue to require the investment of substantial additional funds and the hiring and 11 retaining of additional management, quality assurance, quality control and technical personnel who have the necessary manufacturing experience. We manufacture our current CGM systems with certain components supplied by outside vendors and other components that we manufacture internally. Key components that we manufacture internally include our wire-based sensors. The remaining components and assemblies are purchased from outside vendors. We then assemble, test, package and ship the finished systems, which may include a reusable transmitter, a receiver and disposable sensors. We purchase certain components and materials used in manufacturing from single sources due to quality considerations, costs or constraints resulting from regulatory or other requirements. As of December 31, 2020, those single sources include suppliers of application-specific integrated circuits used in our transmitters, seals used for the applicator and certain polymers used to synthesize polymeric membranes for our sensors. Third-Party Reimbursement As a medical device company, reimbursement from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental healthcare programs or systems, and private third- party healthcare payors is an important element of our success. In January 2017, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid, or CMS, established a classification of “Therapeutic Continuous Glucose Monitors” as durable medical equipment under Medicare Part B, subject to payment by Medicare under certain coverage conditions to be determined by CMS, by local Medicare Administrative Contractors or on a patient claim by claim basis. In September 2016, Germany’s Federal Joint Committee agreed to provide reimbursement for continuous glucose monitoring systems under certain conditions which we believe we meet. We also have coverage under certain international markets and Medicaid coverage in 40 states. As of December 31, 2020, the seven largest private third-party payors, in terms of the number of covered lives, have issued coverage policies for the category of continuous glucose monitoring devices. In addition, we have negotiated contracted rates with all seven of those third-party payors for the purchase of our current CGM systems by their members. We have personnel with reimbursement expertise to assist customers in obtaining reimbursement from private third-party payors. We also maintain a field-based reimbursement team charged with calling on third-party private payors to obtain coverage decisions and contracts. We have continued our efforts to create and liberalize coverage policies with third-party payors, including obtaining reimbursement for our products under pharmacy benefits and for more people with diabetes. For additional information on third-party reimbursement, please see our see Risk Factors entitled “Managed care trends and consolidation in the health care industry could have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.” and “Health care policy changes, including U.S. health care reform legislation, may have a material adverse effect on our business.” Intellectual Property Protection of our intellectual property is a strategic priority for our business. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, tradenames, trade secrets, nondisclosure agreements and other measures to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Our patent portfolio includes numerous issued and pending patent applications in the U.S. and other parts of the world, which in the aggregate, we believe to be of material importance in the operation of our business. U.S. patents, as well as most foreign patents, are generally effective for 20 years from the date the earliest application was filed. In some cases, the patent term may be extended. Our issued patents as of December 31, 2020 are set to expire over a range of years, from 2021 with respect to some of our earlier patents, to 2039, subject to any extensions. We also have various registered U.S. trademarks, registered European Community trademarks, and many other trademark registrations and pending trademark applications around other parts of the world. In addition, we have entered into exclusive and non-exclusive licenses in the ordinary course of business relating to a wide array of technologies or other intellectual property rights or assets. Our patents and patent applications seek to protect aspects of our core membrane and sensor technologies and our product concepts for continuous glucose monitoring. We believe that our patent position provides us with sufficient rights to protect our current and proposed commercial products. However, our patent applications may not result in issued patents, and any patents that have been issued or might be issued may not protect our intellectual property rights. Furthermore, we operate in an industry characterized by extensive patent litigation, and our patents may not be upheld if challenged. Any patents issued to us may be challenged by third parties as being invalid or unenforceable, and patent litigation may result in significant damage awards and injunctions that could prevent the manufacture and sale of affected products or result in significant royalty payments in order to continue selling the products. Third parties may also independently develop similar or competing technology that avoids our patents. The steps we have taken may not prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. We also face risks associated with intellectual property infringement. 12 We also rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information and other intellectual property by generally requiring our employees, consultants, contractors, suppliers, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements on commencement of their employment or engagement. Agreements with our employees also forbid them from bringing the proprietary rights of third parties to us. We also generally require confidentiality or material transfer agreements from third parties that receive our confidential data or materials. We cannot guarantee that employees and third parties will abide by the confidentiality or assignment terms of these agreements. Despite measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties might copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Corporate Responsibility We strive to advance the interests of all our stakeholders – including patients, caregivers, employees, investors, and our communities – by operating in an ethical and sustainable way. We do this by holding true to our core values: Listen, Think Big, Be Dependable, and Serve with Integrity. These values are at the heart of our sustainability activities. • • • • Listen – We believe in listening to our customers and our employees. We have launched a number of programs to advocate for individuals living with diabetes and we support our employees and their families through a number of benefit programs that are available. In addition, we promote diversity, practice fairness, and treat everyone with respect and dignity. Think Big - We seek to expand global healthcare access for people with diabetes and actively work to increase access to our products. We also have committed to operate our business in a manner that is protective of the environment and conserves natural resources and reduces waste. Be Dependable – We are committed to quality and believe that is best achieved through a safe and healthy workplace as well as a Quality Management System that is compliant with all applicable regulatory requirements and which is continuously being improved. Serve with Integrity – While oversight of our ethics and governance structure begins with our Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team, we expect all employees to foster a culture of accountability in line with our Code of Conduct and Business Ethics. We also maintain a compliance program to help enforce ethical conduct and adherence to applicable laws and regulations. Our Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors oversees and reviews annually (a) our policies and programs concerning (i) corporate social responsibility and (ii) our participation and visibility as a global corporate citizen; (b) our sustainability performance; and (c) the assessment and management of environmental, sustainability and governance risks affecting our business. Our Sustainability Report is available at https://investors.dexcom.com/corporate-governance, which is provided for reference only and is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Government Regulation The medical devices that we manufacture are subject to regulation by numerous regulatory bodies, including the FDA and comparable international regulatory agencies. These agencies require manufacturers of medical devices to comply with applicable laws and regulations governing the development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing and distribution of medical devices. Devices are generally subject to varying levels of regulatory control, the most comprehensive of which requires that a clinical evaluation program be conducted before a device receives approval for commercial distribution. In addition, healthcare regulatory bodies in the United States and around the world impose a range of requirements related to the payment for medical devices and the procedures in which they are used, including laws intended to prevent fraud, waste, and abuse of healthcare dollars. U.S. Laws and Regulations At the U.S. federal level, our products are medical devices subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the FDA. The U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, referred to as the FDCA, and the FDA’s implementing regulations govern product design and development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, pre-market clearance, authorization or approval, establishment registration and product listing, product manufacturing, product labeling, product storage, advertising and promotion, product sales, distribution, recalls and field actions, servicing and post-market clinical surveillance. A number of U.S. states also impose licensing and compliance regimes on companies that manufacture or distribute prescription devices in the state. 13 In addition, the delivery of our devices in the U.S market is subject to regulation by various U.S. Department of Health and Human Services divisions including CMS, the DHHS Office of the Inspector General, or OIG, the Department of Veterans Affairs, and comparable state agencies responsible for reimbursement and regulation of payment for health care items and services. U.S. laws and regulations are imposed primarily in connection with the Medicare, Medicaid, and TRICARE programs, as well as the government’s interest in regulating the quality and cost of health care. FDA Regulation Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require either prior 510(k) clearance, prior de novo down-classification and a related grant of marketing authorization, or prior approval from the FDA through the premarket approval, or PMA process. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices requiring fewer controls because they are deemed to pose lower risk are placed in Class I or II. Class I devices are subject to general controls such as labeling, pre-market notification, and adherence to the FDA’s manufacturing requirements, which are contained in the Quality System Regulation, or QSR. Class II devices are subject to special controls such as performance standards, post-market surveillance, FDA guidelines, or particularized labeling, as well as general controls. Some Class I and Class II devices are exempted by regulation from the pre-market notification (i.e., 510(k) clearance) requirement, and/or the requirement of compliance with substantially all of the QSR. As an example, the mobile applications that comprise the Share System were classified by the FDA as Class II exempt. With the mobile applications classified as Class II exempt, we must comply with certain general and special controls required by the FDA but we do not need prior FDA review to commercialize changes to the mobile applications. Some devices are placed in Class III, which requires approval of a PMA application, if they are deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or certain implantable devices, or to be “not substantially equivalent” either to a previously 510(k) cleared device or to a “preamendment” Class III device in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which PMA applications have not been required. If a previously unclassified new medical device does not qualify for the 510(k) pre-market notification process because no predicate device to which it is substantially equivalent can be identified, the device is automatically classified into Class III. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a new route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a predicate device, called the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification procedure. This procedure allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified into Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA. Prior to the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, in July 2012, a medical device could only be eligible for de novo classification if the manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) pre-market notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device was not substantially equivalent. FDASIA streamlined the de novo classification pathway by permitting (under Section 513(f)(2) of the FDCA) manufacturers to request de novo classification directly without first submitting a 510(k) pre-market notification to the FDA and receiving a not substantially equivalent determination. FDASIA sets a review time for FDA of 120 days following receipt of the de novo application, but FDA does not always meet this timeline and has publicly only committed to a review goal of 150 days for 50% of applications. If the manufacturer seeks reclassification into Class II, the manufacturer must include a draft proposal for special controls that are necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the medical device. The FDA may reject the reclassification petition if it identifies a legally marketed predicate device that would be appropriate for a 510(k) or determines that the device is not low to moderate risk or that general controls would be inadequate to control the risks and special controls cannot be developed. If the FDA agrees with the down-classification, the de novo applicant will then receive authorization to market the device, and a classification regulation will be established for the device type. The device can then be used as a predicate device for future 510(k) submissions by the manufacturer or a competitor. In December 2018, the FDA issued proposed regulations to govern the de novo classification process, which if finalized would further impact this path to market. As an alternative to the de novo process, a company could also file a reclassification petition, or the FDA could initiate such a process, seeking to change the automatic Class III designation of a novel postamendment device under Section 513(f)(3) of the FDCA. The FDA issued a final rule (to take effect March 17, 2019) to clarify the process where the FDA initiates such reclassification (issuance of a proposed reclassification order; optional panel consultation; and final reclassification order published in the Federal Register). Our G4 PLATINUM and G5 Mobile systems (excluding associated Share System functionalities and mobile applications) were classified as devices requiring PMA approval. A PMA application must be supported by valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, pre-clinical, clinical, manufacturing and labeling data, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and efficacy of the device. A PMA application also must include a complete description of the device and its components, a detailed description of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the device, and proposed labeling. After a PMA application is submitted and found to be sufficiently complete, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be 14 convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA. In addition, the FDA generally will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to evaluate compliance with QSR, which requires manufacturers to implement and follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures. FDA review of a PMA application generally takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including: • • • • our systems may not be safe or effective to the FDA’s satisfaction; the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval; the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements; and changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data. If an FDA evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter, or approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions which must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of a device, subject to the conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA’s evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA may also determine that additional trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an amendment to the PMA. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing. New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel. Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required for a 510(k) clearance. These trials generally require submission of an application for an investigational device exemption, or IDE to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for abbreviated IDE requirements. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. The FDA’s approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward, but does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product’s safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria. All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s IDE regulations, which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion, and specify an array of Good Clinical Practice requirements, which include among other things, recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Clinical trials must further comply with the FDA’s regulations for institutional review board approval and for informed consent and other human subject protections. Required records and reports are subject to inspection by the FDA. The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable or, even if the intended safety and efficacy success criteria are achieved, may not be considered sufficient for the FDA to grant approval or clearance of a product. The commencement or completion of any of our clinical trials may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a PMA application, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following: • • • • • • • • • the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold; patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate we expect; patients do not comply with trial protocols; patient follow-up is not at the rate we expect; patients experience adverse side effects; patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to our products; institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject our trial protocol; third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices or other FDA requirements; Dexcom or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring and analysis in a timely or accurate manner or consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans; 15 • • • • • third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to Dexcom or the study that the FDA deems to make the study results unreliable, or Dexcom or investigators fail to disclose such interests; regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials; changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions applicable to our trial protocols; the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or effectiveness; and the FDA concludes that the results from our trial and/or trial design are inadequate to demonstrate safety and effectiveness of the product. We have a Class I data management service which we market to clinics. This service helps healthcare providers and patients see, understand and use blood glucose meter data to diagnose and manage diabetes. The service also allows researchers to control the transfer of data from certain diabetes devices to research tools and databases according to their own research workflows. The infrastructure of the data management service is considered “medical device data systems,” or MDDS, and does not require 510(k) clearance. MDDS are hardware or software products that transfer, store, convert formats, and display medical device data. An MDDS does not modify the data or modify the display of the data, and it does not by itself control the functions or parameters of any other medical device. MDDS are not intended to be used for active patient monitoring. In 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act amended the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act’s definition of “device” to exclude certain software functions, thus products meeting the definition of MDDS are no longer considered devices and thus are not subject to FDA regulatory requirements. Additional functions of, or intended uses for, our software platform may require us to obtain either 510(k) clearance or PMA approval from the FDA. To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that the software system is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a pre-amendment device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of a PMA application. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway generally takes from three to twelve months from the date the application is completed, but can take significantly longer. After a medical device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a significant change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance. In March 2018, we obtained marketing authorization for our G6 as an iCGM system for determining glucose (sugar) levels in children aged two and older and adults with diabetes, via the de novo process. After a device is authorized for marketing and placed in commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: • • • • • • establishment registration and device listing; QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, storage, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures; labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or off-label uses or indications and impose other restrictions on labeling, advertising and promotion; medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if a device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur; voluntary and mandatory device recalls to address problems when a device is defective and/or could be a risk to health; and corrections and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health. Also, the FDA may require us to conduct post-market surveillance studies or order us to establish and maintain a system for tracking our products through the chain of distribution to the patient level. The FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services enforce regulatory requirements by conducting periodic, unannounced inspections and market surveillance. Inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including those applicable to the conduct of our clinical trials, can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may lead to any of the following sanctions: • • warning letters or untitled letters that require corrective action; fines and civil penalties; 16 • • • • • • • • • unanticipated expenditures; delays in approving or refusal to approve our future continuous glucose monitoring systems or other products; FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export our products for sale in other countries; suspension or withdrawal of FDA approval; product recall or seizure; interruption of production; operating restrictions; injunctions; and criminal prosecution. We and our contract manufacturers, specification developers, and some suppliers of components or device accessories, are also required to manufacture our products in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice requirements set forth in the QSR. The QSR requires a quality system for the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, installation and servicing of marketed devices, and includes extensive requirements with respect to quality management and organization, device design, buildings, equipment, purchase and handling of components or services, production and process controls, packaging and labeling controls, device evaluation, distribution, installation, complaint handling, servicing, and record keeping. The FDA evaluates compliance with the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections that may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. If the FDA believes we or any of our contract manufacturers or regulated suppliers are not in compliance with these requirements, it can shut down our manufacturing operations, require recall of our products, refuse to approve new marketing applications, institute legal proceedings to detain or seize products, enjoin future violations, or assess civil and criminal penalties against us or our officers or other employees. Any such action by the FDA would have a material adverse effect on our business. We may be unable to comply with all applicable FDA regulations. U.S. Fraud and Abuse Laws and Other Compliance Requirements The healthcare industry is subject to various U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, exclusion from participation in U.S. federal and state healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Anti-kickback Laws. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration directly or indirectly to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging of a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including such items as gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, waiver of payments, and providing anything at less than its fair market value. Given the breadth of this prohibition, Congress has issued a number of exceptions and has granted authority to the OIG to issue safe harbor regulations, each of which set forth certain provisions which, if satisfied in their entirety, will assure parties to the arrangement that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more exceptions or safe harbors is not per se illegal; rather, each arrangement is subject to a facts and circumstances analysis to determine whether the requisite improper intent exists. Therefore, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable exception or safe harbor element may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities or invite litigation by private citizens under federal whistleblower laws. Federal Civil False Claims Act. The federal Civil False Claims Act prohibits knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented a false claim or the knowing use of false statements or records to obtain payment from the federal government. When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it must pay three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $11,181 and $22,363 (adjusted for inflation) for each separate false claim. Suits filed under the False Claims Act can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government and such individuals (known as “relators” or, more commonly, as “whistleblowers”) may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. These whistleblower-initiated False Claims Act cases are commonly referred to as “qui tam” actions. False Claims Act cases may also be initiated by the U.S. Department of Justice or any of its local U.S. Attorneys’ Offices. In addition, certain states have enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of healthcare companies to have to defend a false claim action, even before the validity of the claim is established and even if the government decides not to intervene in the lawsuit. Healthcare companies may decide to agree to large settlements with the government and/or whistleblowers to avoid the cost and negative publicity associated with litigation. Federal enforcement agencies also have showed increased interest in pharmaceutical companies’ product promotion, health care professional engagements, and patient assistance programs, including reimbursement and co-pay support services, and a number of investigations into these programs have resulted in significant civil and criminal settlements. In addition, the Affordable Care Act amended federal law to provide that the 17 government may assert that a claim for items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Criminal prosecution is also possible for knowingly making or presenting a false or fictitious or fraudulent claim to the federal government. Federal Physician Self-Referral Law. The Federal Physician Self-Referral Law, also referred to as the Stark Law, prohibits a physician (or an immediate family member of a physician) who has a financial relationship with an entity from referring patients to that entity for certain designated health services, including durable medical equipment such as the CGM receiver and supplies, payable by Medicare, unless an exception applies. The Stark Law also prohibits such an entity from presenting or causing to be presented a claim to the Medicare program for such designated health services provided pursuant to a prohibited referral, and provides that certain collections related to any such claims must be refunded in a timely manner. Exceptions to the Stark Law include, among other things, exceptions for certain financial relationships, including both ownership and compensation arrangements. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, therefore, to the extent that the statute is implicated and an exception does not apply, the statute is violated. Violations of the Stark Law must be reported and returned to Medicare in order to avoid potential liability under the federal False Claims Act for avoiding a known obligation to return identified overpayments. In the fall of 2020, we transitioned our Medicare business to distributors and no longer bill Medicare directly for DME and related supplies. In doing so, we have limited our exposure under the Stark Law. In addition to the Stark Law, many states have implemented similar physician self-referral prohibitions that may extend to Medicaid, third party payors, and self-pay patients, and may be applicable to our relationships with physicians and other health care providers. Civil Monetary Penalties Law. The Civil Monetary Penalties Law, or CMPL, authorizes the imposition of substantial civil money penalties against an entity that engages in certain prohibited activities including but not limited to violations of the Stark Law or Anti-Kickback Statute, knowing submission of a false or fraudulent claim, employment of an excluded individual, and the provision or offer of anything of value to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the transferring party knows or should know is likely to influence beneficiary selection of a particular provider for which payment may be made in whole or part by a federal health care program, commonly known as the Beneficiary Inducement CMP. Remuneration is defined under the CMPL as any transfer of items or services for free or for less than fair market value. There are certain exceptions to the definition of remuneration for offerings that meet the Financial Need, Preventative Care, or Promoting Access to Care exceptions. Sanctions for violations of the CMPL include civil monetary penalties and administrative penalties up to and including exclusion from participation in federal health care programs. Violations of the Stark Law, the Anti-Kickback Statute, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law and/or the federal False Claims Act can also form the basis for exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs. State Analogs of Federal Fraud and Abuse Laws. Many U.S. states have their own laws intended to protect against fraud and abuse in the health care industry and more broadly. In some cases these laws prohibit or regulate additional conduct beyond that covered under federal law. Penalties for violating these laws can range from fines to criminal sanctions. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA). The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and implementing regulations, collectively HIPAA, created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. HIPAA and Other U.S. Privacy Laws and Regulations. HIPAA, as well as a number of other federal and state privacy-related laws, also extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, known as “protected health information,” and require covered entities, including health plans and most health care providers, to implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the security of such information. Certain provisions of the security and privacy regulations apply to business associates (entities that handle protected health information on behalf of covered entities), and business associates are subject to direct liability for violation of these provisions. In addition, a covered entity may be subject to criminal and civil penalties as a result of a business associate violating HIPAA, if the business associate is found to be an agent of the covered entity. Covered entities must report breaches of unsecured protected health information to affected individuals without unreasonable delay and notification must also be made to the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, Office for Civil Rights, or OCR and, in certain situations involving large breaches, to the media. Various U.S. state laws and regulations may also require us to notify affected individuals and state agencies in the event of a data breach involving individually identifiable information. The OCR enforces the regulations and performs compliance audits. In addition to enforcement by OCR, state attorneys general are authorized to bring civil actions seeking either injunction or damages in response to violations that threaten the privacy of state residents. Dexcom is a covered entity under HIPAA and in 18 certain circumstances, may also be a business associate of another covered entity. The HIPAA privacy regulations and security regulations impose and will continue to impose significant costs on us in order to comply with these standards. There are numerous other laws and legislative and regulatory initiatives at the federal and state levels addressing privacy and security concerns. We also remain subject to federal or state privacy-related laws that are more restrictive than the privacy regulations issued under HIPAA. These laws vary and could impose additional penalties. For example, the Federal Trade Commission uses its consumer protection authority to initiate enforcement actions in response to alleged privacy and data security violations. Further, certain states have proposed or enacted legislation that will create new data privacy and security obligations for certain entities, such a the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which came into effect January 1, 2020 and was recently amended and expanded by the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA) passed on November 3, 2020. The CCPA and CPRA, among other things, create new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provides new privacy rights to California residents, including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information. The CCPA also created a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach. It remains unclear what, if any, additional modifications will be made to the CPRA by the California legislature or how it will be interpreted. Therefore the effects of the CCPA and CPRA are significant and will likely require us to modify our data processing practices, and may cause us to incur substantial costs and expenses to comply, particularly given our base of operations in California. In addition to the laws discussed above, we may see more stringent state and federal privacy legislation passed in 2021 and beyond, as the increased cyber-attacks during the COVID-19 pandemic have once again put a spotlight on data privacy and security in the U.S. and other jurisdictions. We cannot predict where new legislation might arise, the scope of such legislation, or the potential impact to our business and operations. FCPA and Other Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Laws. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits U.S. corporations and their representatives from offering, promising, authorizing or making payments to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business abroad. The scope of the FCPA would include interactions with certain healthcare professionals in many countries, either directly or through our contracted distributors. Our present and future business has been and will continue to be subject to various other U.S. and foreign laws, rules and/or regulations. Physician Payment Sunshine Act. Pursuant to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act that was signed into law in March 2010, the federal government enacted the Physician Payment Sunshine Act. As a manufacturer of U.S. FDA‑regulated devices reimbursable by federal healthcare programs, we are subject to this law, which requires us to track and annually report certain payments and other transfers of value we make to U.S.-licensed physicians or U.S. teaching hospitals. We are also required to report certain ownership interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. In 2018, the law was extended to require tracking and reporting of transfers of value to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and other mid-level practitioners. Reporting requirements will go into effect in 2022 for payments and transfers of value made to these additional practitioner-types in 2021. CMS has the potential to impose penalties of up to $1.15 million per year for violations of the Physician Payment Sunshine Act, depending on the circumstances, and reported payments also have the potential to draw scrutiny to our relationships with physicians, which may have implications under the Anti-Kickback Statute and and other healthcare laws. In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments and other transfers of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities. Similar to the federal law, certain states also have adopted marketing and/or transparency laws relevant to device manufacturers, some of which are broader in scope. Certain states also mandate that device manufacturers implement compliance programs. Other states impose restrictions on device manufacturer marketing practices and require tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation, and other remuneration to healthcare professionals and entities. The need to build and maintain a robust compliance program with different compliance and/or reporting requirements increases the possibility that a healthcare company may violate one or more of the requirements, resulting in fines and penalties. International Regulation International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which may vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval in a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. There is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the European Union, United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries. The regulatory framework governing medical devices is largely harmonized within the European Union, which includes most of the major countries in Europe (please note that the UK is effectively no longer part of the European Union as of January 1, 2021). Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. To be placed on the European Union market, devices must undergo a conformity assessment and bear the CE mark, indicating that the device 19 conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable rules. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a “Notified Body.” This third-party assessment, which may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s product, is always required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout the European Union, except in case of Class I medical devices (those entailing the lowest level of risk). Outside of the European Union, regulatory approval needs to be sought on a country-by-country basis in order for us to market our products. The new European Union Medical Device Regulation (MDR) went into force in 2017, replacing the existing Directive and providing three years for transition and compliance, which has been extended by one additional year. The MDR will become fully applicable in the European Union on May 26, 2021, changing several aspects of the existing regulatory framework. Other countries have adopted medical device regulatory regimes, such as the Classification Rules for Medical Devices published by the Hong Kong Department of Health, the Health Sciences Authority of Singapore regulation of medical devices under the Health Products Act, and Health Canada’s risk classification system for invasive devices, among others. Each country may have its own processes and requirements for medical device licensing, approval, and regulation, therefore requiring us to seek regulatory approvals on a country- by-country basis. Outside the United States a range of anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, as well and some industry-specific laws and codes of conduct, apply to the medical device industry and interactions with government officials and entities and healthcare professionals. Laws include the UK Bribery Act of 2010. Further, the EU member countries have emphasized a greater focus on healthcare fraud and abuse and have indicated greater attention to the industry by the European Anti-Fraud Office. MedTech Europe, the medical device industry association, also introduced the Code of Ethical Business Practices, which came into effect on January 1, 2017. Countries in Asia have also become more active in their enforcement of anti-bribery laws and with respect to procurement and supply chain fraud. In the European Union, increasingly stringent data protection and privacy rules that have and will continue to have substantial impact on the use of patient data across the healthcare industry became effective in May 2018. The EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, applies across the European Union and includes, among other things, a requirement for prompt notice of data breaches to data subjects and supervisory authorities in certain circumstances and significant fines for non-compliance. The GDPR fine framework can be up to 20 million euros, or up to 4 % of the company’s total global turnover of the preceding fiscal year, whichever is higher. The GDPR also requires companies processing personal data of individuals residing in the European Union to comply with EU privacy and data protection rules, even if the company itself does not have a physical presence in the European Union. Noncompliance could result in the imposition of fines, penalties, or orders to stop noncompliant activities. Due to the strong consumer protection aspects of the GDPR, companies subject to its purview are allocating substantial legal costs to the development of necessary policies and procedures and overall compliance efforts. We expect continued costs associated with maintaining compliance with GDPR into the future. Environmental Regulation Our research and development and clinical processes involve the handling of potentially harmful biological materials as well as hazardous materials. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous and biological materials and we incur expenses relating to compliance with these laws and regulations. If violations of environmental, health and safety laws occur, we could be held liable for damages, penalties and costs of remedial actions. These expenses or this liability could have a significant negative impact on our financial condition. We may violate environmental, health and safety laws in the future as a result of human error, equipment failure or other causes. Environmental laws could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations. We are subject to potentially conflicting and changing regulatory agendas of political, business and environmental groups. Changes to or restrictions on permitting requirements or processes, hazardous or biological material storage or handling might require an unplanned capital investment or relocation. Failure to comply with new or existing laws or regulations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Advisory Boards and Consultants We have relied upon the advice of experts in the development and commercialization of our products. Since 2005, we have used experts in various disciplines on a consulting basis as needed to solve problems or accelerate development pathways. We may continue to engage advisors from the academic, consultancy, governmental or other areas to assist us as necessary. Relationships between manufacturers and physicians, including in consultancy and advisory board roles, is subject to scrutiny under the Stark Law, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and their state law equivalents. Due to this scrutiny, we incur legal and consulting fees to ensure our relationships with physicians meet regulatory requirements, including that compensation paid to such physicians is within fair market value. 20 Human Capital As of December 31, 2020, we have approximately 5,500 full-time employees and approximately 900 contract and temporary employees around the globe. Country United States Non-United States (“OUS”) Grand Total Female Male Grand Total 1,800 700 2,500 2,300 700 3,000 4,100 1,400 5,500 None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement, except for our employees in our Mainz, Germany location that are represented by a Works Council. We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and we consider our employee relations to be good. Although the COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted business and operations for companies around the globe, the resilience of our employees has enabled us to minimize disruption to our sales, research, clinical studies and operations. Our onsite employees, particularly in manufacturing and operations, have rapidly adjusted to numerous stringent safety protocols. Thousands of other employees have shifted to work-from-home status since March 2020. We are optimistic about the potential to expand our global workforce and create a more inclusive environment for all of our employees. Diversity, Equity and Inclusion As a global company, we understand the importance of diversity in our workforce. This year, we made progress in our commitment to Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DEI) by formally establishing a DEI Council responsible for coordinating efforts around the organization, and securing resources to drive necessary change. At the same time, we expanded our Employee Resource Group (ERG) network to better reflect the diversity of our workforce and drive grassroots change. We now have multiple ERGs, including Dexcom PRIDE, Dexcom African American Network, LatinX, and ABLE, which help build our company community and enable opportunities for development. Together, these groups helped allocate our initial donation of $250,000 to support organizations dedicated to diversity, equity and inclusion. The work we have done to date represents the beginning of our DEI journey. We will continue to focus on building a pipeline of opportunities for both the hiring and advancement of qualified individuals, including for women, persons with disabilities, and minority groups that are underrepresented in science and engineering industries. We believe that diverse perspectives will help empower our employees, patients and industry. Communications and Engagement Our success depends on employees understanding our strategic vision as well as our day-to-day objectives. To that end, we employ a mix of communication and engagement channels, including global, regional and functional town halls, regular leadership forums, and quarterly updates on our progress against our strategic goals. We have also created a cross-functional team focused on improving the employee experience and driving engagement. A central part of our communications and engagement efforts are connecting people to purpose. To this end, we regularly invite Dexcom users, called Warriors, to share their stories with our employees. Whether the Warrior is a professional athlete whose performance depends on Dexcom, or a parent who no longer has to stick their child’s fingers during the night, their experiences reinforce our commitment to expand our reach into new patient populations, geographies and markets. Health, Safety and Wellness We are deeply committed to the safety, health and wellness of our employees. The Dexcom Environmental, Health & Safety team develops global safety practices and procedures, trains employees, and monitors compliance. Through these efforts, along with leadership commitment and investment of resources in support of workplace safety initiatives, our total US injury rate has consistently tracked below industry averages. We also provide comprehensive wellbeing programs that support our employees and their families. For example, Inspire, our newly launched global wellness platform, helps employees and their family members develop and achieve their physical, emotional, and financial wellbeing goals. 21 Compensation We recognize that our employees are our most valuable asset. Our total rewards package includes market competitive pay, comprehensive and competitive global benefits and retirement offerings, paid time off and family leave, tuition reimbursement and on-site services. To foster a stronger sense of ownership and align the interests of employees with shareholders, we offer an Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and restricted stock units are provided to eligible employees under our broad-based stock incentive programs. In 2019, we began proactive reviews of both gender and minority pay equity for our global employees in the same or similar roles. The goal of these reviews is to identify and close any gaps in average pay, after accounting for legitimate business factors that may explain differences, such as performance, time in role, and tenure with the company. We have incorporated the findings into our compensation assessment cycles, and we recognize the need to regularly review pay equity to maintain our pay equity goals. Growth and Development We believe that investing in our talent’s growth and development will directly enhance our overall company performance. Our career development site, includes employee resources focusing on the advancement of six core competencies: collaboration, effective communication, talent development, driving results, demonstrating self-awareness, and strategic mindset. The internal site includes several training videos on a wide variety of topics, providing necessary resources for employees to grow in accord with their personal goals. The site also serves as a hub for our virtual and in-person sessions that align with the development of our six core competencies. Recently, we enhanced our internal careers platform to more effectively match an employee’s experience with potential career paths at Dexcom. By providing an easy way for employees to explore new roles, we can increase internal mobility, develop great talent, and reduce turnover. 22 ITEM 1A - RISK FACTORS Our short and long-term success is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, many of which involve factors that are difficult to predict or beyond our control. Before making a decision to invest in, hold or sell our common stock, stockholders and potential stockholders should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, in addition to the other information contained in or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10- K, as well as the other information we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the value of our common stock could decline and stockholders may lose all or part of their investment. Furthermore, additional risks and uncertainties of which we are currently unaware, or which we currently consider to be immaterial, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Refer to our disclaimer regarding forward-looking statements at the beginning of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this Annual Report. Summary of Risk Factors The below summary of risk factors provides an overview of many of the risks we are exposed to in the normal course of our business activities. As a result, the below summary risks do not contain all of the information that may be important to you, and you should read the summary risks together with the more detailed discussion of risks set forth following this section under the heading “Risk Factors,” as well as elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additional risks, beyond those summarized below or discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may apply to our activities or operations as currently conducted or as we may conduct them in the future or in the markets in which we operate or may in the future operate. Consistent with the foregoing, we are exposed to a variety of risks, including risks associated with the following: • If we experience decreasing prices for our products and we are unable to reduce our expenses, including the per unit cost of producing our products, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. • We are subject to cost-containment efforts that could result in reduced product pricing and/or sales of our products and cause a reduction in future revenue. • • • • • If we are unable to obtain adequately broad reimbursement at acceptable prices for our products or any future products from third-party payors, our revenue may be negatively impacted. The research and development efforts we undertake independently, and in some instances in connection with our collaborations with third parties, may not result in the development of commercially viable products, the generation of significant future revenues or adequate profitability. Our products may not achieve market acceptance. If our manufacturing capabilities are insufficient to produce an adequate supply of product at appropriate quality levels, we may not be able to meet market demand or our growth could be limited and our business could be harmed. Manufacturing difficulties and/or any disruption at our facilities may adversely affect our manufacturing operations and related product sales and increase our expenses. • We depend upon third-party suppliers and outsource to other parties, making us vulnerable to supply disruptions, suboptimal quality, non- compliance and/or price fluctuations, which could harm our business. • If we are unable to continue the development of an adequate sales and marketing organization and/or if our direct sales organization is not successful, or enter into and maintain arrangements with third parties to sell, market or distribute our products, we may have difficulty achieving market awareness and selling our products in the future. • We operate in a highly competitive market and face competition from large, well-established companies with significant resources, and, as a result, we may not be able to compete effectively. • The outbreak of the SARS-CoV-2 virus and the COVID-19 disease that it causes, or similar public health crises, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our manufacturing, commercial operations and sales. • We are subject to a variety of risks due to our international operations that could adversely affect our business, our operations or profitability and operating results. • We have incurred significant losses in the past and may incur losses in the future. 23 • We are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and other matters. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, and could result in claims, changes to our business practices, monetary penalties, increased cost of operations, or declines in user growth or engagement, or otherwise harm our business. • Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents could result in the compromise of confidential data or critical data systems and give rise to potential harm to customers, remediation and other expenses, expose us to liability under HIPAA, consumer protection laws, or other common law theories, subject us to litigation and federal and state governmental inquiries, damage our reputation, and otherwise be disruptive to our business and operations. • We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with applicable laws and government regulations, we could become subject to penalties, be excluded from participation in government programs, and/or be required to make significant changes to our operations. • • Managed care trends, consolidation in the health care industry and health care policy changes, including U.S. health care reform legislation, may have a material adverse effect on our business. If we are unable to successfully complete the pre-clinical studies or clinical trials necessary to support additional PMA, de novo, or 510(k) applications or supplements, we may be unable to commercialize our CGM systems under development, which could impair our business, financial condition and operating results. • We are subject to claims of infringement or misappropriation of the intellectual property rights of others, which could prohibit us from shipping affected products, require us to obtain licenses from third parties or to develop non-infringing alternatives, and subject us to substantial monetary damages and injunctive relief. We may also be subject to other claims or suits. • Our inability to adequately protect our intellectual property could allow our competitors and others to produce products based on our technology, which could substantially impair our ability to compete. • We face the risk of product liability claims and may be subject to damages, fines, penalties and injunctions, among other things. • We could become the subject of governmental investigations, claims and litigation. • • We have indebtedness in the form of convertible senior notes, which could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to respond to Our stock price is highly volatile and investing in our stock involves a high degree of risk, which could result in substantial losses for investors. changes in our business. Risks Related to Our Business and Operations Risks Related to Pricing and Reimbursement If we experience decreasing prices for our products and we are unable to reduce our expenses, including the per unit cost of producing our products, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. We have experienced, and anticipate that we will continue to experience, decreasing prices for our products due to pricing pressure from managed care organizations and other third-party payors, increased market power of our payors, as the medical device industry consolidates, and increased competition among suppliers, including manufacturing services providers. If the prices for our products and services decrease and we are unable to reduce our expenses, including the cost of sourcing materials, logistics and the cost to manufacture our products, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows will be adversely affected. The global COVID-19 pandemic may result in increased costs for manufacturing and outsourced services while also causing additional pressure to reduce the prices for our products if a recession or depression occurs and people are unable to afford our products. We cannot predict the ultimate impact that the COVID-19 pandemic and its effects could have on our business operations, financial condition and cash flows. We are subject to cost-containment efforts that could result in reduced product pricing and/or sales of our products and cause a reduction in future revenue. In the United States and other countries, government and private sector access to health care products continues to be a subject of focus, and efforts to reduce health care costs are being made by third-party payors. Most of our customers rely on third-party payors, including government programs and private health insurance plans, to cover the cost of our products. We 24 expect that the continuing cost reduction and containment measures may reduce the cost or utilization of health care products and could lead to patients being unable to obtain approval for coverage or payment from these third-party payors. Additionally, as a result of COVID-19, some customers have and others may lose access to their private health insurance plan if they lose their job, and an impact to job status may extend for a prolonged period of time, beyond possible coverage periods through COBRA, or where the cost to maintain coverage may not be affordable to our customer. As most of our customers rely on third-party payors, including government programs and private health insurance plans, to cover the cost of our products, our customers may lose coverage for our products, which may harm our business and results of operations. We have experienced, and anticipate that we will continue to experience, downward pressure on product pricing. To the extent these cost containment efforts are not offset by greater patient access to our products, our future revenue may be reduced and our business may be harmed. Although many third-party payors have adopted some form of coverage policy on continuous glucose monitoring devices, our products do not always have some form of coverage, including simple broad-based contractual coverage, with third-party payors and we frequently experience administrative challenges in obtaining reimbursement for our customers. If we are unable to obtain adequately broad reimbursement at acceptable prices for our products or any future products from third-party payors, our revenue may be negatively impacted. As a medical device company, reimbursement from government and/or commercial third-party healthcare payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, is an important element of our success. In January 2017, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, established a classification of “Therapeutic Continuous Glucose Monitors” as durable medical equipment eligible for coverage under Medicare Part B. Coverage criteria for therapeutic CGMs is determined by CMS under national coverage determinations as well as by local Medicare Administrative Contractors under local coverage determinations. Therefore, Medicare reimbursement for our CGM devices is subject to various coverage conditions and often requires a patient-specific coverage analysis. In May 2017, CMS Medicare Administrative Contractors issued a revision to an existing joint Local Coverage Determination, which establishes the Medicare conditions of coverage for therapeutic CGM, including our G5 Mobile and G6 systems. On October 27, 2020, CMS proposed changes to Medicare Durable Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotic Devices, and Supplies (DMEPOS) coverage and payment policies that would expand Medicare coverage for CGM devices and supplies by classifying all CGMs (not just therapeutic CGMs) as DME and establishing payment amounts for these items and related supplies. If finalized, beginning April 2021, additional manufacturers would be able to obtain Medicare coverage and payment for their CGM devices and some of the new CGM options may be cheaper for Medicare beneficiaries, potentially resulting in decreased sales and resulting revenues. Similarly, in September 2016, Germany’s Federal Joint Committee agreed to provide reimbursement for continuous glucose monitoring systems under certain conditions, which we believe are met by our current CGM systems. A number of regulatory and commercial hurdles remain relating to wide-scale sales where a government or commercial third-party payor provides reimbursement, including sales to Medicare beneficiaries. If we are unable to successfully address these hurdles, reimbursement of our products may be limited to a smaller subset of people with diabetes covered by Medicare or to those people with diabetes covered by other third-party payors that have adopted policies for CGM devices allowing for coverage of these devices if certain conditions are met. Adverse coverage or reimbursement decisions relating to our products by CMS, its Medicare Administrative Contractors, other state, federal or international payors, and/or third-party commercial payors could significantly reduce reimbursement, which could have an impact on the acceptance of, and demand for, our products and the prices that our customers are willing to pay for them. As of December 31, 2020, the seven largest private third-party payors, in terms of the number of covered lives, have issued coverage policies for the category of CGM devices. In addition, we have negotiated contracted rates with all seven of those third-party payors for the purchase of our current CGM systems by their members. However, people with diabetes without insurance that covers our products will have to bear the financial cost of them. In the United States, people with diabetes using existing single-point finger stick devices are generally reimbursed all or part of the product cost by Medicare or other third-party payors. The commercial success of our products in both domestic and international markets will substantially depend on whether timely and comprehensive third-party reimbursement is widely available for individuals that use them. While many third-party payors have adopted some form of coverage policy on CGM devices, in a sizeable percentage of cases, under durable medical equipment benefits, those coverage policies frequently are restrictive and require significant medical documentation and other requirements in order for policy holders to obtain reimbursement, and as a result, we have difficulty improving the efficiency of our customer service group. Moreover, it is not uncommon for governmental, including federal and/or state, agencies and their contractors to conduct periodic routine billing and compliance reviews that may entail extensive documentation requests, cooperation with which may require significant time and resources, and may result in identification of overpayments that may need to be refunded. In addition, Medicare, Medicaid, other governmental health programs, health maintenance organizations and other third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of 25 new and existing medical devices, and, as a result, they may be restrictive, or they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. Many of these programs impose documentation and other eligibility requirements that make it more difficult to obtain reimbursement. In order to obtain additional reimbursement arrangements, including under pharmacy benefits, we may have to agree to a net sales price lower than the net sales price we might charge in other sales channels. Our revenue may be limited by the continuing efforts of government and third-party payors to contain or reduce the costs of healthcare through various increasingly sophisticated means, such as leveraging increased competition, increasing eligibility requirements such as second opinions and other documentation, purchasing in a bundle, or redesigning benefits. We are unable to predict what effect the current or any future healthcare reform will have on our business, or the effect these matters will have on our customers. Our dependence on the commercial success of our current CGM systems makes us particularly susceptible to any cost containment or reduction efforts. Accordingly, unless government and other third-party payors provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for our current CGM systems, people without coverage who have diabetes may not use our products. Furthermore, payors are increasingly basing reimbursement rates on factors such as prior approvals and the effectiveness of the product, clinical outcomes associated with the product, and any factors that negatively impact the effectiveness or clinical outcomes (or cause a perception of any such negative impact), such as the results of a clinical trial, a product defect, or a product recall, which could negatively impact the reimbursement rate. Medicare does not cover any items or services that are not “reasonable and necessary.” Medicare covers the CGM system, which includes supplies necessary for the use of the device, under the Durable Medical Equipment (DME) benefit category. In order to be covered under this benefit, one component of the CGM system must meet the criteria for a durable medical device. To date, the receiver satisfied this criteria. To the extent that a receiver is not used by a Medicare beneficiary or CMS otherwise determines that the items and supplies ordered are not medically necessary, Medicare may not cover that CGM system or any associated supplies. In some foreign markets, pricing and profitability of medical devices are subject to government control. In the United States, we expect that there will continue to be federal and state proposals for similar controls. Also, the trends toward managed healthcare in the United States and legislative efforts intended to reduce the cost of government insurance programs could significantly influence the purchase of healthcare services and products and may result in lower prices for our products or the exclusion of our products from reimbursement programs. Risks Related to Product Development The research and development efforts we undertake independently, and in some instances in connection with our collaborations with third parties, may not result in the development of commercially viable products, the generation of significant future revenues or adequate profitability. In order to address the anticipated needs of our customers, pursue new markets for our existing products, and remain competitive, we focus our research and development efforts and strategic third-party collaboration activities on the enhancement of our current CGM products, the development of next-generation products and the development of novel technologies and services. The development of new products, or novel technologies and services and the enhancement of our current CGM products (including obtaining new indications for use), requires significant investment in research and development, intellectual property protection, clinical trials, regulatory approvals and third party reimbursement. The results of our product development and commercialization efforts may be affected by a range of factors, including our ability to anticipate customer needs, innovate and develop new products, and launch those products cost effectively into multiple markets and geographies. If we are unable to successfully anticipate customer needs, innovate, develop new products and successfully launch them, we may not be able to generate significant future revenues or profits from these efforts. Failing to timely launch our products may cause them to become obsolete and materially and adversely affect our business and financial position. The development and commercial launch timelines for our products depend a great deal on our ability to achieve clinical endpoints and regulatory requirements and to overcome technology challenges, and may be delayed due to scheduling issues with patients and investigators, requests from institutional review boards, or inquiries from regulators about our independent and collaborative product development activities, product performance and manufacturing supply constraints, among other factors. In addition, support of these clinical trials requires significant resources from employees involved in the production of our products, including research and development, manufacturing, quality assurance, and clinical and regulatory personnel. Even if our development and clinical trial efforts succeed, the FDA may not approve the products or may require additional product testing and clinical trials before approving the products, which would result in product launch delays and additional expense. If approved by the FDA, the products may not be accepted in the marketplace by physicians and people with diabetes. In the ordinary course of our business, we enter into collaborative arrangements to develop new products and to pursue new markets, such as our agreements with Eli Lilly, Insulet, Novo Nordisk, Tandem Diabetes and The Ypsomed Group, to integrate our CGM technology into their insulin delivery systems, and our amended agreement with Verily to develop one or 26 more next-generation CGM products. Our Eli Lilly, Insulet, Novo Nordisk, Verily and Ypsomed collaborations have not yet resulted in a commercial product. In December 2019, Tandem received FDA approval for its second sensor-augmented insulin delivery system, the t:slim X2™ Insulin Pump with Control-IQ™ technology, which integrates with our G6 system. We have also entered into collaborations with several organizations that are currently using, or are developing, programs for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes that utilize our current CGM systems. As a result of these relationships, our operating results depend, to some extent, on the ability of our partners to successfully commercialize their insulin delivery systems or monitoring products. Any factors that may limit our partners’ ability to achieve widespread adoption of their systems, including competitive pressures, technological breakthroughs for the treatment or prevention of diabetes, adverse regulatory or legal actions relating to insulin pump products, or changes in reimbursement rates or policies of third-party payors relating to insulin pumps or similar products, could have an adverse impact on our operating results. Many of the companies that we collaborate with are also competitors or potential competitors who may decide to terminate our collaborative arrangement. In the event of such a termination, we may be required to devote additional resources to product development and commercialization, we may need to cancel some development programs and we may face increased competition. Additionally, collaborations may not result in the development of products that achieve commercial success and could be terminated prior to developing any products. Former collaborators may use the experience and insights they develop in the course of their collaborations with us to initiate or accelerate their development of products that compete with our products, which may create competitive disadvantages for us. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance that any of our collaborations will result in the successful development of a commercially viable product or result in significant additional future revenues. Our products may not achieve market acceptance. We expect that sales of our current CGM systems will account for substantially all of our product revenue for the foreseeable future. If and when we receive FDA or other regulators’ approval for, and begin commercialization of, our next-generation CGM systems, we expect most patients will migrate onto those systems. In the periods leading up to the launch of new or upgraded versions of our CGM systems, however, our customers’ anticipation of the release of those products may cause them to cancel, change or delay current period purchases of our current products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Notwithstanding our prior experience in marketing and selling our products, we might be unable to successfully expand the commercialization of our existing products or begin commercialization of our next-generation CGM systems on a wide-scale for a number of reasons, including: • • • • • • • • • • • • • our G6 system prompts the user to replace the sensor no later than the tenth day, which might make it expensive for users; widespread market acceptance of our products by physicians and people with diabetes will largely depend on our ability to demonstrate their relative safety, effectiveness, reliability, cost-effectiveness and ease of use; the limited size of our sales force; we may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately expand the commercialization efforts for our products; our FDA and other regulatory authority marketing application submissions and reviews may be delayed, or cleared or approved with limited product indications and labeling; we may not be able to manufacture our products in commercial quantities commensurate with demand or at an acceptable cost; people with Type 2 diabetes do not generally receive broad reimbursement from third-party payors for their purchase of CGM products in the United States, since many payors require that a policy holder meet specific medical criteria to qualify for reimbursement, which may reduce widespread access to or use of our products; the uncertainties associated with establishing and qualifying new manufacturing facilities; people with diabetes may need to incur the costs of single-point finger stick devices, in addition to our systems; the relative immaturity of the CGM market internationally, and limited international reimbursement of CGM systems by third-party payors and government healthcare providers outside the United States; the introduction and market acceptance of competing products and technologies, which may have a lower cost or price, allow for a convenience improvement and allow for improved accuracy and reliability; greater name or brand recognition and more established medical product distribution channels by some of our competitors; our inability to obtain sufficient quantities of supplies at appropriate quality levels from our single- or sole-source and other key suppliers; 27 • • our inability to manufacture products that perform in accordance with expectations of consumers; and rapid technological change may make our technology and our products obsolete. In addition to the risks outlined above, our G6 systems are more invasive than many other self-monitored glucose testing systems, including single- point finger stick devices, and people with diabetes may be unwilling to insert a sensor in their body, especially if their current diabetes management involves no more than two finger sticks per day. Moreover, people with diabetes may not perceive the benefits of CGM and may be unwilling to change their current treatment regimens. Physicians may not recommend or prescribe our products unless and until (i) there is more long-term clinical evidence to convince them to alter their existing treatment methods, (ii) there are additional recommendations from prominent physicians that our products are effective in monitoring glucose levels, and (iii) reimbursement or insurance coverage is more widely available. In addition, market acceptance of our products by physicians and people with diabetes in Europe or other countries will largely depend on our ability to demonstrate their relative safety, effectiveness, reliability, cost-effectiveness and ease of use. If we are unable to do so, we may not be able to generate product revenue from our sales efforts in Europe or other countries. We cannot predict when, if ever, healthcare professionals, including physicians, and people with diabetes may adopt more widespread use of CGM systems, including our systems. If our CGM systems do not achieve and maintain an adequate level of acceptance by people with diabetes, healthcare professionals, including physicians, and third party payors, our future revenue may be reduced and our business may be harmed. Risks Related to Manufacturing, Commercial Operations and Commercialization If our manufacturing capabilities are insufficient to produce an adequate supply of product at appropriate quality levels, our growth could be limited and our business could be harmed. Our existing manufacturing facilities are designed to manufacture current and next-generation sensors and transmitters, but may not be scaled quickly enough to permit us to manufacture one or more of our CGM systems in quantities sufficient to meet market demand. In the past, we have had difficulty scaling our manufacturing operations to provide a sufficient supply of product to support market demand and our commercialization efforts. From time to time, we have also experienced brief periods of backorder and, at times, have had to limit the efforts of our sales force to introduce our products to new customers. We have focused significant effort on continual improvement programs in our manufacturing operations intended to improve quality, yields and throughput. We have made progress in manufacturing to enable us to supply adequate amounts of product to support our commercialization efforts; however, we cannot guarantee that supply will not be constrained in the future. We may not adequately predict the market demand for our products, in order to produce our products in the quantities we anticipate will be necessary to meet market demand. We will need to adequately predict the market demand for our products and increase our manufacturing capacity by a significant factor over the current level to meet or exceed the anticipated market demand. In addition, we will have to modify our manufacturing design, reliability and process if and when our next-generation CGM, technologies are approved, cleared or otherwise authorized by the applicable regulatory body and commercialized. There are technical challenges to increasing manufacturing capacity, including equipment design, automation, validation and installation, contractor issues and delays, licensing and permitting delays or rejections, materials procurement, manufacturing site expansion, problems with production yields and quality control and assurance. Continuing to develop commercial-scale manufacturing facilities will require the investment of substantial additional funds and the hiring and retention of additional management, quality assurance, quality control and technical personnel who have the necessary manufacturing experience. Delays in the launch of next-generation products may result in unanticipated continuing increases in demand for current-generation products (to substitute for the unavailability of the next-generation products) which, if not adequately prepared for, may result in deficits in our ability to produce adequate amounts of the prior-generation products to meet demand at appropriate prices. The scaling of manufacturing capacity is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and may lead to variability in product quality or reliability, increased construction timelines, as well as resources required to design, install and maintain manufacturing equipment, among others, all of which can lead to unexpected delays in manufacturing output. In addition, any changes to our manufacturing processes may trigger the need for submissions or notifications to, and in some cases advance approval from, the FDA or other regulatory authorities because of the potential impact of changes on our previously cleared, approved and/or authorized devices. Our facilities are subject to inspections by the FDA and corresponding state agencies on an ongoing basis, and we must comply with Good Manufacturing Practices and FDA Quality Systems Regulations, as well as certain state requirements. We may be unable to adequately maintain, develop and expand our manufacturing process and operations or maintain compliance with FDA and state agency requirements, and manufacturing issues could impact our cleared and approved products. If we are unable to manufacture a sufficient supply of our current products or any future products for which we may receive approval or clearance, maintain control over expenses or otherwise adapt to anticipated growth, or if we underestimate growth, we may not have the capability to satisfy market demand, contractual obligations, and our business will suffer. 28 Manufacturing difficulties and/or any disruption at our facilities may adversely affect our manufacturing operations and related product sales, and increase our expenses. Our products are manufactured at certain facilities, with limited alternate facilities. If an event occurs at one of our facilities that results in damage to, or closure of, one or more of such facilities, we may be unable to manufacture the relevant products at the previous levels or at all. Because of the time required to approve and lease a manufacturing facility, an alternate facility and/or a third-party may not be available on a timely basis to replace production capacity in the event manufacturing capacity is lost. Additionally, the majority of our operations are conducted at facilities located in San Diego, California and Mesa, Arizona. We take precautions to safeguard our facilities, which include manufacturing protocols, insurance, health and safety protocols, and off-site storage of data. However, a natural or man-made disaster, such as fire, flood, earthquake, act of terrorism, cyber-attack or other disruptive event, such as the COVID-19 pandemic or another public health emergency, could cause substantial delays in our operations, damage, destroy or limit our manufacturing equipment, inventory, or records and cause us to incur additional expenses. Earthquakes are of particular significance since our manufacturing facilities in California are located in an earthquake-prone area. In the event our existing manufacturing facilities or equipment are affected by man-made or natural disasters, we may be unable to manufacture products for sale or meet customer demands or sales projections. If our manufacturing operations were curtailed or ceased, it would seriously harm our business. The insurance we maintain against fires, floods, earthquakes and other natural disasters and similar events may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case. Further, insurance coverage may not be available or successfully secured for loss profits or business interruption relating to the COVID-19 pandemic and its impacts. We depend upon third-party suppliers and outsource to other parties, making us vulnerable to supply disruptions, suboptimal quality, non-compliance and/or price fluctuations, which could harm our business. We manufacture the majority of our products and procure important third-party services, such as sterilization services, at numerous facilities worldwide. We purchase many of the components, materials and services needed to manufacture these products from numerous suppliers in various countries. We have generally been able to obtain adequate supplies of such materials, components and services. However, we also rely on single and/or sole sources for certain components and materials used in manufacturing, such as for the application-specific integrated circuit that is incorporated into the transmitter and certain polymers used to synthesize the polymeric biointerface membranes for our products. In some cases, our agreements with these and other suppliers can be terminated by either party upon short notice. Our contract manufacturers may also rely on single-or sole- source suppliers to manufacture some of the components used in our products. Although we work with our suppliers to try to ensure continuity of supply while maintaining quality, timeliness and reliability, the supply of these components, materials and services may be impacted, interrupted or insufficient. Our manufacturers and suppliers may also encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons. They may fail to follow specific protocols and procedures, fail to comply with applicable regulations, or be the subject of FDA or other regulatory authority audits or inspections that result in allegations of non-compliance (for example, resulting in Form 483 Observations, Warning Letters, or other FDA enforcement actions). Our manufacturers and suppliers may also experience or be impacted by equipment malfunction, environmental factors, and public health emergencies including but not limited to the global COVID-19 pandemic, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our demand. Further, if our sole- or single-source suppliers shift their manufacturing and assembly sites to other locations, depending on the circumstances and nature of the item supplied, in addition to quality system activities such as verification and validation, there could be a need for FDA notifications or submissions, and the new locations could be subject to regulatory inspections. If there are regulatory delays or impediments impacting our suppliers or us for any reason, we may not be able to quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers, particularly for our single-source components, in part because of the custom nature of various parts we design. Any interruption or delay in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to cancel orders or switch to competitive products. For supply risks related to COVID-19, see “The outbreak of the SARS-Cov-2 virus and the COVID-19 disease that it causes, or similar public health crises, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our manufacturing, commercial operations and sales.” Our reliance on these outside manufacturers and suppliers also subjects us to other risks that could harm our business, including: • • • we may experience a reduction or interruption in supply, and may not be able to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms from additional or replacement sources; our products are technologically complex and it is difficult to develop alternative supply sources; we are not a major customer of many of our suppliers, and these suppliers may therefore give other customers’ 29 needs higher priority than ours; • • • • • • our suppliers may make errors in manufacturing components that could negatively affect the quality, effectiveness or safety of our products or cause delays in shipment of our products; we may have difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our single-source supplies; switching components may require product redesign and submission to the FDA of new applications (such as new 510(k) submissions or PMA supplements) which could significantly delay production; our suppliers manufacture products for a range of customers, and fluctuations in demand for the products these suppliers manufacture for others may affect their ability to deliver components to us in a timely manner; our suppliers may discontinue the production of components that are critical to our products; and our suppliers may encounter financial and/or other hardships unrelated to our demand for components, including those related to changes in global economic conditions and/or disease outbreaks, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements. We also outsource certain services to other parties, including inside sales, certain transaction processing, accounting, information technology, manufacturing, and other areas. Outsourcing of services to third parties could expose us to suboptimal quality of service delivery or deliverables and potentially result in repercussions such as missed deadlines or other timeliness issues, erroneous data, supply disruptions, non-compliance (including with applicable legal or regulatory requirements and industry standards) and/or reputational harm, with potential negative effects on our results. Closure of non- essential businesses and shelter-in-place orders occurring in the U.S. and globally as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic may also adversely impact our outsourced operations. We continue to monitor this situation closely. We also require the suppliers, service providers and business partners of components or services for our products and related services to comply with law and certain of our policies regarding sourcing practices, but we do not control them or their practices. If any supplier, service provider or business partner violates laws or implements unethical practices, there could be disruptions to our supply chain, cancellation of our orders, a termination of the relationship with the partner or damage to our reputation, and the FDA or other regulators could seek to hold us responsible for such violations. If we are unable to establish and maintain adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or enter into and maintain arrangements with third parties to sell, market and distribute our products, we may have difficulty achieving market awareness and selling our products in the future. We must continue to develop and grow our sales and marketing organization and enter into partnerships or other arrangements to market and sell our products and/or collaborate with third parties, including distributors and others, to market and sell our products to maintain the commercial success of our current systems and to achieve commercial success for any of our future products. If we are unable to establish and maintain adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, independently or with others, our future revenue may be reduced and our business may be harmed. Developing and managing a direct sales organization is a difficult, expensive and time-consuming process. Although we have shifted our sales and marketing activity to be conducted virtually and remotely, restrictions in connection with the COVID-19 outbreak may have a substantial impact on our customers and sales cycles and have impacted and/or interrupted our sales and marketing activity. To continue to develop our sales and marketing organization to successfully achieve market awareness and sell our products, we must: • • • • • recruit and retain adequate numbers of effective and experienced sales and marketing personnel; effectively train our sales and marketing personnel in the benefits and risks of our products; establish and maintain successful sales, marketing, training and education programs that educate health care professionals, including endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators, so they can appropriately inform their patients about our products; manage geographically dispersed sales and marketing operations; and effectively train our sales and marketing personnel on the applicable advertising and promotion, and fraud and abuse laws that govern interactions with healthcare practitioners as well as current and prospective patients and maintain active oversight and auditing measures to ensure continued compliance. We currently employ sales and marketing personnel for the direct sale and marketing of our products in the United States, Canada and certain countries in Europe. Our direct sales and marketing team calls on healthcare providers and people with diabetes throughout the applicable country to initiate sales of our products. Our sales and marketing organization competes with the experienced, larger and well-funded marketing and sales operations of our competitors. We may not be able to successfully manage our dispersed sales force or increase our product sales at acceptable rates. Current shelter- in-place orders limit or 30 prohibit our sales force from having in-person interactions with healthcare providers and people with diabetes, which may result in decreased sales of our products. We have also entered into distribution arrangements to leverage existing distributors (including wholesalers) already engaged in the distribution of drugs, devices and/or products in the diabetes marketplace. Some of our U.S distributors are focused on accessing underrepresented regions and or third- party payors that contract exclusively with distributors in the United States, while some of our international distributors call directly on healthcare providers and patients to market and sell our products. Because of the competition for their services, we may be unable to partner with or retain additional qualified distributors. Further, we may not be able to enter into agreements with distributors on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Our distributors might not have the resources to continue to support our recent rapid growth. Our distribution agreements with Byram and affiliates, Cardinal Health and affiliates (including Edgepark Medical Supplies), AmerisourceBergen, and McKesson, our four most significant distributors, each generated 10% or more of our total revenue during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. We cannot guarantee that these relationships will continue or that we will be able to maintain this volume of sales from these relationships in the future. Moreover our shift of durable medical equipment sales from our direct sales force to distributors could result in negative impacts on the quality or efficacy of our customer sales and support experience. A substantial decrease or loss of these sales could have a material adverse effect on our financial results and operating performance. To the extent that we enter into additional arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing, distribution and billing services, our product margins could be lower than if we directly marketed and sold our products. To the extent that we enter into co-promotion or other marketing and sales arrangements with other companies, any revenue received will depend on the skills and efforts of others, and we cannot predict whether these efforts will be successful. If we do not adequately predict market demand or otherwise optimize and operate our distribution channel successfully, it could result in excess or insufficient inventory or fulfillment capacity, increased costs, immediate shortages in product or component supply, or harm our business in other ways. In addition, if we do not adequately expand and update certain aging and/or outdated infrastructure that help us, among other things, manage our purchasing and inventory, it could negatively impact our operating results and customer experience. We operate in a highly competitive market and face competition from large, well-established companies with significant resources, and, as a result, we may not be able to compete effectively. The market for glucose monitoring devices is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants, including enhanced software capabilities, and related data and IT platforms. Our products are based on our proprietary technology, but a number of companies and medical researchers are pursuing new technologies for the monitoring of glucose levels. FDA or other regulatory approval of a commercially viable continuous glucose monitor or sensor produced by one of our competitors could significantly reduce market acceptance of our systems. In addition, certain development efforts throughout the diabetes industry, including that of the National Institutes of Health and other supporters of diabetes research are continually seeking ways to prevent, cure or improve treatment of diabetes. Therefore, our products may be rendered obsolete by technological breakthroughs in diabetes monitoring, treatment, prevention or cure. In selling our current CGM systems, we compete directly with the Diabetes Care division of Abbott Laboratories; Medtronic plc’s Diabetes Group; Roche Diabetes Care, a division of Roche Diagnostics; privately-held LifeScan, Inc.; and Ascensia Diabetes Care, each of which manufactures and markets products for the single-point finger stick device market. Collectively, these companies currently account for the majority of the worldwide sales of self- monitored glucose testing systems. Several companies are developing and/or commercializing products for continuous or periodic monitoring of glucose levels in the interstitial fluid under the skin that compete directly with our products. We have competed with Abbott for several years and their Libre family of CGM products. Medtronic markets and sells a standalone glucose monitoring product called Guardian Connect both internationally and in the United States. Medtronic and other third parties have developed or are developing insulin pumps integrated with CGM systems that provide, among other things, the ability to suspend insulin administration while the user’s glucose levels are low and to automate basal and bolus insulin dosing. We also have begun to become aware of companies outside the traditional medical device sector that are attempting to develop competitive products and services, including for the general health and wellness, or population health space. Some of the companies developing or marketing competing devices are large and well-known publicly traded companies, and these companies may possess competitive advantages over us, including: • greater name recognition; 31 • • • • • • • established relations with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors; established distribution networks; additional lines of products, and the ability to bundle products to offer higher discounts or incentives to gain a competitive advantage; greater experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approval for products and marketing approved products; duration of sensor life; the ability to integrate multiple products to provide additional features beyond CGM systems; and greater financial and human resources for product development, manufacturing, sales and marketing, and patent litigation. As a result, we may not be able to compete effectively against these companies or their products, which may adversely impact our business. The outbreak of the SARS-CoV-2 virus and the COVID-19 disease that it causes, or similar public health crises, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our manufacturing, commercial operations and sales. The outbreak of the SARS-CoV-2 virus and the COVID-19 disease that it causes is a global pandemic. The novel coronavirus has spread to most regions of the world, including the United States and Europe. The extent to which this coronavirus impacts our business and operating results will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the virus and the actions to contain it or to mitigate the COVID-19 impact, among others. The COVID-19 pandemic and its adverse effects have become more prevalent in the locations where we, our customers, suppliers or third-party business partners conduct business and as a result, we may begin to experience more pronounced disruptions in our operations. The spread of COVID-19, which has caused a broad impact globally, including restrictions on travel and quarantine policies put into place by businesses and governments, may have a material economic effect on our business. For example, such restrictions may have a substantial impact on our customers and sales cycles. They have impacted our sales and marketing activity including quite significantly in Europe where more restrictive health protection measures and greater reliance on in-person sales efforts at doctors’ offices create a greater impediment to our selling efforts. Furthermore, changes in hospital or physician policies, federal, state or local regulations, prioritization of hospital or medical resources toward pandemic efforts may negatively affect the demand for our devices. The COVID-19 pandemic has, and may continue to, put pressure on global economic conditions and overall spending for medical device products, and may cause our customers to modify spending priorities or delay or abandon purchasing decisions. Further, if the spread of the coronavirus pandemic continues and our operations are adversely impacted, we risk a delay, default and/or nonperformance under existing agreements. Severe respiratory symptoms, infections and deaths related to the pandemic may disrupt healthcare delivery in the United States as well as the operations of regulatory bodies with responsibility for oversight of healthcare and health and medical products. Such disruptions could result in the focus and prioritization of regulatory resources on emergent matters, which could divert regulatory resources away from more routine regulatory matters that are not COVID-19 related but that have the potential to impact our business. For example, there could be delays in FDA review of applications for marketing authorization, including those which may be necessary for or in connection with proposed changes to our products or the changes to the processes by which they are manufactured. It is unknown how long these disruptions could continue, were they to occur. Any elongation or de-prioritization or delay in regulatory review resulting from such disruptions could materially affect our ongoing device design, development, and commercialization plans. Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic and associated shelter-in-place orders have and may continue to limit or restrict our ability to initiate, conduct or continue our clinical trials. Delays and disruptions in our clinical trials has and may continue to result in delays for new or expanded marketing authorizations for our products, which could materially affect our development and commercialization plans for our products. For example, we have experienced some delays in certain pivotal clinical trials for our next-generation CGM product. Additionally, as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, some customers have lost, and others may lose, access to their private health insurance plan if they have lost or lose their job. Any prolonged economic downturn or recession as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic could result in layoffs of employees and a significant increase in unemployment in the United States and elsewhere, which may continue even after the COVID-19 pandemic is contained. An impact to job status may extend for a prolonged period of time, beyond possible coverage periods through COBRA, or where the cost to maintain coverage may not be affordable to our customer. As most of our customers rely on third-party payors, including government programs and private health insurance plans, to cover the cost of our products, our customers may lose coverage to our products, which may harm our business and results of operations. 32 We currently utilize third parties to, among other things, manufacture components and materials for our devices, and to provide services such as sterilization services and we purchase these materials and services from numerous suppliers worldwide. The global COVID-19 pandemic has and may continue to have an adverse impact on our manufacturing and distribution capabilities. Disruptions relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, including current shelter-in-place orders in the U.S. and other countries, could prevent employees, suppliers, distributors, and others from accessing manufacturing facilities and from transporting our products or the components required to manufacture our products. For example, we have experienced some supply chain disruption due to the global restrictions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic in the manufacture of our next-generation CGM product. Further, worldwide supply chain disruption relating to the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in product shortages that has and may continue to impact our ability to manufacture our devices. If either we or any third-party parties in the supply chain for materials used in the production of our devices continue to be adversely impacted by, and/or the restrictions resulting from, the COVID-19 pandemic, our supply chain may be continue disrupted, limiting our ability to manufacture our devices. These disruptions may, among other things, impact our ability to produce and supply products in quantities necessary to meet market demand. Reduction in our manufacturing and shipping capabilities may have a material economic effect on our business and the results of our operations. If either we or any third-parties in the supply chain for components, materials or services used in the production of our devices are adversely impacted by the disruptions caused by, or restrictions resulting from, the COVID-19 pandemic, our supply chain may be disrupted, which may impact and/or limit our ability to manufacture and distribute our devices. As a medical device manufacturer, we fall within a “critical essential infrastructure” sector, specifically the “Healthcare/Public Health” sector, and is considered exempt under various stay at home/shelter in place orders, including the California Executive Order N-33-20 (“Stay at Home Order”) dated March 19, 2020, as amended from time to time. Accordingly, our employees in California and other locations may continue to work because of the importance of our operations to the health and well-being of citizens in the states in which we operate. Consistent with these Stay at Home Orders, we have implemented telework policies wherever possible for appropriate categories of “nonessential” employees. “Essential” employees that are unable to telework continue to work at our facilities, and we have implemented appropriate safety measures, including social distancing, face covering, and increased sanitation standards. We have also suspended any requirement for an employee to obtain a doctor’s note to be absent from or return to the workplace, and are following guidance from the Center for Disease Control and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration regarding suspension of nonessential travel, self-isolation recommendations for employees returning from certain geographic areas, confirmed reports of any COVID-19 diagnosis among our employees, and the return of such employees to our workplace. Pursuant to updated guidance from the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, we are engaging in limited and appropriate inquiries of employees regarding potential COVID-19 exposure, based on the direct threat that such exposure may present to our workforce. We continue to address other unique situations that arise among our workforce due to the COVID-19 pandemic on a case-by-case basis. While we believe that we have taken appropriate measures to ensure the health and well-being of our “essential” employees, there can be no assurances that our measures will be sufficient to protect our employees in our workplace or that they may otherwise be exposed to COVID-19 outside of our workplace. If a number of our essential employees become ill, incapacitated or are otherwise unable to continue working during the current or any future epidemic, our operations may be adversely impacted. While the potential economic impact brought by, and the duration of, the pandemic is difficult to assess or predict, it has already caused, and is likely to result in further, significant disruption of global financial markets. The trading prices for our common stock and other medical device companies have been highly volatile as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which may reduce our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all. In addition, a recession, depression or other sustained adverse market event resulting from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock. The ultimate impact of the current pandemic, or any other health epidemic, is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or impacts on our business, our clinical trials, our research programs, healthcare systems or the global economy as a whole. However, these effects could have a material impact on our business, and we will continue to monitor the situation closely. Risks Related to our International Operations We are subject to a variety of risks due to our international operations that could adversely affect our business, our operations or profitability and operating results. Our operations in countries outside the United States, which accounted for approximately 22% of our revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, are accompanied by certain financial and other risks. In addition to opening offices in Austria, Canada, Germany, the Philippines, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, in connection with distributor acquisitions and otherwise, we intend to continue to pursue growth opportunities in sales outside the United States, especially in Asia (including Japan and Korea) and Europe, and we may increase our use of administrative and support functions from locations 33 outside the United States, which could expose us to greater risks associated with our sales and operations. As we pursue opportunities outside the United States, we may become more exposed to these risks and our ability to scale our operations effectively may be affected. For example, we are building out a manufacturing facility in Malaysia. Additionally, our international expansion efforts, including our proposed manufacturing facility in Malaysia, may not be successful and we may experience difficulties in scaling these functions from locations outside the United States and may not experience the expected cost efficiencies. Our profitability and international operations are, and will continue to be, subject to a number of risks and potential costs, including: • • • • • • • • • local product preferences and product requirements; longer-term receivables than are typical in the United States; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; less intellectual property protection in some countries outside the United States than exists in the United States; trade protection measures and import and export licensing requirements; workforce instability; fluctuations in trade policy and tariff regulations; political and economic instability; and the potential payment of U.S. income taxes on certain earnings of our subsidiaries outside the United States upon repatriation. While it is impossible for us to predict whether these and other proposals will be implemented, or how they will ultimately impact us, they may materially impact our results of operations if, for example, our profits earned abroad are subject to U.S. income tax, or we are otherwise disallowed deductions as a result of these profits. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may reduce the reported value of our foreign currency denominated revenues, expenses, and cash flows. We cannot predict changes in currency exchange rates, the impact of exchange rate changes, nor the degree to which we will be able to manage the impact of currency exchange rate changes. On June 23, 2016, the United Kingdom, or U.K., held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit.” On June 23, 2016, the United Kingdom, or U.K., held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit.” As a result, the U.K. left the European Union on January 31, 2020, and this began a transition period that is set to end on December 31, 2020, during which the U.K. government will negotiate the terms of the U.K.’s future relationship with the E.U. In December 2020, the U.K. and E.U. agreed on a trade and cooperation agreement that will apply provisionally after the end of the transition period until it is ratified by the parties to the agreement. On December 31, 2020, the U.K. passed legislation giving effect to the trade and cooperation agreement, with the E.U. expected to formally adopt the agreement in early 2021. The agreement sets out certain procedures for approval and recognition of medical products in each jurisdiction. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, any marketing approvals, as a result of the trade and cooperation agreement or otherwise, could prevent us from marketing our CGM systems in the U.K. and/or the E.U. and restrict our ability to generate revenue and achieve and sustain profitability. Under the trade and cooperation agreement, U.K. service suppliers no longer benefit from automatic access to the entire E.U. single market, U.K. goods no longer benefit from the free movement of goods and there is no longer the free movement of people between the U.K. and the E.U. Depending on the application of the terms of the trade and cooperation agreement, we could face new regulatory costs and challenges which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. Laws and regulations governing the export of our products could adversely impact our business. The U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, and the Bureau of Industry and Security at the U.S. Department of Commerce, administer certain laws and regulations that restrict U.S. persons and, in some instances, non-U.S. persons, in conducting activities, and transacting business with or making investments in certain countries, governments, entities and individuals subject to U.S. economic sanctions. Due to our international operations, we are subject to such laws and regulations, which are complex, restrict our business dealings with certain countries and individuals, and are constantly changing. Further restrictions may be enacted, amended, enforced or interpreted in a manner that materially impacts our operations. Violations of these regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, denial of export privileges, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts and revocations or restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment. We have established procedures designed to assist with our compliance with such laws and regulations. However, we have only limited experience dealing with these laws and regulations and we cannot guarantee that our procedures 34 will effectively prevent us from violating these regulations in every transaction in which we may engage. Any such violation could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. The outbreak of the SARS-CoV-2 virus and the COVID-19 disease that it causes has also led to healthcare equipment shortages in the U.S. and around the world. Certain U.S. federal government orders have limited companies from exporting certain equipment (such as ventilators) to other countries. Currently, no such orders have been issued with respect to CGMs, however, if supply chain disruption causes significant shortages in CGMs or other equipment, it is possible that we could face additional barriers to exporting our devices outside of the United States. The failure to comply with U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions could materially adversely affect our business and result in civil and/or criminal sanctions. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. government officials and, in some instances, other persons for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, most of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities and are therefore potentially subject to such anti-bribery laws. Global enforcement of anti-corruption laws has increased substantially in recent years, with more frequent voluntary self-disclosures by companies, aggressive investigations and enforcement proceedings by U.S. and foreign governmental agencies, and assessment of significant fines and penalties against companies and individuals. Our international operations create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, consultants, sales agents, or distributors, because these parties are not always subject to our direct oversight and control. It is our policy to implement safeguards to educate our employees and agents on these legal requirements and discourage improper practices. However, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective, and our employees, consultants, sales agents, or distributors may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. In addition, the government agencies may seek to hold us liable for successor liability for anti-corruption law violations committed by any companies in which we invest or that we acquire. Any alleged or actual violations of these regulations may subject us to government scrutiny, severe criminal or civil sanctions and other liabilities, including exclusion from government contracting, and could disrupt our business, and result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Current uncertainty in global economic and political conditions makes it particularly difficult to predict product demand and other related matters and makes it more likely that our actual results could differ materially from expectations. Our operations and performance depend on worldwide economic and political conditions. These conditions have been adversely impacted by continued global economic uncertainty, political instability and military hostilities in multiple geographies, concerns over the potential downgrade of U.S. sovereign debt and continued sovereign debt, monetary and financial uncertainties in Europe and other foreign countries, and global health pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic. These include potential reductions in the overall stability and suitability of the Euro as a single currency, given the economic and political challenges facing individual Eurozone countries. These conditions have made and may continue to make it difficult for our customers and potential customers to afford our products, and could cause our customers to stop using our products or to use them less frequently. If that were to occur, our revenue may decrease and our performance may be negatively impacted. In addition, the pressure on consumers to absorb more of their own health care costs has resulted in some cases in higher deductibles and limits on durable medical equipment, which may cause seasonality in purchasing patterns. Furthermore, during economic uncertainty, our customers have had job losses and may continue to have issues gaining timely access to sufficient health insurance or credit, which could result in their unwillingness to purchase products or impair their ability to make timely payments to us. While the potential economic impact brought by and the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, it has already caused, and is likely to result in further, significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all. In addition, a recession, depression or other sustained adverse market event resulting from the spread of COVID-19 could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock. We cannot predict the reoccurrence of any economic slowdown or the strength or sustainability of the economic recovery, worldwide, in the United States, or in our industry. These and other economic factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to obtain any required regulatory authorization in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products abroad. We conduct limited commercial and marketing efforts in Africa, Asia, Australia, Canada, Europe, Latin America, the Middle East and New Zealand with respect to our CGM systems and may seek to market our products in other regions in the future. Outside the United States, we can market a product only if we receive a marketing authorization and, in some cases, pricing approval, from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The marketing authorization procedures vary among countries and can involve additional testing, and the time required to obtain any required authorization or approval may differ from that 35 required to obtain FDA marketing authorization(s). Foreign regulatory authorization or approval processes may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA marketing authorization(s) in addition to other risks. We may not obtain foreign regulatory authorizations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Obtaining a marketing authorization from the FDA does not ensure authorization or approval by regulatory authorities in other countries will follow, and authorization or approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure authorization or approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. In addition, in order to obtain the authorization to market our products in certain foreign jurisdictions, we may need to obtain a Certificate to Foreign Government from the FDA. The FDA may refuse to issue a Certificate to Foreign Government in certain instances, including without limitation, during the pendency of any outstanding warning letter. As a result, we may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or marketing authorizations and may not receive necessary approvals or authorizations to commercialize our products in any market outside the United States on a timely basis, or at all. Risks Related to Privacy and Security We are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and other matters. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, and could result in claims, changes to our business practices, monetary penalties, increased cost of operations, or declines in user growth or engagement, or otherwise harm our business. We are subject to a number of foreign, federal and state laws and regulations protecting the use and confidentiality of certain patient health and personal information, including patient records, and restricting the use and disclosure of that protected information. These laws include foreign, federal and state medical privacy laws, breach notification laws and consumer protection laws. In addition, foreign data protection, privacy, and other laws and regulations can be more restrictive than those in the United States. For example, data localization laws in some countries generally mandate that certain types of data collected in a particular country be stored and/or processed within that country. We may be subject to inquiries, investigations and audits in Europe and around the world, particularly in the areas of consumer and data protection, which will arise in the ordinary course of business and may increase in frequency as we continue to grow and expand our operations. Legislators and regulators may make legal and regulatory changes, or interpret and apply existing laws, in ways that make our products less useful to our customers, require us to incur substantial costs, expose us to unanticipated civil or criminal liability, or cause us to change our business practices. These changes or increased costs could negatively impact our business and results of operations in material ways. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, such as our proprietary business information and that of our clients, contractors, vendors and others as well as personally identifiable information of our customers, vendors and others, which data may include full names, social security numbers, addresses, and birth dates, in our data centers and on our networks. Our employees, contractor and vendors may also have access to and may use personal health information in the ordinary course of our business. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures and business controls, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers, breaches due to employee, contractor or vendor error, or malfeasance or other disruptions or subject to the inadvertent or intentional unauthorized release of information. Any such occurrence could compromise our networks and the information stored thereon could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could (i) result in legal claims or proceedings, and liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information and regulatory penalties, (ii) disrupt our operations and the services we provide to our clients or (iii) damage our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our profitability, revenue and competitive position. As we grow and expand our administrative, customer support or IT support services, we may also utilize the services of personnel and contractors located outside of the United States to perform certain functions. While we make every effort to review our applicable contracts and other payor requirements, a local, state, or federal government agency or one of our customers may find the use of offshore resources to be a violation of a legal or contractual requirement, which could result in termination of the contractual relationship, penalties, or changes in our business operations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, while we have implemented industry standard security measures for offshore access to protected health information and other personal information, unauthorized access or disclosure of such information by offshore personnel could (i) result in legal claims or proceedings, and liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information and regulatory penalties, (ii) disrupt our operations and the services we provide to our clients, (iii) damage to our reputation or (iv) result in the termination of contractual relationships, penalties or the loss of coverage, any of which could adversely affect our profitability, revenue and competitive position. 36 Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would cause our business and reputation to suffer and could subject us to substantial liabilities. The Administrative Simplification Provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and implementing regulations, or HIPAA, extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, known as “protected health information,” and require covered entities, including health plans and most health care providers, to implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the security of such information. Certain provisions of the security and privacy regulations apply to business associates (entities that handle protected health information on behalf of covered entities), and business associates are subject to direct liability for violation of these provisions. In addition, a covered entity may be subject to penalties as a result of a business associate violating HIPAA, if the business associate is found to be an agent of the covered entity. Covered entities must report breaches of unsecured protected health information to affected individuals without unreasonable delay and notification must also be made to the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, Office for Civil Rights, or OCR and, in certain situations involving large breaches, to the media. Various U.S. state laws and regulations may also require us to notify affected individuals and state agencies in the event of a data breach involving individually identifiable information. Violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations may result in criminal and civil penalties. The OCR enforces the regulations and performs compliance audits. In addition to enforcement by OCR, state attorneys general are authorized to bring civil actions seeking either injunction or damages in response to violations that threaten the privacy of state residents. We follow and maintain a HIPAA compliance plan, which we believe complies with the HIPAA privacy and security regulations, but there can be no assurance that OCR or other regulators will agree. The HIPAA privacy regulations and security regulations have and will continue to impose significant costs on us in order to comply with these standards. There are numerous other laws and legislative and regulatory initiatives at the federal and state levels addressing privacy and security concerns. We also remain subject to federal or state privacy-related laws that are more restrictive than the privacy regulations issued under HIPAA. These laws vary and could impose additional penalties. For example, the Federal Trade Commission uses its consumer protection authority to initiate enforcement actions in response to alleged privacy and data security violations. California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which came into effect January 1, 2020, was recently amended and expanded by the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA) passed on November 3, 2020. The CCPA and CPRA, among other things, create new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provide new privacy rights to California residents, including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information. The CCPA also creates a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach. It remains unclear what, if any, additional modifications will be made to this legislation or how it will be interpreted. Therefore the effects of the CCPA and CPRA are significant and will likely require us to modify our data processing practices, and may cause us to incur substantial costs and expenses to comply, particularly given our base of operations in California. We are also subject to laws and regulations in foreign countries covering data privacy and other protection of health and employee information that may be more onerous than corresponding U.S. laws, including in particular the laws of Europe. For instance, in the European Union, increasingly stringent data protection and privacy rules that have and will continue to have substantial impact on the use of patient data across the healthcare industry became effective in May 2018. The EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, applies across the European Union and includes, among other things, a requirement for prompt notice of data breaches to data subjects and supervisory authorities in certain circumstances and significant fines for non-compliance. The GDPR fine framework can be up to 20 million euros, or up to 4 % of the company’s total global turnover of the preceding fiscal year, whichever is higher. The GDPR also requires companies processing personal data of individuals residing in the European Union to comply with EU privacy and data protection rules, even if the company itself does not have a physical presence in the European Union. Noncompliance could result in the imposition of fines, penalties, or orders to stop noncompliant activities. Due to the strong consumer protection aspects of the GDPR, companies subject to its purview are allocating substantial legal costs to the development of necessary policies and procedures and overall compliance efforts. For example, following a decision of the Court of Justice of the EU in October 2015, the transfer of personal data to US companies that had certified as members of the US Safe Harbor Scheme was declared invalid. In July 2016, the European Commission adopted the EU-US Privacy Shield Framework, or the Privacy Shield Framework, which replaced the US Safe Harbor Scheme. On July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union issued a decision that declared the Privacy Shield Framework invalid, and will also result in additional compliance obligations for companies that implement standard contractual clauses to ensure a valid basis for the transfer of personal data outside of Europe. We expect continued costs associated with maintaining compliance with GDPR into the future, and these provisions as interpreted by EU agencies, could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. 37 In addition to the laws discussed above, we may see more stringent state and federal privacy legislation in 2021 and beyond, as the increased cyber attacks during the pandemic have once again put a spotlight on data privacy and security in the U.S. and other jurisdictions. We cannot predict where new legislation might arise, the scope of such legislation, or the potential impact to our business and operations. Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents could result in the compromise of confidential data or critical data systems and give rise to potential harm to customers, remediation and other expenses, expose us to liability under HIPAA, consumer protection laws, or other common law theories, subject us to litigation and federal and state governmental inquiries, damage our reputation, and otherwise be disruptive to our business and operations. Cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. We collect and store on our networks sensitive information, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personally identifiable information of individuals, such as our customers and employees. The secure maintenance of this information and technology is critical to our business operations. We have implemented multiple layers of security measures to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of this data and the systems and devices that store and transmit such data. We utilize current security technologies, and our defenses are monitored and routinely tested internally and by external parties. Despite these efforts, threats from malicious persons and groups, new vulnerabilities and advanced new attacks against information systems create risk of cybersecurity incidents. These incidents can include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and may not immediately produce signs of intrusion, we may be unable to anticipate these incidents or techniques, timely discover them, or implement adequate preventative measures. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have modified our business practices and implemented telework policies wherever possible for appropriate categories of “nonessential” employees to minimize the disruption to our operations, to the extent possible. The continuation of these telework policies for “nonessential employees” also introduces additional operational risk, including increased cybersecurity risk. These cyber risks may include, among other risks, greater phishing, malware, and other cybersecurity attacks, vulnerability to or disruptions of our information technology infrastructure and systems to support remote operations, increased risk of unauthorized access, use or dissemination of confidential information, limited ability to restore the systems in the event of a systems failure or interruption, greater risk of a security breach resulting in destruction, alteration or misuse of valuable information, including proprietary business information and personally identifiable information of individuals, all of which could expose us to risks of data or financial loss, litigation and liability. These threats can come from a variety of sources, ranging in sophistication from an individual hacker to malfeasance by employees, consultants or other service providers to state-sponsored attacks. Cyber threats may be generic, or they may be custom-crafted against our information systems. Over the past several years, cyber attacks have become more prevalent and much harder to detect and defend against. Our network and storage applications, as well as those of our contractors, may be vulnerable to cyber-attack, malicious intrusion, malfeasance, loss of data privacy or other significant disruption and may be subject to unauthorized access by hackers, employees, consultants or other service providers. In addition, hardware, software or applications we develop or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture or other problems that could unexpectedly compromise information security. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to gain access to our systems or facilities through fraud, trickery or other forms of deceiving our employees, contractors and temporary staff. There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to cybersecurity incidents that bypass our security measures, impact the integrity, availability or privacy of personal health information or other data subject to privacy laws or disrupt our information systems, devices or business, including our ability to deliver services to our customers. As a result, cybersecurity, physical security and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and practices designed to protect our enterprise, information systems and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a priority for us. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any cybersecurity vulnerabilities. The occurrence of any of these events could result in: • • • • • • harm to customers; business interruptions and delays; the loss, misappropriation, corruption or unauthorized access of data; litigation, including potential class action litigation, and potential liability under privacy, security and consumer protection laws or other applicable laws; reputational damage; increase to insurance premiums; and 38 • foreign, federal and state governmental inquiries, any of which could have a material, adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations and harm our business reputation. Failure to protect our information technology infrastructure against cyber-based attacks, network security breaches, service interruptions, or data corruption could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and operating results. We rely on information technology and telephone networks and systems, including the Internet, to process and transmit sensitive electronic information and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including sales, billing, customer service, procurement and supply chain, manufacturing, and distribution. We use enterprise information technology systems to record, process, and summarize financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory financial reporting, legal, and tax requirements. System failures or outages, including any potential disruptions due to significantly increased global demand on certain cloud based systems during or as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or failures to adequately scale our data platforms and architectures support patient care could compromise our ability to perform these functions in a timely manner, which could harm our ability to conduct business or delay our financial reporting. Such failures could materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Our information technology systems, some of which are managed by third-parties, may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns due to computer viruses, ransomware or other malware, attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software, databases or components thereof, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors or catastrophic events. Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect customer information and prevent data loss and other security breaches, including systems and processes designed to reduce the impact of a security breach at a third-party vendor, such measures cannot provide absolute security. If our systems are breached or suffer severe damage, disruption or shutdown and we are unable to effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our business and operating results may significantly suffer and we may be subject to litigation, government enforcement actions and other actions for which we could face financial liability and other adverse consequences which may include: • • • • • • • • • • • • • additional government oversight of our operations; loss of existing customers; difficulty in attracting new customers; problems in determining product cost estimates and establishing appropriate pricing; difficulty in preventing, detecting, and controlling fraud; disputes with customers, physicians, and other health care professionals; increases in operating expenses, incurrence of expenses, including notification and remediation costs; regulatory fines or penalties; individual actions or class actions for damages; loss of revenues (including through loss of coverage or reimbursement); product development delays; disruption of key business operations; and diversion of attention of management and key information technology resources. Unauthorized third parties may seek to access our devices or other products and services, or related devices, products, and services, and modify or use them in a way inconsistent with our FDA clearances and approvals, which may create risks to users. Medical devices are increasingly connected to the internet, hospital networks, and other medical devices to provide features that improve healthcare and increase the ability of healthcare providers to treat patients and patients to manage their conditions. For example, we are pursuing collaborations to enable the connectivity and interoperability of our current and next-generation sensors and transmitters with third-party patient monitoring products, which may in turn be connected with the internet, hospital networks and in some cases, other medical devices. These same features may also increase cybersecurity risks and the risks of unauthorized access and use by third parties. As such, unauthorized third parties may seek to access our devices or other products and services, or related devices, products, and services, and modify or use them in a way inconsistent with our FDA clearances and approvals, which may create risks to users and potential exposure to the company. 39 Risks Related to Non-Compliance with Laws, Regulations and Contractual Requirements and Healthcare Industry Shifts We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with applicable laws and government regulations, we could become subject to penalties, be excluded from participation in government programs, and/or be required to make significant changes to our operations. The healthcare industry generally, and our business specifically, is subject to extensive foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those relating to: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • authorizations necessary for the clinical investigation and commercial marketing of products; the pricing of our products and services; the distribution of our products and services; billing for products and services; the obligation to report and return identified overpayments; financial relationships with physicians and other referral sources; inducements and courtesies given to physicians and other health care providers and patients; labeling and promoting products; the characteristics and quality of our products and services; confidentiality, maintenance and security issues associated with medical records and individually identifiable health and other personal information; medical device adverse event reporting; prohibitions on kickbacks, including the Anti-Kickback Statute and related laws and/or regulations; any scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program; physician and other healthcare professional payment disclosure requirements; use and disclosure of personal health information; privacy of health information and personal information; data protection and data localization; mobile communications; patient access and non-discrimination; patient consent; false claims; and professional licensure. These laws and regulations are extremely complex and, in many cases, still evolving. If our operations are found to violate any of the foreign, federal, state or local laws and regulations which govern our activities, we may be subject to litigation, government enforcement actions, and applicable penalties associated with the violation, potentially including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from participation in certain payor programs or curtailment of our operations. Compliance obligations under these various laws are oftentimes detailed and onerous, further contributing to the risk that we could be found to be out of compliance with particular requirements. The risk of being found in violation of these laws and regulations is further increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, particularly with respect to new and emerging technologies and remote delivery of services, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. The FDA, CMS, OIG, Department of Justice, states’ attorneys general and other governmental authorities actively enforce the laws and regulations discussed above. In the United States, medical device manufacturers have been the target of numerous government prosecutions and investigations alleging violations of law, including claims asserting impermissible off-label promotion of medical devices, payments intended to influence the referral of federal or state healthcare business, and submission of false claims for government reimbursement. While we make every effort to comply with applicable laws, we cannot rule out the possibility that the government or other third parties could interpret these laws differently and challenge our practices under one or more of these laws. This likelihood of allegations of non-compliance is increased by the fact that under certain federal and state laws applicable to our business, individuals, known as relators, may bring an action on behalf of the government alleging violations of such laws, and potentially be awarded a share of any damages or penalties ultimately awarded to the applicable government body. Under the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, medical devices are classified into one of three classes – 40 Class I, Class II or Class III – depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness. Our G6 has been classified as a Class II device. Class II devices are subject to various general and special controls, including the Quality System Regulation and 510(k) pre-market notification requirements. From time to time, the FDA may disagree with the classification of a new Class II medical device and require the manufacturer of that device to apply for approval as a Class III medical device. In the event that the FDA determines that our Class II medical products should be classified as Class III medical devices, we could be precluded from marketing the devices for clinical use within the United States for months, years or longer, depending on the specific change in the classification. Reclassification of our Class II medical products as Class III medical devices could significantly increase our regulatory costs, including the timing and expense associated with required clinical trials and other costs. FDA and the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, share oversight of medical device promotion. FDA has broad authority over device marketing (including assessment and oversight of safety and effectiveness) and over “promotional labeling,” while FTC has authority over “advertising” for most medical devices (i.e., non-“restricted” devices, such as ours). Any action against us alleging a violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s time and attention from the operation of our business, and have a material effect on our business. In addition, the laws and regulations impacting or affecting our business may change significantly in the future. Any new laws or regulations may adversely affect our business, including any changes in laws and regulations due to the COVID-19 pandemic. A review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities may result in a determination that could adversely affect our operations. Also, the regulatory environment applicable to our business may change in a way that restricts or adversely impacts our operations. If we or our suppliers or distributors fail to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements, or if we have unanticipated problems with our products, the products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market. Any product for which we obtain marketing approval, clearance or authorization (and the activities related to its production, distribution, and promotion, sale, and marketing) will be subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory bodies, which may include inspection of our manufacturing processes, complaint handling and adverse event reporting, post-approval clinical data and promotional activities for such product. The FDA’s Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, regulations require that we report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, it would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. If FDA determines that there is a reasonable probability that a device intended for human use would cause serious, adverse health consequences or death, the agency may issue a cease distribution and notification order and a mandatory recall order. We may also decide to recall a product voluntarily if we find a material deficiency, including unacceptable risks to health, manufacturing defects, design errors, component failures, labeling defects, or other issues. Recalls of our products could divert the attention of our management and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition, and operating results. We and certain of our suppliers are also required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, and other regulations which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, selection and oversight of suppliers or contractors, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage, complaint handling, shipping and servicing of our products. The FDA may enforce the QSR through announced (through prior notification) or unannounced inspections. Compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements can be complex, expensive and time-consuming. Failure by us or one of our suppliers or distributors to comply with statutes and regulations administered by the FDA, competent authorities and other regulatory bodies, or failure to take adequate response to any observations, could result in, among other things, any of the following actions: • • • • • • • • warning letters or untitled letters that require corrective action; delays in approving, or refusal to approve, our CGM systems; fines and civil or criminal penalties; unanticipated expenditures; FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export our products for sale in other countries; suspension or withdrawal of clearance or approval by the FDA or other regulatory bodies; product recall or seizure; administrative detention; 41 • • • • • • • interruption of production, partial suspension, or complete shutdown of production; interruption of the supply of components from our key component suppliers; operating restrictions; court consent decrees; FDA orders to repair, replace, or refund the cost of devices; injunctions; and criminal prosecution. The potential effect of these events can in some cases be difficult to quantify. If any of these actions were to occur, it would harm our reputation and cause our product sales and profitability to suffer. In addition, we believe events that could be classified as reportable events pursuant to MDR regulations are generally underreported by physicians and users, and any underlying problems could be of a larger magnitude than suggested by the number or types of MDRs filed by us. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. Even if regulatory approval or clearance of a product is granted, the approval or clearance may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or contain requirements for costly post-marketing testing or surveillance to monitor the safety or effectiveness of the product. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products, including software bugs, unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, manufacturing problems, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements such as the QSR, MDR reporting, or other post-market requirements may result in restrictions on such products or manufacturing processes, withdrawal of the products from the market, voluntary or mandatory recalls, fines, suspension of regulatory approvals, product seizures, injunctions, the imposition of civil or criminal penalties, or criminal prosecution. In addition, our distributors have rights to create marketing materials for their sales of our products, and may not adhere to contractual, legal or regulatory limitations that are imposed on their marketing efforts. Quality problems could lead to recalls or safety alerts, reputational harm, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Quality is very important to us and our customers due to the serious and costly consequences of product failure, and our business exposes us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture, and marketing of medical devices. Since the first commercial launch of our products in 2006, we have had periodic field failures related to our products and associated services, including reports of sensor errors, sensor failures, broken sensors, receiver malfunctions, audible alarms and alert failures, as well as server and transmitter failures. To comply with the FDA’s medical device reporting requirements, for example, we have filed reports of applicable field failures. Although we believe we have taken and are taking appropriate action aimed at reducing and/or eliminating field failures, we may have other product failures in the future. Product or component failures, manufacturing nonconformances, design defects, off-label use, or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information with respect to our products, if they were to occur, could result in an unsafe condition or injury to, or death of, a patient. These problems could lead to recalls, corrections or removals of, or issuance of a safety alert relating to, our products, and could result in product liability claims and lawsuits. Additionally, the production of our products must occur in a highly controlled and clean environment to minimize particles and other yield- and quality-limiting contaminants. Weaknesses in process control or minute impurities in materials may cause a substantial percentage of defective products. If we are not able to maintain stringent quality controls, or if contamination problems arise, our clinical development and commercialization efforts could be delayed, which would harm our business and our results of operations. If we fail to meet any applicable product quality standards and our products are the subject of recalls or safety alerts, our reputation could be damaged, we could lose customers, our reputation could be harmed and our revenue and results of operations could decline. Potential long-term complications from our current or future products or other CGM systems under development may not be revealed by our clinical experience to date. Based on our experience, complications from use of our products may include sensor errors, sensor failures, broken sensors, lodged sensors or skin irritation under the adhesive dressing of the sensor. Inflammation or redness, swelling, minor infection, and minor bleeding at the sensor insertion site are also possible risks with an individual’s use of our products. However, if unanticipated long-term side-effects result from the use of our products or other glucose monitoring systems we have under development, we could be subject to liability and the adoption of our systems may become more limited. With respect to our G6 systems, our clinical trials have been limited to ten days of continuous use. It is possible that the results from our clinical studies and trials may not be indicative of the clinical data obtained when we later examine patient outcomes. We 42 cannot assure you that repeated, long-term use would not result in unanticipated adverse effects, potentially even after the sensor is removed. We may never receive approval, marketing authorization or clearance from the U.S. FDA and other governmental agencies to market additional CGM systems, expanded indications for use of current and future generation CGM systems, future software platforms, or any other products under development. In March 2018, via the de novo process, the FDA classified the G6 and substantially equivalent devices of this generic type (i.e., “integrated continuous glucose monitoring systems” or “iCGMs”) into Class II, meaning that going forward products of this generic type may utilize the 510(k) pathway. Since then we have received 510(k) clearances for modifications to the G6. Any subsequent modification of our G6 that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness (for example, a significant change in design or manufacture), or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require us to obtain a new 510(k) clearance or could require a new de novo submission or a PMA. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA may review any such decision and may disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA may require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until appropriate clearance or approval is obtained. Under these circumstances, the FDA may also subject a manufacturer to significant regulatory fines or other penalties. If future product candidates are not deemed by the FDA to meet the criteria for submission under the 510(k) pathway, or for down-classification under the de novo process or otherwise, we would need to pursue a PMA. The PMA process requires us to prove the safety and effectiveness of our systems to the FDA’s satisfaction. This process can be expensive, prolonged and uncertain, requires detailed and comprehensive scientific and human clinical data, and may never result in the FDA granting a PMA. The FDA’s de novo classification of our G6 system under the generic name “integrated continuous glucose monitoring system,” makes it a predicate device for future 510(k) submissions. Complying with this classification requires ongoing compliance with the general controls required by the federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act and the special controls specified by the FDA’s G6 order as a Class II device. Any future system or expanded indications for use of current generation systems will require approval of the applicable regulatory authorities. In addition, we intend to seek either 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals for certain changes and modifications to our existing software platform, but cannot predict when, if ever, those changes and modifications will be approved. The FDA can refuse to grant a 510(k) clearance or a de novo request for marketing authorization, or delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application or supplement for many reasons, including: • • • • • the system may not be deemed by the FDA to be substantially equivalent to appropriate predicate devices under the 510(k) pathway; the system may not satisfy the FDA’s safety or effectiveness requirements; the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval; the manufacturing process or facilities used may not meet applicable requirements; and changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data. Even if approved or cleared by the FDA or foreign regulatory agencies, future generations of our CGM systems, expanded indications for use of current and future generation CGM systems, our software platforms or any other CGM system under development, may not be cleared or approved for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization. We may not obtain the necessary regulatory approvals or clearances to market these CGM systems in the United States or outside of the United States. Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our products could prevent us from generating revenue from these products. The uncertain timing of regulatory approvals for future generations of our products could subject our current inventory to excess or obsolescence charges, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Our failure to comply with laws, regulations and contract requirements relating to reimbursement of health care goods and services may subject us to penalties and adversely impact our reputation, business, financial condition and cash flows. We are subject to laws, regulations and contractual requirements regulating the provision of, and reimbursement for, health care goods and services, both in our capacity as a medical device manufacturer and/or as a supplier of covered items and services to federal health care program beneficiaries, with respect to which items and services we submit claims for reimbursement from such programs. The laws and regulations of health care goods and services that apply to us, including those described above, are subject to evolving interpretations and enforcement discretion. As part of our compliance program, we have reviewed our sales contracts, marketing materials, referral source relationships, and billing practices (among others) to reduce the risk of non- compliance with these and other foreign, federal and state laws. If a governmental authority was to conclude that we are not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, we and our officers, directors and employees could be subject to criminal and civil penalties, including, for example, exclusion from participation as a supplier of product to 43 beneficiaries covered by federal healthcare programs, including but not limited to Medicare and Medicaid. Any failure to comply with laws, regulations or contractual requirements relating to reimbursement and health care goods and services could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and cash flows. Our products are purchased principally by individual patients, who may be eligible for insurance coverage of their devices from various third-party payors, such as governmental programs (e.g., Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE, other federal and state health benefit plans, and comparable non-U.S. programs), private insurance plans, and managed care plans. The ability of our customers to obtain appropriate reimbursement for products and services from third-party payors is critical because it affects which products customers purchase and the prices they are willing to pay. As a result, our products are subject to regulation regarding quality and cost by the U.S. Department for Health & Human Services, including CMS, as well as comparable state and non-U.S. agencies responsible for reimbursement and regulation of health care goods and services. The principal U.S. federal laws that implicate reimbursement issues include those that prohibit (i) the filing of false or improper claims for federal payment, known as the federal civil False Claims Act, (ii) unlawful inducements for the referral of business reimbursable under federally-funded health care programs, known as the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and (iii) health care service providers from seeking reimbursement for providing certain services to a patient who was referred by a physician who has certain types of direct or indirect financial relationships with the service provider, known as the federal Physician Self-Referral law, or commonly referred to as the “Stark Law.” Many states have similar laws that apply to reimbursement by state Medicaid and other government-funded programs, as well as, in some cases, to all payors, including self-pay patients. In addition, the federal civil False Claims Act requires the reporting and returning of identified overpayments received from federal health care programs within 60 days of identification and quantification, and requires the exercise of reasonable diligence to investigate credible information regarding potential overpayments. Failure to timely refund known overpayments from federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, would subject a company to civil False Claims Act liability. Insurance companies can also bring a private cause of action claiming treble damages against a manufacturer for causing a false claim to be filed under the federal Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, or RICO. Additionally, as a manufacturer of FDA‑approved devices reimbursable by federal healthcare programs, we are subject to the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires us to annually report certain payments and other transfers of value we make to U.S.-licensed physicians or U.S. teaching hospitals, and under an expansion of the law we will also need to begin tracking and reporting payments to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and other mid-level practitioners. Reporting requirements will go into effect in 2022 for payments and transfers of value made to these additional practitioner-types in 2021. With respect to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, Congress and the OIG have established a large number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors. An arrangement that fits squarely into an exception or safe harbor is immune from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute. We train and educate employees and marketing representatives on the Anti-Kickback Statute and their obligations thereunder, and we endeavor to comply with the applicable safe harbors. However, some of our arrangements, like many other common and non-abusive arrangements, may implicate the Anti-Kickback Statute and are not covered by a safe harbor, but nevertheless do not present a material risk to beneficiaries or federal healthcare programs and, as such, would not likely invite government scrutiny or prosecution or warrant the imposition of sanctions. However, we cannot offer assurance that arrangements that do not squarely meet an exception or safe harbor will not be found to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Allegations of violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can also trigger liability under the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law and federal civil False Claims Act, thereby increasing the penalty structure for these violations. During the period in which we directly billed Medicare, our financial relationships with referring physicians and their immediate family members were required to comply with the Stark Law by meeting an applicable exception. Unlike the Anti-Kickback Statute, failure to meet an exception under the Stark Law results in a violation of the Stark Law, even if such violation is technical in nature. Violations of the Stark Law create overpayment liability under the federal civil False Claims Act and can also trigger separate penalties under the Civil Monetary Penalties Law. Knowing violations of the Stark Law carry increased civil monetary penalties and would likely be classified as the knowing submission of a false claim or knowingly making a false statement to the government, triggering liability under the federal civil False Claims Act. Certain Stark Law violations can also trigger exclusion from federal healthcare programs. Historical violations of the Stark Law, if any, could continue to give rise to liability during the statute of limitations period. If we violate the Anti-Kickback Statute or Stark Law, or if we improperly bill for our services, or retain overpayments longer than 60 days after identification, or fail to act with reasonable diligence to investigate credible information regarding potential overpayments, we may be found to violate the federal civil False Claims Act, either under a suit brought by the government or by a private person under a qui tam relator, or “whistleblower,” suit. 44 Managed care trends and consolidation in the health care industry could have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations. Private third-party payors and other managed care organizations, such as pharmacy benefit managers, continue to take action to manage utilization and control cost. Consolidation among managed care organizations has increased the negotiating power of managed care organizations and other private third-party payors. Private third-party payors, as well as governments, increasingly employ formularies to control costs by taking into account discounts in connection with decisions about formulary inclusion or favorable formulary placement. Failure to obtain or maintain timely adequate pricing or favorable formulary placement for our products, or failure to obtain such formulary placement at favorable pricing, could adversely impact revenue. Private third- party payors, including self-insured employers, often implement formularies with copayment tiers to encourage utilization of certain products and have also been raising co-payments required from beneficiaries, particularly for higher cost products. Private third-party payors also use additional measures such as value-based pricing/contracting to improve their cost containment efforts. Private third-party payors also are increasingly imposing utilization management tools, such as requiring prior authorization or requiring the patient to first fail on a lower cost product before permitting access to a higher cost product. In addition, on November 20, 2020, the OIG released a Final Rule, “Removal of Safe Harbor Protection for Rebates Involving Prescription Pharmaceuticals and Creation of New Safe Harbor for Certain Point of Sale Reductions in Price on Prescription Pharmaceuticals and Certain Pharmacy Benefit Manage Service Fees” which revises the federal Anti-Kickback Statute’s Discount Safe Harbor at 42 CFR 1001.952(h) to explicitly exclude reductions in price offered by drug manufacturers to pharmacy benefit managers (PBMs) and Part D plans from the safe harbor's definition of a "discount." OIG expressed concern that the retroactive rebate framework incentivizes manufacturers to increase list prices and provide larger rebates on the backend, preventing beneficiaries and the Medicare Program from sharing in savings. The new rule goes into effect January 1, 2022 but would likely impact PBM rebate negotiations this year. While the new rule does not impact us since it is narrowly tailored to drug rather than device manufacturers, it may have a larger impact on the PBM industry. Notably, however, the Final Rule may not have followed proper administrative steps and therefore, may face legal challenges. We cannot be certain whether the Final Rule will remain in place but if it does, it is possible that our PBM arrangements may be restructured. Many health care industry companies, including health care systems, distributors, manufacturers, providers, and insurers, are also consolidating or vertically integrating, or have formed strategic alliances. As the health care industry consolidates, competition to provide goods and services to industry participants may become more intense. This consolidation will continue to create larger enterprises with greater negotiating power, which they can try to use to negotiate price concessions or reductions for medical devices and components produced by us. As the U.S. payor market consolidates further and we face greater pricing pressure from private third-party payors, who will continue to drive more of their patients to use lower cost alternatives, we may lose customers, our revenues may decrease and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may suffer If we are unable to successfully complete the pre-clinical studies or clinical trials necessary to support additional PMA, de novo, or 510(k) applications or supplements, we may be unable to commercialize our CGM systems under development, which could impair our business, financial condition and operating results. To support current and any future additional PMA, 510(k), de novo applications or supplements, we together with our partners, must successfully complete pre-clinical studies, bench-testing, and in some cases clinical trials that will demonstrate that the product is safe and effective. Product development, including pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, is a long, expensive and uncertain process and is subject to delays (including any potential delays due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic) and failure at any stage. Furthermore, the data obtained from the studies and trials may be inadequate to support approval of an application and the FDA may request additional clinical data in support of those applications, which may result in significant additional clinical expenses and may delay product approvals. While we have in the past obtained, and may in the future obtain, an investigational device exemption, or IDE, prior to commencing clinical trials for our products, FDA approval of an IDE application permitting us to conduct testing does not mean that the FDA will consider the data gathered in the trial to be sufficient to support approval of a PMA, de novo or 510(k) application or supplement, even if the trial’s intended safety and effectiveness endpoints are achieved. Changes to the regulatory landscape may impact our ability to obtain marketing authorization for future product developments. Development or changes to the FDA or foreign regulatory approval standards and processes, including both legal and policy changes, could also delay or prevent the approval of our products submitted for review. For example, as part of the 21st Century Cures Act passed in 2016, Congress enacted several reforms that further affect medical device regulation both pre- and post-approval, and FDA implementation and development of guidance in many areas is still ongoing. In addition, the FDA is in the process of reviewing the 510(k) approval process and criteria and has announced initiatives to improve the current pre- and post-market regulatory processes and requirements associated with infusion pumps and other home use medical devices. As part of this effort, the FDA is reviewing the adverse event reporting and recall processes for insulin pumps. Any change in the 45 laws or regulations that govern the clearance and approval processes relating to our current and future products could make it more difficult and costly to obtain clearance or approval for new products, or to produce, market and distribute existing products. The data contained in our submissions, including data drawn from our clinical trials, may not be sufficient to support approval of our products or additional or expanded indications. Medical device company stock prices have declined significantly in certain circumstances where companies have failed to meet expectations in regards to the timing of regulatory approval. If the FDA’s response causes product approval delays, or is not favorable for any of our products, our stock price (and the market price of our senior convertible notes) could decline substantially. It is uncertain how these potential changes may impact our ability to gain clearance or approval from FDA for our products in the future. The commencement or completion of any of our clinical trials may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of FDA marketing applications or supplements, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold; patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate we expect; patients or study site personnel who do not comply with clinical trial protocols; patient follow-up does not occur at the rate we expect; patients experience adverse side effects; patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to our products; institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject our clinical trial protocol; third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the investigator agreements, clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices or other FDA or institutional review board requirements; we or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring or analysis in a timely or accurate manner or consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans; third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to us or the study that the FDA deems to make the study results unreliable, or we or clinical investigators fail to disclose such interests; regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities may results in allegations or findings of noncompliance and, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials; changes in governmental regulations, policies or administrative actions applicable to our trial protocols; the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or efficacy; and the FDA concludes that the results from our trial and/or trial design are inadequate to demonstrate safety and effectiveness of the product. Further, the COVID-19 pandemic and associated shelter-in-place orders could limit or restrict our ability to initiate, conduct or continue our clinical trials. Delays and disruption in our clinical trials could results in delays for expanded FDA clearance or approval of our products. We are unable to predict the length of such delays or the scope of the impact of COVID-19 on our clinical trials at this time. We are continuing to monitor this situation and to explore methods of remote monitoring, remote clinical assessments and other similar delivery methods to permit continuation of clinical trial activities. The results of pre-clinical studies or other forms of early product testing do not necessarily predict future clinical trial results, and prior clinical trial results might not be repeated in subsequent clinical trials. Additionally, the FDA may disagree with our interpretation of the data from our pre-clinical studies, product testing, and clinical trials, or may find the clinical trial design, conduct or results inadequate to prove safety or effectiveness, and may require us to pursue the development of additional data, which could further delay the approval of our products. If we are unable to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of our products in our clinical trials to the FDA’s satisfaction, where clinical data are required, we will be unable to obtain regulatory approval to market our products in the United States. In addition, the data we collect from our current clinical trials, our pre-clinical studies and other clinical trials may not be sufficient to support FDA approval, even if our endpoints are met. We may also conduct clinical studies to demonstrate the relative or comparative effectiveness of CGM systems for the treatment of diabetes. These types of studies, which often require substantial investment and effort, may not show adequate, or any, clinical benefit or value for the use of CGM systems. 46 Our CGM systems currently have regulatory marketing authorization limited to individual patient home-use, and have otherwise not received clearance or approval from the FDA or other regulators for use in hospital or other in-patient facility settings, although the FDA has advised us that it will not object to the use of our CGM systems in such settings during the COVID-19 pandemic. Our potential supply of our CGM systems for use in this environment during the COVID-19 pandemic may present risks to our business. We have received, and may continue to receive, numerous inquiries from hospitals around the country about the use of our CGM devices to remotely monitor COVID-19 patients admitted into the hospital. Extension of CGM system use to hospitalized patients during the COVID-19 pandemic allows hospital staff to monitor glucose remotely in patients and may reduce patient/provider interactions, which could help limit viral exposure for hospital staff and help conserve personal protective equipment (PPE). In the context of the COVID-19 pandemic, the FDA has permitted for regulatory flexibility in a variety of specific circumstances, to expedite the development and availability of critical medical products that may be helpful in COVID-19-related efforts. Following direct communication with the FDA regarding the potential use of our CGM devices in a hospital or other in-patient setting, the FDA notified us on April 1, 2020 that in an exercise of its enforcement discretion it will not object, in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic, to Dexcom providing CGM devices and support to users to enable real-time remote patient monitoring in hospitals and other healthcare facilities, to support COVID- 19 healthcare related efforts, so long as we provide certain FDA-specified information with respect to the unique challenges that CGM technologies can raise in the hospital environment. As a condition of its exercise of enforcement discretion, the FDA has advised that we communicate the following information related to implementing the use of CGM systems for remote monitoring of hospitalized patients: • • • • Hospitals should consider whether they have the resources and expertise necessary to adequately implement CGM use and provide appropriate training to healthcare providers. CGM glucose results are less accurate than blood glucose results obtained using traditional testing methods (e.g., lab glucose, blood glucose meters). Users should consider all CGM glucose information (e.g., trend) along with individual glucose values, and interpret CGM results in the context of the full clinical picture. CGM systems are subject to interferences that may generate falsely high and falsely low glucose readings. Levels of interference depend on drug concentration; substances that may not significantly interfere in non-hospitalized patients may interfere when used in the hospital setting because of higher dose levels. Most drugs used in hospital or critical care settings have not been evaluated and their interference with CGM systems is unknown. Known interferences vary by CGM brand, and can include Acetaminophen, Ascorbic acid, Hydroxyurea, or other reducing drugs/ compounds. Poor peripheral blood perfusion may cause inaccurate sensor readings. CGM results should be interpreted considering accompanying patient conditions and medications. Other clinical conditions may also cause inaccurate readings. Our provision of our CGM systems to hospitals and other healthcare facilities for use during the COVID-19 pandemic have and will continue to have the above notice. We are not actively promoting nor do we plan to actively promote our CGM devices (and related support) for inpatient use, but if we supply them to such facilities as currently permitted by the FDA, this supply could present an increased risk of product liability claims and associated damages should an adverse event occur. Given that our CGM devices have not yet been fully evaluated or tested by either us or the FDA to the extent that would be required in standard circumstances for product development and marketing authorization, there could be unknown or unanticipated risks presented by use in this environment. The FDA can also decide, at any time, to change its position regarding enforcement discretion for our devices, and require that we seek marketing authorization for this additional intended use by submitting a 510(k) premarket notification, or that we seek and obtain Emergency Use Authorization. The FDA may determine this policy has expired if the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic subsides or the federal public health emergency declaration is lifted and there is no longer an urgent need to use our CGM systems for remote patient monitoring during the COVID-19 pandemic. As we are unable to predict the duration or ultimate impact of the provision of our CGM systems to hospitals and other healthcare facilities for use during the COVID-19 pandemic at this time, we do not yet know the ultimate impact to our business or financial results. We will continue to monitor the situation closely. 47 We depend on clinical investigators and clinical sites to enroll patients in our clinical trials and other third parties to manage the trials and to perform related data collection and analysis, and, as a result, we may face costs and delays that are outside of our control. We rely on clinical investigators and clinical sites to enroll patients in our clinical trials, and other third parties to manage the trial and to perform related data collection and analysis. However, we may not be able to control the amount and timing of resources that clinical sites may devote to our clinical trials. If these clinical investigators and clinical sites fail to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our clinical trials or fail to ensure compliance by patients with clinical protocols or fail to comply with regulatory requirements, we will be unable to complete these trials, which could prevent us from obtaining regulatory approvals for our products. Our agreements with clinical investigators and clinical sites for clinical testing place substantial responsibilities on these parties and, if these parties fail to perform as expected, our trials could be delayed or terminated. If these clinical investigators, clinical sites or other third parties do not carry out their contractual duties or obligations or fail to meet expected deadlines, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, or the clinical data may be rejected by the FDA, and we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize, our products. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, many healthcare facilities were or remain closed or available on a limited basis for non-emergent and elective services. Accordingly, our clinical investigators may not have an opportunity to recruit and enroll patients in our clinical trials. We cannot predict the length of current shelter-in-place orders or the impact of such orders and the COVID-19 pandemic more generally on the provision of non-emergent health services or the normal operation of our clinical sites, therefore, we cannot predict the ultimate impact that such restrictions may have on our clinical trial enrollment and results. Health care policy changes, including U.S. health care reform legislation, may have a material adverse effect on our business. In response to perceived increases in health care costs in recent years, there have been and continue to be proposals by the federal government, state governments, regulators, and third-party payors to control these costs and, more generally, to reform the U.S. health care system. Certain of these proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our products or the amounts of reimbursement available for our products and could limit the acceptance and availability of our products. Further, while the United States has begun shifting to pay-for-performance rather than fee-for-service models and has been embracing many shared-risk arrangements, CMS and OIG specifically excluded medical device manufacturers from utilizing the new, more flexible Stark Law exceptions and Anti-Kickback Statute safe harbors under the Final Rules, part of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Regulatory Sprint to Coordinated Care, which were published on December 2, 2020 in the Federal Register and will be effective January 19, 2021. The exclusion of manufacturers from utilizing these exceptions and safe harbors will not allow us to avail ourselves of immunity from liability laws, potentially inviting greater scrutiny over our shared risk arrangements. Changes under these Final Rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, on November 16, 2020 the OIG published a Special Fraud Alert addressing manufacturer Speaker Programs signaling both a more narrow government view of AKS compliance with respect to such programs as well as the potential for increased enforcement in this space by government oversight agencies such as the OIG and DOJ. This development may cause us to assess and consider modification to certain aspects of our speaker programs, which may have a detrimental impact on our ability to educate healthcare providers about our products and to promote use of our products, which may lead to decreased product sales and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Comprehensive healthcare legislation, signed into law in the United States in March 2010, titled the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively, the ACA, imposes certain stringent compliance, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements on companies in various sectors of the life sciences industry, with which we may need to comply, and enhanced penalties for non-compliance with the new and revised healthcare laws. Despite the ACA going into effect over a decade ago, continuous legal and Congressional challenges to the law’s provisions and persisting uncertainty with respect to the scope and effect of certain provisions have made compliance costly. A case challenging the constitutionality of the ACA’s individual mandate is currently before the Supreme Court. We cannot predict whether the ACA will be repealed, replaced, or modified, or how such repeal, replacement or modification may be timed or structured. The change in Presidential Administration may also result in new agency priorities, rulemakings, and legislation, the scope and effect of which cannot be predicted. As a result, we cannot quantify or predict what the effect of such repeal, replacement, or modification might have on our business and results of operations. However, any changes that lower reimbursement for our products could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 48 There are pending federal Congressional proposals that would significantly expand government-provided health insurance coverage. Proposals range from establishing a single-payor, national health insurance system (e.g., Medicare for All Act of 2019 (H.R. 1384), to more limited buy-in options that would be available to individuals above a certain age (e.g., Medicare at 50 Act (S. 470). There is also legislation that would authorize states to permit individuals to “buy-in” to their state Medicaid program (e.g., State Public Option Act (S. 489, H.R. 1277)). If enacted, these proposals will likely have a significant impact on the healthcare industry. At this stage, we cannot predict how future legislation will affect our business. Other legal, regulatory and commercial policy influences are subjecting our industry to significant changes, and we cannot predict whether new regulations or policies will emerge from U.S. federal or state governments, foreign governments, or third-party payors. Government and commercial payors may, in the future, consider healthcare policies and proposals intended to curb rising healthcare costs, including those that could significantly affect reimbursement for healthcare products such as our systems. These policies have included, and may in the future include: basing reimbursement policies and rates on clinical outcomes, the comparative effectiveness, and costs, of different treatment technologies and modalities; imposing price controls and taxes on medical device providers; and other measures. Future significant changes in the healthcare systems in the United States or elsewhere could also have a negative impact on the demand for our current and future products. These include changes that may reduce reimbursement rates for our products and changes that may be proposed or implemented by the current or future laws or regulations. Risks Related to Intellectual Property Protection and Use We are subject to claims of infringement or misappropriation of the intellectual property rights of others, which could prohibit us from shipping affected products, require us to obtain licenses from third parties or to develop non-infringing alternatives, and subject us to substantial monetary damages and injunctive relief. We may also be subject to other claims or suits. Third parties have asserted, and may assert, infringement or misappropriation claims against us with respect to our current or future products. We are aware of numerous patents issued to third parties that may relate to aspects of our business, including the design and manufacture of CGM sensors and membranes, as well as methods for continuous glucose monitoring. Whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we have not infringed the intellectual property rights of such third parties or others. Our competitors may assert that our CGM systems or the methods we employ in the use of our systems are covered by U.S. or foreign patents held by them. We have in the past settled some such allegations and may need to do so again in the future. For example, in July 2014, we entered into a Settlement and License Agreement with Abbott to settle all pending patent infringement legal proceedings brought by Abbott against us which is set to expire on March 31, 2021. This risk is exacerbated by the fact that there are numerous issued patents and pending patent applications relating to self- monitored glucose testing systems in the medical technology field. Because patent applications may take years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patents that our products infringe. There could also be existing patents of which we are unaware that one or more components of our system may inadvertently infringe. As the number of competitors in the market for CGM systems grows, the possibility of patent infringement by us or a patent infringement claim against us increases. If we are unable to successfully defend any such claims as they may arise or enter into or extend settlement and license agreements on acceptable terms or at all, our business operations may be harmed. We have been involved in various patent infringement actions in the past. For example, in March 2020, we settled certain patent infringement litigation and proceedings between us and AgaMatrix, Inc. and WaveForm Technologies, Inc. Any infringement or misappropriation claim could cause us to incur significant costs, place significant strain on our financial resources, divert management’s attention from our business and harm our reputation. In addition, if the relevant patents are upheld as valid and enforceable and we are found to infringe such patents, we could be prohibited from selling any of our products that is found to infringe unless we could obtain licenses to use the technology covered by the patent or are able to design around the patent. We may be unable to obtain a license on terms acceptable to us, if at all, and we may not be able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. We may be unable to maintain or renew licenses on terms acceptable to us, if at all, and we may be prohibited from selling any of our products that required the technology covered by the relevant licensed patents. Even if we are able to redesign our products to avoid an infringement claim, we may not receive FDA approval for such changes in a timely manner or at all. Any adverse determination in litigation or interference proceedings to which we are or may become a party relating to patents or other intellectual property rights could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties or require us to seek licenses from other third parties. If we are found to infringe third-party patents, a court could order us to pay damages to compensate the patent owner for the infringement, such as a reasonable royalty amount and/or profits lost by the patent owners, along with prejudgment and/or post-judgment interest. Furthermore, if we are found to willfully infringe third-party patents, we could, in addition to other penalties, be required to pay treble damages; and if the court finds the case to be exceptional, we may be required to pay attorneys’ fees for the prevailing party. If we are found to infringe third-party copyrights or trademarks or 49 misappropriate third-party trade secrets, based on the intellectual property at issue, a court could order us to pay statutory damages, actual damages, or profits, such as reasonably royalty, lost profits of the owners, unjust enrichment, disgorgement of profits, and/or a reasonable royalty, and the court could potentially award attorneys’ fees or exemplary or enhanced damages. Although patent and intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements may be substantial and would likely include ongoing royalties. We may be unable to obtain necessary intellectual property licenses on satisfactory terms. If we do not obtain any such necessary licenses, we may not be able to redesign our products to avoid infringement and any redesign may not receive FDA approval or other requisite marketing authorization in a timely manner or at all. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary intellectual property licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business. If litigation were to be initiated by intellectual property owners, there could significant legal fees and costs incurred in defending litigation (which may include filing administrative actions to attack the intellectual property) as well as a potential monetary settlement payment to the owners, even if the matter is resolved before going to trial. Moreover, the owners may take an overly aggressive approach and/or include multiple allegations in a single litigation. In addition, from time to time, we are subject to various claims, complaints and legal actions arising out of the ordinary course of business, including commercial insurance, product liability or employment related matters. Also, from time to time, we may bring claims or initiate lawsuits against various third parties with respect to matters arising out of the ordinary course of our business, including commercial and employment related matters. We do not believe we are party to any currently pending legal proceedings, the outcome of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. There can be no assurance that existing or future legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our inability to adequately protect our intellectual property could allow our competitors and others to produce products based on our technology, which could substantially impair our ability to compete. Our success and our ability to compete depend, in part, upon our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright and trademark law, and trade secrets and nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property. However, such methods may not be adequate to protect us or permit us to gain or maintain a competitive advantage. Our patent applications may not issue as patents in a form that will be advantageous to us, or at all. Our issued patents, and those that may issue in the future, may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products. In addition, there are numerous recent changes to the patent laws and proposed changes to the rules of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which may have a significant impact on our ability to protect our technology and enforce our intellectual property rights. For example, in September 2011, the United States enacted sweeping changes to its patent system under the Leahy- Smith America Invents Act, including changes that would transition the United States from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system and alter the processes for challenging issued patents. These changes could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. To protect our proprietary rights, we may in the future need to assert claims of infringement against third parties. The outcome of litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights in patents, copyrights, trade secrets or trademarks is highly unpredictable, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations regardless of the final outcome of such litigation. In the event of an adverse judgment, a court could hold that some or all of our asserted intellectual property rights are not infringed, or are invalid or unenforceable, and could award attorney fees. Despite our efforts to safeguard our unpatented and unregistered intellectual property rights, we may not succeed in doing so or the steps taken by us in this regard may not be adequate to detect or deter misappropriation of our technology or to prevent an unauthorized third party from copying or otherwise obtaining and using our products, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary. In addition, third parties may be able to design around our patents. Furthermore, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Litigation Risks We face the risk of product liability claims and may be subject to damages, fines, penalties and injunctions, among other things. Our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that is inherent in the testing, manufacturing and marketing of medical devices, including those which may arise from the misuse (including system hacking or other unauthorized access by third parties to our systems) or malfunction of, or design flaws in, our products. This liability may vary based on the FDA classification associated with our devices. Notably, the classification of our G6 system as a Class II medical device is likely to weaken our ability to rely on federal preemption of state law claims that assert liability against us for harms arising from use of 50 the G6. We may be subject to product liability claims if our products cause, or merely appear to have caused, an injury. Claims may be made by customers, healthcare providers or others selling our products. The risk of product liability claims may increase now that our G5 Mobile system has obtained indications and approved labeling in the United States, in Canada, and in the countries utilizing the CE Mark that allow for our patients to make diabetes treatment decisions with our CGM system in conjunction with only two finger sticks required for calibration of the system and our G6 does not require confirmatory finger sticks when making treatment decisions or finger stick tests each day for calibration, although it does require finger stick tests when symptoms do not match readings and when readings are unavailable.The risk of claims may also increase if our products are subject to a product recall or seizure. An example of the difficulty of complying with the regulatory requirements associated with the manufacture of our products, we issued notifications to our customers regarding the audible alarms and alerts associated with our receivers. Although we have insurance at levels that we believe is appropriate, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations. Our current product liability insurance may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and, if available, the coverage may not be adequate to protect us against any future product liability claims. Further, if additional products are approved for marketing, we may seek additional insurance coverage. If we are unable to obtain insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms with adequate coverage or otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, we will be exposed to significant liabilities, which may harm our business. A product liability claim, recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could result in significant costs and significant harm to our business. We may be subject to claims against us even if the apparent injury is due to the actions of others or misuse of the device or a partner device. Our customers, either on their own or following the advice of their physicians, may use our products in a manner not described in the products’ labeling and that differs from the manner in which it was used in clinical studies and approved by the FDA. For example, our current systems are designed to be used by an individual continuously for up to seven days for our G5 Mobile system and up to 10 days for our G6 system, but the individual might be able to circumvent the safeguards designed into the systems and use the products for longer than seven or 10 days. Off-label use of products by customers is common, and any such off-label use of our products could subject us to additional liability, or require design changes to limit this potential off-label use once discovered. The CE Mark and the HealthCanada and FDA approvals for our G5 Mobile system include indications that allow patients to make diabetes treatment decisions based on the information generated by such system, although both regulators still require finger stick calibrations two times per day. In addition, other regulatory agencies may in the future approve similar diabetes treatment indications. We expect that such diabetes treatment indications could expose us to additional liability. These liabilities could prevent or interfere with our product commercialization efforts. Defending a suit, regardless of merit, could be costly, could divert management attention and might result in adverse publicity, which could result in the withdrawal of, or inability to recruit, clinical trial volunteers or result in reduced acceptance of our products in the market. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have received and continue to receive, numerous requests from hospitals and healthcare facilities around the country regarding the use of our CGM devices to remotely monitor COVID-19 patients admitted into the hospital. As noted above, the FDA has informed us that they intend to exercise enforcement discretion and will not object to Dexcom’s provision of its G6 CGM systems to such facilities for use in the inpatient setting during the pandemic. However, our CGM devices are currently approved only for in-home use by patients for the purpose of personal diabetes management and have not otherwise been cleared or approved by the FDA for hospital use. Given that the G6 CGM has not yet been fully evaluated or tested (by Dexcom or by the FDA) to the extent that would be required in standard circumstances for product development and marketing authorization, there could be unknown or unanticipated risks presented by use in this environment. To the extent that inpatient use of our CGM systems cause or contribute to an adverse event, we may be subjected to additional product liability lawsuits. Defending a suit, regardless of merit, could be costly, could divert management attention and might result in adverse publicity, which could result in reduced acceptance of our products in the market. We could become the subject of governmental investigations, claims and litigation. Health care companies are subject to numerous investigations by various governmental agencies. Further, under the False Claims Act, private parties have the right to bring qui tam, or “whistleblower,” suits against companies that submit false claims for payments to, or improperly retain overpayments from, the government. Some states have adopted similar state whistleblower and false claims provisions. Depending upon whether the underlying conduct alleged in such inquiries or investigations could be considered systemic, the resolution could have a material, adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. Governmental agencies and their agents, such as CMS Medicare Administrative Contractors and other CMS contractors, as well as the OIG, state Medicaid programs, and other state and federal agencies may conduct audits of our operations, relating to covered items and services including those furnished to beneficiaries, health care providers and distributors. Commercial and government-funded managed care payors may conduct similar post- payment audits. Depending on the nature of the conduct found in such audits and whether the underlying conduct could be considered systemic, the resolution of these audits could have 51 a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. Our compliance program includes internal audit and monitoring functions designed to identify potential issues and to facilitate remediation as appropriate. CMS contracts with Recovery Audit Contractors, or RACs, on a contingency fee basis to conduct post-payment reviews to detect and correct improper payments in the fee-for-service Medicare program. The ACA expanded the RAC program’s scope to include managed Medicare plans and Medicaid claims. RAC denials are appealable; however, there currently are significant delays in the assignment of new Medicare appeals to Administrative Law Judges, which negatively impacts our ability to appeal RAC payment denials. In addition, CMS employs various other program integrity contractors – including zone program integrity contractors, or ZPICs, Medicaid integrity contractors, or MICs, and unified program integrity contractors, or UPICs – to perform post-payment audits of claims and identify overpayments, and state Medicaid agencies and other contractors have increased their review and audit activities as well. We are not presently aware of any governmental investigations involving our executives or us. However, any future investigations of our executives, our managers or us could result in significant liabilities or penalties to us, as well as adverse publicity. Even if we are found to have complied with applicable law, the investigation or litigation may pose a considerable expense and would divert management’s attention, and have a potentially negative impact on the public’s perception of us, all of which could negatively impact our financial position and results of operations. Further, should we be found out of compliance with any of these laws, regulations or programs, depending on the nature of the findings, our business, our financial position and our results of operations could be negatively impacted. We may be subject to fines, penalties and injunctions if we are determined to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved or improper off-label uses or determined to have made claims that untruthful or misleading or not adequately substantiated or determined to have made claims that untruthful or misleading or not adequately substantiated. We believe our marketing, promotional and educational materials and practices comply with FDCA, Federal Trade Commission Act, and other applicable laws and regulations, as may be amended from time to time, if the FDA, FTC or other regulatory body with competent jurisdiction over us, our activities or products takes the position that our marketing, promotional or other materials or activities constitute improper promotion or marketing of an unapproved or improper use, or that they contain untruthful, misleading, or inadequately substantiated statements or claims, such regulatory body could request that we modify our materials or practices, or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance, depending on the regulatory body and the nature of the alleged violation, of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider promotional, marketing or other materials or activities to constitute improper promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. Recent court decisions have impacted the FDA’s enforcement activity regarding off-label promotion in light of First Amendment considerations; however, there are still significant risks in this area in part due to the potential False Claims Act exposure and the FDA’s continued focus on ensuring devices are marketed in a manner consistent with their FDA-required labeling. We are not actively promoting nor do we plan to actively promote our G6 CGM systems for inpatient use, but if we supply them to such facilities as currently permitted by FDA, this supply could present an increased risk of product liability claims and associated damages should an adverse event occur. Given that the G6 CGM system has not yet been fully evaluated or tested (by Dexcom or by the FDA) to the extent that would be required in standard circumstances for product development and marketing authorization, there could be unknown or unanticipated risks presented by use in this environment. In some instances in our advertising and promotion, we may make claims regarding our product as compared to competing products, which may subject us to heightened regulatory scrutiny, enforcement risk, and litigation risks. The FDA applies a heightened level of scrutiny to comparative claims when applying its statutory standards for advertising and promotion, including with regard to its requirement that promotional labeling be truthful and not misleading. There is potential for differing interpretations of whether certain communications are consistent with a product’s FDA-required labeling, and FDA will evaluate communications on a fact-specific basis. In addition, making comparative claims may draw concerns from our competitors. Where a company makes a claim in advertising or promotion that its product is superior to the product of a competitor (or that the competitor’s product is inferior), this creates a risk of a lawsuit by the competitor under federal and state false advertising or unfair and deceptive trade practices law, and possibly also state libel law. Such a suit may seek injunctive relief against further advertising, a court order directing corrective advertising, and compensatory and punitive damages where permitted by law. Direct-to-consumer marketing and social media efforts may expose us to additional regulatory scrutiny. Our efforts to promote our products via direct-to-consumer marketing and social media initiatives may subject us to additional scrutiny of our practices of effective communication of risk information, benefits or claims, under the oversight of the FDA, FTC, or both. 52 Other Risks Related to our Business and Financial Condition We have incurred significant losses in the past and may incur losses in the future. We have incurred significant operating losses in the past. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $202.1 million. We have financed our operations primarily through private and public offerings of equity securities and debt and the sales of our products. We have devoted substantial resources to: • • • research and development relating to our continuous glucose monitoring systems; sales and marketing and manufacturing expenses associated with the commercialization of our G5 Mobile and G6 systems; and expansion of our workforce. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in connection with our clinical trials and other development activities related to our products, including our next-generation sensors, transmitters and receivers, as well as other collaborations. We also expect that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase due, among other things, to the additional operational and regulatory burdens applicable to public healthcare and medical device companies. As a result, it is possible that we could incur operating losses in the future. These losses, among other things, may have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity. Our success will depend on our ability to attract and retain our personnel and manage our human capital, while controlling labor costs. We depend to a significant degree on our senior management, especially Kevin Sayer, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our senior management and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, including salespersons, scientists, clinicians, engineers and other highly skilled personnel. Competition for senior management personnel, as well as salespersons, scientists, clinicians and engineers, is intense and we may not be able to retain our personnel. The loss of the services of members of our senior management, scientists, clinicians or engineers could prevent the implementation and completion of our objectives, including the commercialization of our current products and the development and introduction of additional products. The loss of a member of our senior management or our professional staff would require the remaining executive officers to divert immediate and substantial attention to seeking a replacement. Each of our officers may terminate their employment at any time without notice and without cause or good reason. Additionally, volatility or a lack of positive performance in our stock price may adversely affect our ability to retain key employees. We expect to continue to expand our operations and grow our research and development, manufacturing, sales and marketing, product development and administrative operations. We expect this expansion to place a significant strain on our management and it will require hiring a significant number of qualified personnel. Accordingly, recruiting and retaining such personnel will be critical to our success. There is intense competition from other companies and research and academic institutions for qualified personnel in the areas of our activities. If we fail to identify, attract, retain and motivate these skilled personnel, we may be unable to continue our development and commercialization activities. We may undertake reorganizations of our workforce, which may result in a temporary reduction in the number of employees in certain locations. We would undertake a reorganization to reduce operating expenses or achieve other business objectives, though we cannot guarantee any specific amount of long-term cost savings. Further, the turnover in our employee base could result in operational and administrative inefficiencies, which could adversely impact the results of our operations, stock price and customer relationships, and could make recruiting for future management and other positions more difficult. We may conduct additional financings to continue the development or commercialization of our current or future generation CGM systems. Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts on commercialization of our products, including growth of our manufacturing capacity, on research and development, and conducting clinical trials for our next-generation ambulatory CGM sensors and systems. Although we raised substantial net proceeds through the private sale of our convertible notes, we could need funds to continue the commercialization of our current products and to develop and commercialize our next-generation sensors and systems or pursue other strategic initiatives. Additional financing may not be available on a timely basis on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Any additional financing may be dilutive to stockholders or may require us to grant a lender a security interest in our assets. The amount of funding we may need will depend on many factors, including: • the revenue generated by sales of our products and other future products; 53 • • • • • • • • • • • • the costs, timing and risks of delay of additional regulatory approvals; the expenses we incur in manufacturing, developing, selling and marketing our products; our ability to scale our manufacturing operations to meet demand for our current and any future products; the costs to produce our continuous glucose monitoring systems; the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights; the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials and other development activities; the success of our research and development efforts; the emergence of competing or complementary technologies; the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish; the cost of ongoing compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and third-party payors’ policies; the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory or payor clearance or approval for our current or future products including those integrated with other companies’ products; and the acquisition of business, products and technologies, although we currently have no commitments or agreements relating to any of these types of transactions. If adequate funds are not available, we may not be able to commercialize our products at the rate we desire and/or we may have to delay the development or commercialization of our products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize. We also may have to reduce sales, marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products. Any of these factors could harm our business and financial condition. Uncollectible uninsured and patient due accounts could adversely affect our results of operations. The primary collection risks for our accounts receivable relate to the uninsured patient accounts and patient accounts for which the primary insurance carrier has paid the amounts covered by the applicable agreement, but patient responsibility amounts (exclusions, deductibles and copayments) remain outstanding. In addition, as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, some customers have, and others may, lose access to their private health insurance plan if they lose their job. As most of our customers rely on third-party payors, including private health insurance plans, to cover the cost of our products, there has been, and may continue to be, a shift in financial responsibility to our customers for the amounts previously covered by their primary insurance carrier. In the event that we are unsuccessful in collecting payments owed by patients, and/or experience increases in the amount, or deterioration in the collectability, of uninsured and patient due accounts receivable, this could adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations. We may also be adversely affected by the growth in patient responsibility accounts, as a result of increases in the adoption of plan structures, due to evolving health care policy and insurance landscapes that shift greater responsibility for care to individuals through greater exclusions, prior authorizations, and copayment and deductible amounts. Changes in our business strategy or restructuring of our businesses may increase our costs or otherwise affect the profitability of our businesses or the value of our assets. As changes in our business environment occur we have adjusted, and may further, adjust our business strategies to meet these changes and we may otherwise decide to further restructure our operations or particular businesses or assets. Our new organization and strategies may not produce the anticipated benefits, such as supporting our growth strategies and enhancing shareholder value. Our new organization and strategies could be less successful than our previous organizational structure and strategies. In addition, external events including changing technology, changing consumer patterns, acceptance of our products and changes in macroeconomic conditions may impair the value of our assets. When these changes or events occur, we may incur costs to change our business strategy and may need to write-down the value of assets. For example, current conditions, including COVID-19 and our business decisions, may reduce the value of some of our assets. We also make investments in existing or new businesses, including investments in international expansion of our sales efforts and the build out of our future manufacturing facility in Malaysia. Additionally, we also invest in early to late stage companies for strategic reasons and to support key business initiatives, and we may not realize a return on our equity investments. Many such companies generate net losses and the market for their products, services, or technologies may be slow to develop or never materialize. We are subject to risks associated with our equity investments including partial or complete loss of invested capital, and significant changes in the fair value of this portfolio could adversely impact our financial results, Some of these investments may have returns that are negative or low, the ultimate business prospects of the businesses related to these investments may be uncertain, and these risks may be exacerbated by COVID-19. In any of these events, our costs may increase or returns on new investments may be lower than prior to the change in strategy or restructuring. 54 Risks Relating to Our Public Company Status, Tax Laws and Growth Through Acquisition We may face risks associated with acquisitions of companies, products and technologies and our business could be harmed if we are unable to address these risks. If we are presented with appropriate opportunities, we could acquire or make other investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. We may not realize the anticipated benefit of our acquisitions, or the realization of the anticipated benefits may require greater expenditures than anticipated by us. We will likely face risks, uncertainties and disruptions associated with the integration process, including difficulties in the integration of the operations and services of any acquired company, integration of acquired technology with our products, diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns, the potential loss of key employees or customers of the acquired businesses and impairment charges if future acquisitions are not as successful as we originally anticipate. If we fail to successfully integrate other companies, products or technologies that we acquire, our business could be harmed. Furthermore, we may have to incur debt or issue equity or equity-linked securities to pay for any future acquisitions or investments, the issuance of which could be dilutive to our existing stockholders. In addition, our operating results may suffer because of acquisition- related costs or amortization expenses or charges relating to acquired intangible assets. Compliance with regulations relating to public company corporate governance matters and reporting may strain our resources and divert management’s attention. Many laws and regulations, notably those adopted in connection with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, new SEC regulations and The Nasdaq Stock Market listing rules, impose obligations on public companies, such as ours, which have increased the scope, complexity and cost of corporate governance, reporting and disclosure practices. Compliance with these laws and regulations, including enhanced new disclosures, has required and will continue to require substantial management time and oversight and the incurrence of significant accounting and legal costs. The effects of new laws and regulations remain unclear and will likely require substantial management time and oversight and require us to incur significant additional accounting and legal costs. Additionally, changes to existing accounting rules or standards, such as the potential requirement that U.S. registrants prepare financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, may adversely impact our reported financial results and business, and may require us to incur greater accounting fees. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to continue to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected. We could be subject to changes in our tax rates, new U.S. or international tax legislation or additional tax liabilities. We are subject to taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions, where a number of our subsidiaries are organized. Due to economic and political conditions, tax rates in various jurisdictions may be subject to change. Our effective tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, including changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in tax laws or their interpretation, both in and outside the United States. The U.S. government has recently enacted comprehensive tax legislation that includes significant changes to the taxation of business entities. These changes include, among others, (i) a permanent reduction to the corporate income tax rate, (ii) a partial limitation on the deductibility of business interest expense, (iii) a shift of the U.S. taxation of multinational corporations from a tax on worldwide income to a territorial system (along with certain rules designed to prevent erosion of the U.S. income tax base) and (iv) a one-time tax on accumulated offshore earnings held in cash and illiquid assets, with the latter taxed at a lower rate. The overall impact of this tax reform is uncertain, and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the newly enacted federal tax law. Our tax returns and other tax matters also are subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities and governmental bodies. We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes. We cannot guarantee the outcome of these examinations. If our effective tax rates were to increase, particularly in the United States, or if the ultimate determination of our taxes owed is for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, our financial condition, operating results and cash flows could be adversely affected. 55 Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations which could subject our business to higher tax liability. Our ability to use our net operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations which could subject our business to higher tax liability. We may be limited in the portion of NOL carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, and federal tax credits to offset federal tax liabilities. Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state law provisions, limit the use of NOLs and tax credits after a cumulative change in corporate ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The statutes place a formula limit on how much NOLs and tax credits a corporation can use in a tax year after a change in ownership. Avoiding an ownership change is generally beyond our control. Although the ownership changes we experienced in the past have not prevented us from using all NOLs and tax credits accumulated before such ownership changes, we could experience another ownership change that might limit our use of NOLs and tax credits in the future. In addition, realization of deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, depends upon our future earnings in applicable tax jurisdictions. If we have insufficient future taxable income in the applicable tax jurisdiction for any reason, including any future corporate reorganization or restructuring activities, we may be limited in our ability to utilize some or all of our net operating losses to offset such income and reduce our tax liability in that jurisdiction. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for additional information. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes or changes to federal or state law, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable either in whole or in part to offset future income tax liabilities. For example, under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act of 2020, or CARES Act, which amended certain provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or TCJA, NOLs arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021 may be carried back to each of the five taxable years preceding the tax year of such loss, but NOLs arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020 may not be carried back.The TCJA, as amended by the CARES Act, also provides that NOLs from tax years that began after December 31, 2017 may offset no more than 80% of current taxable income annually for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020. Accordingly, although we have generated NOLs after the tax year ended December 31, 2017, we might have to pay more federal income taxes in a future tax year as a result of the 80% taxable income limitation than we would have had to pay under the law in effect before the TCJA as amended by the CARES Act. Valuation of share-based payments, which we are required to perform for purposes of recording compensation expense under authoritative guidance for share-based payment, involves assumptions that are subject to change and difficult to predict. We record compensation expense in the consolidated statements of operations for share-based payments, such as employee stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock purchase plan shares, using the fair value method. The requirements of the authoritative guidance for share-based payment have and will continue to have a material effect on our future financial results reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and make it difficult for us to accurately predict the impact on our future financial results. For instance, estimating the fair value of share-based payments is highly dependent on assumptions regarding the future exercise behavior of our employees and changes in our stock price. If there are errors in our input assumptions for our valuations models, we may inaccurately calculate actual or estimated compensation expense for share-based payments. The authoritative guidance for share-based payment could also adversely impact our ability to provide accurate guidance on our future financial results as assumptions that are used to estimate the fair value of share-based payments are based on estimates and judgments that may differ from period to period. We may also be unable to accurately predict the amount and timing of the recognition of tax benefits associated with share-based payments as they are highly dependent on the exercise behavior of our employees and the price of our stock relative to the exercise price of each outstanding stock option. For those reasons, among others, the authoritative guidance for share-based payment may create variability and uncertainty in the share-based compensation expense we will record in future periods, which could adversely impact our stock price and increase our expected stock price volatility as compared to prior periods. Risks Related to Our Common Stock Our stock price is highly volatile and investing in our stock involves a high degree of risk, which could result in substantial losses for investors. Historically, the market price of our common stock, like the securities of many other medical products companies, fluctuates and could continue to be volatile in the future, especially as our business continues to grow and our business plan continues to evolve. From January 1, 2020 through February 4, 2021, the closing price of our common stock on the Nasdaq 56 Global Select Market was as high as $451.79 per share and as low as $191.16 per share. In addition, the trading prices for our common stock and other medical device companies have been highly volatile as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The market price of our common stock is influenced by many factors that are beyond our control, including the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • securities analyst coverage or lack of coverage of our common stock or changes in their estimates of our financial performance; variations in quarterly operating results; future sales of our common stock by our stockholders; investor perception of us and our industry; announcements by us or our competitors of significant agreements, acquisitions, or capital commitments or product launches or discontinuations; changes in market valuation or earnings of our competitors; negative business or financial announcements regarding our partners; general economic conditions; regulatory actions; legislation and political conditions; global health pandemics, such as COVID-19; and terrorist acts. Please also refer to the factors described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated and disproportionate to the operating performance of companies in our industry. These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. Securities class action litigation has often been brought against public companies that experience periods of volatility in the market prices of their securities. Securities class action litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources. The issuance of shares by us in the future or sales of shares by our stockholders may cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is performing well. This issuance of shares by us in the future, including by conversion of our senior convertible notes in certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of our common stock to partners, including up to 2,025,036 shares of our common stock that we may issue to Verily and Onduo LLC pursuant to the Restated Collaboration Agreement, or sales of shares by our stockholders may cause the market price of our common stock to decline, perhaps significantly, even if our business is performing well. The market price of our common stock could also decline if there is a perception that sales of our shares are likely to occur in the future. This might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Also, we may issue securities in connection with future financings and acquisitions, and those shares could dilute the holdings of other stockholders. We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future and the terms of our credit agreement restrict our ability to declare or pay any dividends. As a result, stockholders (including holders of our senior convertible notes who receive shares of our common stock, if any, upon conversion of their notes) may only receive a return on their investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases. Anti-takeover effects of our charter documents and Delaware law could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock. There are provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions in the Delaware General Corporation Law, that may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control that might otherwise be beneficial to stockholders. For example: • • our Board of Directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with special voting or economic rights; our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights and, therefore, each of our directors can only be elected by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock; 57 • • • • a special meeting of stockholders may only be called by a majority of our Board of Directors, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer, our President or our Lead Independent Director; our stockholders may not take action by written consent; our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, only one of which is elected each year; and we require advance notice for nominations for election to the Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. In September 2020, we amended and restated our restated bylaws to provide that the federal district courts of the United States will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, or a Federal Forum Provision. Our decision to adopt a Federal Forum Provision followed a decision by the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware holding that such provisions are facially valid under Delaware law. While there can be no assurance that federal or state courts will follow the holding of the Delaware Supreme Court or determine that the Federal Forum Provision should be enforced in a particular case, application of the Federal Forum Provision means that suits brought by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act must be brought in federal court and cannot be brought in state court. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Neither the exclusive forum provision nor the Federal Forum Provision applies to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in federal court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to our exclusive forum provisions, including the Federal Forum Provision. The exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. Moreover, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations, and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock. Risks Related to Our Debt Increasing our financial leverage could affect our operations and profitability. In December 2018, we entered into a five-year $200.0 million revolving credit agreement, which was subsequently amended on May 11, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, we had no outstanding borrowings, $6.3 million in outstanding letters of credit, and a total available balance of $193.7 million under our multi-currency revolving credit facility. Our leverage ratio may affect the availability to us of additional capital resources as well as our operations in several ways, including: • • • • • the terms on which credit may be available to us could be less attractive, both in the economic terms of the credit and the legal covenants; the possible lack of availability of additional credit; the potential for higher levels of interest expense to service or maintain our outstanding debt; the possibility of additional borrowings in the future to repay our indebtedness when it comes due; and the possible diversion of capital resources from other uses. While we believe we will have the ability to service our debt and obtain additional resources in the future if and when needed, that will depend upon our results of operations and financial position at the time, the then-current state of the credit and financial markets, and other factors that may be beyond our control. Therefore, we cannot give assurances that sufficient credit will be available on terms that we consider attractive, or at all, if and when necessary or beneficial to us. 58 Failure to comply with covenants in our revolving credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank and other syndicate lenders could result in our inability to borrow additional funds and adversely impact our business. We have entered into a revolving credit agreement and a pledge and security agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank and four other lenders to fund our business operations. These agreements impose numerous financial and other restrictive covenants on our operations, including covenants relating to our general profitability and our liquidity. As of December 31, 2020, we were in compliance with the covenants imposed by the loan and security agreement. If we violate these or any other covenants, any outstanding amounts under these agreements could become due and payable prior to their stated maturity dates, each lender could proceed against any collateral in our operating accounts and our ability to borrow funds in the future may be restricted or eliminated. These restrictions may also limit our ability to borrow additional funds and pursue other business opportunities or strategies that we would otherwise consider to be in our best interests. We have indebtedness in the form of convertible senior notes, which could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to respond to changes in our business. In June 2017, we completed an offering of $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 0.75% convertible senior notes due 2022, or 2022 Notes, which offering we refer to as the 2017 Notes Offering. In November 2018, we completed an offering of $850.0 million aggregate principal amount of 0.75% convertible senior notes due 2023, or 2023 Notes, which offering we refer to as the 2018 Notes Offering. In May 2020, we completed an offering of approximately $1.21 billion aggregate principal amount of 0.25% convertible senior notes due 2025, or 2025 notes, which offering we refer to as the 2020 Notes Offering. As of the date hereof, there are no 2022 Notes outstanding. We refer to the 2018 Notes Offering and the 2020 Notes Offering, collectively, as the Notes Offerings, and we refer to the 2023 Notes and the 2025 Notes, collectively, as the Notes. As a result of the Notes Offerings, we incurred $2.06 billion principal amount of indebtedness, the principal amount of which we may be required to pay at maturity. Holders of the Notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture for each of the Notes) at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, each indenture for the Notes provides that we are required to repay amounts due under each indenture in the event that there is an event of default for the Notes that results in the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, becoming due prior to maturity date for the Notes. There can be no assurance that we will be able to repay this indebtedness when due, or that we will be able to refinance this indebtedness on acceptable terms or at all. As a result of our level of increased debt after the completion of the Notes Offerings: • • • • our vulnerability to adverse general economic conditions and competitive pressures will be heightened; we will be required to dedicate a larger portion of our cash flow from operations to interest payments, limiting the availability of cash for other purposes; our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry may be more limited; and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes may be impaired. We cannot be sure that our leverage resulting from the level of increased debt after the completion of the Notes Offerings will not materially and adversely affect our ability to finance our operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. In addition, we cannot be sure that additional financing will be available when required or, if available, will be on terms satisfactory to us. Further, even if we are able to obtain additional financing, we may be required to use such proceeds to repay a portion of our debt. We may be unable to repurchase the Notes upon a fundamental change when required by the holders or repay prior to maturity any accelerated amounts due under the notes upon an event of default or redeem the Notes unless specified conditions are met under our credit facility, and our future debt may contain additional limitations on our ability to pay cash upon conversion, repurchase or repayment of the Notes. Holders of the Notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the fundamental change purchase date. In addition, each indenture for the Notes provides that we are required to repay amounts due under each indenture in the event that there is an event of default for the Notes that results in the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, becoming due prior to maturity date for the Notes. In addition, upon conversion of the Notes, unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock to settle such conversion (other than cash in lieu of any fractional share), we will be required to make cash payments in respect of the Notes being converted. However, we may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to repurchase Notes 59 surrendered upon a fundamental change or repay prior to maturity any accelerated amounts or pay cash for Notes being converted. In addition, our ability to purchase the Notes or repay prior to maturity any accelerated amounts under the Notes upon an event of default or pay cash upon conversions of the Notes may be limited by law, by regulatory authority or by agreements governing our indebtedness outstanding at the time, including our credit facility. Under our current credit facility we are only permitted to use cash to purchase the Notes or repay prior to maturity any accelerated amounts under the Notes if we meet certain conditions that are defined under the Credit Agreement. We may not meet these conditions in the future. Our failure to repurchase Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the respective indenture (whether upon a fundamental change or otherwise under each indenture) or pay cash payable on future conversions of the Notes as required by the indenture would constitute a default under each indenture. A default under each indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing our existing or future indebtedness, including our credit facility. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness, repurchase the Notes or make cash payments upon conversions thereof. We may still incur substantially more debt or take other actions which would intensify the risks discussed above. We may incur substantial additional debt in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our debt instruments, some of which may be secured debt. We are not restricted under the terms of the indentures governing the Notes from incurring additional debt, securing existing or future debt, recapitalizing our debt, or taking a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the indenture governing the convertible senior notes that could have the effect of diminishing our ability to make payments on the Notes when due. The convertible note hedge and warrant transactions may affect the value of the 2023 Notes and our common stock. In connection with the sale of the 2023 Notes, we entered into convertible note hedge, or the 2023 Note Hedge, transactions with certain financial institutions, or option counterparties. We also entered into warrant transactions with the option counterparties pursuant to which we sold warrants for the purchase of our common stock, or the 2023 Warrants. The 2023 Note Hedge transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution upon any conversion of the 2023 Notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2023 Notes. The 2023 Warrant transactions could separately have a dilutive effect to the extent that the market price per share of our common stock exceeds the exercise price of the 2023 Warrants, which is $198.38. The option counterparties and/or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock in secondary market transactions prior to the maturity of 2023 Notes (and are likely to do so during any observation period related to a conversion of 2023 Notes, or following any repurchase of Notes by us on any fundamental change repurchase date (as defined in the indenture for the 2023 Notes) or otherwise). This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock or the 2023 Notes, which could affect note holders’ ability to convert the 2023 Notes and, to the extent the activity occurs during any observation period related to a conversion of the 2023 Notes, it could affect the amount and value of the consideration that note holders will receive upon conversion of the 2023 Notes. The potential effect, if any, of these transactions and activities on the market price of our common stock or the 2023 Notes will depend in part on market conditions and cannot be ascertained at this time. Any of these activities could adversely affect the value of our common stock and the value of the 2023 Notes (and as a result, the value of the consideration, the amount of cash and/or the number of shares, if any, that note holders would receive upon the conversion of the 2023 Notes) and, under certain circumstances, the ability of the note holders to convert the 2023 Notes. We do not make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any potential effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the 2023 Notes or our common stock. In addition, we do not make any representation that the option counterparties will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice. We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the 2023 Note Hedge transactions. The option counterparties are financial institutions, and we will be subject to the risk that any or all of them may default under the 2023 Note Hedge transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties will not be secured by any collateral. Recent global economic conditions have resulted in the actual or perceived failure or financial difficulties of many financial institutions. If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings, with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under our transactions with that option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, generally, an increase in our exposure will be correlated to an increase in the market price and in the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer adverse tax consequences and more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of the option counterparties. 60 Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our substantial debt. Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes, depends on our future financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to satisfy our obligations under the Notes, our existing indebtedness and any future indebtedness we may incur and to make necessary capital expenditures. We may not maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on (as well as any cash due upon conversion of) our debt, including the Notes. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as reducing or delaying investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, refinancing or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt servicing obligations. Further, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt on or before maturity, and our ability to refinance the Notes, existing indebtedness or future indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could result in a default on the Notes or our current and future indebtedness. Our credit facility imposes restrictions on us that may adversely affect our ability to operate our business. Our credit facility contains restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, our credit facility and the agreements governing the notes each contain cross-default provisions whereby a default under one agreement would likely result in cross defaults under agreements covering other borrowings. For example, the occurrence of a default with respect to any indebtedness or any failure to repay debt when due in an amount in excess of $25.0 million, in the case of the 2023 Notes, and $50.0 million, in the case of the 2025 Notes, that causes such indebtedness to become due prior to its scheduled maturity date would cause a cross default under the indenture governing the Notes. In addition, the occurrence of a default with respect to any indebtedness or any failure to repay debt when due in an amount in excess of $15.0 million that causes such indebtedness to become due prior to its scheduled maturity date would cause a default under our credit facility. The occurrence of a default under any of these borrowing arrangements would permit the holders of the Notes or the lenders under our credit facility to declare all amounts outstanding under those borrowing arrangements to be immediately due and payable. If the Note holders or the trustee under the indenture governing the Notes or the lenders under our credit facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay those borrowings. Conversion of the Notes will, to the extent we deliver shares upon conversion of such Notes, dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders, including holders who had previously converted their Notes, or may otherwise depress our stock price. The conversion of some or all of the Notes will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders to the extent we deliver shares upon conversion of any of the Notes. Any sales in the public market of the common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the Notes may encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of the Notes could be used to satisfy short positions, or anticipated conversion of the Notes into shares of our common stock could depress our stock price. The conditional conversion feature of the Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. In the event the conditional conversion feature of the Notes is triggered, holders of the Notes will be entitled to convert the Notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their Notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than cash in lieu of any fractional share), we would be required to settle a portion or all of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders of the Notes do not elect to convert their Notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital. The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the Notes, may have a material effect on our reported financial results. Under GAAP, an entity must separately account for the debt component and the embedded conversion option of convertible debt instruments that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion, such as the Notes, in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. The effect of the accounting treatment for such instruments is that the value of such embedded conversion option would be treated as original issue discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the Notes, and that original issue discount is amortized into interest expense over the term of the Notes using an 61 effective yield method. As a result, we will be required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense because of the amortization of the original issue discount to the Notes’ face amount over the term of the Notes and because of the amortization of the debt issuance costs. Accordingly, we will report greater interest expense and lower net income in our financial results because of the recognition of both the current period’s amortization of the debt discount and the Notes’ coupon interest, which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of the Notes. In addition, if the conditional conversion feature of the Notes is triggered, even if holders do not elect to convert their Notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital. The fundamental change repurchase feature of the Notes may delay or prevent an otherwise beneficial attempt to take over Dexcom. The terms of the Notes require us to repurchase the Notes in the event of a fundamental change. A takeover of Dexcom would trigger an option of the holders of the Notes to require us to repurchase the Notes. In addition, if a make-whole fundamental change occurs prior to the maturity date of the Notes, we will in some cases be required to increase the conversion rate for a holder that elects to convert its Notes in connection with such make-whole fundamental change. Furthermore, each indenture for the Notes prohibits us from engaging in certain mergers or acquisitions unless, among other things, the surviving entity assumes our obligations under the notes. These and other provisions of each indenture may have the effect of delaying or preventing a takeover of Dexcom. General Risk Factors Current uncertainty in global economic and political conditions makes it particularly difficult to predict product demand and other related matters and makes it more likely that our actual results could differ materially from expectations. Our operations and performance depend on worldwide economic and political conditions. These conditions have been adversely impacted by continued global economic uncertainty, political instability and military hostilities in multiple geographies, concerns over the potential downgrade of U.S. sovereign debt and continued sovereign debt, monetary and financial uncertainties in Europe and other foreign countries, and global health pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic. These include potential reductions in the overall stability and suitability of the Euro as a single currency, given the economic and political challenges facing individual Eurozone countries. These conditions have made and may continue to make it difficult for our customers and potential customers to afford our products, and could cause our customers to stop using our products or to use them less frequently. If that were to occur, our revenue may decrease and our performance may be negatively impacted. In addition, the pressure on consumers to absorb more of their own health care costs has resulted in some cases in higher deductibles and limits on durable medical equipment, which may cause seasonality in purchasing patterns. Furthermore, during economic uncertainty, our customers have had job losses and may continue to have issues gaining timely access to sufficient health insurance or credit, which could result in their unwillingness to purchase products or impair their ability to make timely payments to us. While the potential economic impact brought by and the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, it has already caused, and is likely to result in further, significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all. In addition, a recession, depression or other sustained adverse market event resulting from the spread of COVID-19 could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock. We cannot predict the reoccurrence of any economic slowdown or the strength or sustainability of the economic recovery, worldwide, in the United States, or in our industry. These and other economic factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to successfully maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and our stock price and our business may be adversely impacted. As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and our management is required to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of each fiscal year. If we are not successful in maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, there could be inaccuracies or omissions in the consolidated financial information we are required to file with the SEC. Additionally, even if there are no inaccuracies or omissions, we will be required to publicly disclose the conclusion of our management that our internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures are not effective. These events could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, adversely impact our stock price, result in increased costs to remediate any deficiencies, attract regulatory scrutiny or lawsuits that could be costly to resolve and distract management’s attention, limit our ability to access the capital markets or cause our stock to be delisted from The Nasdaq Stock Market or any other securities exchange on which it is then listed. 62 Changes in financial accounting standards or practices or existing taxation rules or practices may cause adverse unexpected revenue and/or expense fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations. A change in accounting standards or practices or a change in existing taxation rules or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and taxation rules and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements and taxation practice have occurred and may occur in the future. The method in which we market and sell our products may have an impact on the manner in which we recognize revenue. In addition, changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business. Additionally, changes to existing accounting rules or standards, such as the potential requirement that U.S. registrants prepare financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, may adversely impact our reported financial results and business, and may further require us to incur greater accounting fees. If our financial performance fails to meet the expectations of investors and public market analysts, the market price of our common stock could decline. Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied on as an indication of our future performance. If quarterly revenues or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or public market analysts, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially. Factors that might cause quarterly fluctuations in our operating results include: • • • • • • • • • • our inability to manufacture an adequate supply of product at appropriate quality levels and acceptable costs; possible delays in our research and development programs or in the completion of any clinical trials; a lack of acceptance of our products in the marketplace by physicians and people with diabetes; the inability of customers to receive reimbursements from third-party payors; the purchasing patterns of our customers, including as a result of seasonality; failures to comply with regulatory requirements, which could lead to withdrawal of products from the market; our failure to continue the commercialization of any of our CGM systems; competition; inadequate financial and other resources; and global and political economic conditions, political instability and military hostilities. We may be liable for contamination or other harm caused by materials that we handle, and changes in environmental regulations could cause us to incur additional expense. Our research and development and clinical processes involve the handling of potentially harmful biological materials as well as hazardous materials. We are subject to international and domestic (including federal, state and local) laws, rules and regulations governing the use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous and biological materials and we incur expenses relating to compliance with these laws and regulations. If violations of environmental, health and safety laws occur, we could be held liable for damages, penalties and costs of remedial actions. These expenses or this liability could have a significant negative impact on our financial condition. We may violate environmental, health and safety laws in the future as a result of human error, equipment failure or other causes. Environmental laws could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations. We are subject to potentially conflicting and changing regulatory agendas of political, business and environmental groups. Changes to or restrictions on permitting requirements or processes, hazardous or biological material storage or handling might require an unplanned capital investment or relocation. Failure to comply with new or existing laws or regulations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Environmental, social and corporate governance (ESG) regulations, policies and provisions may make our supply chain more complex and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There is an increasing focus on the governance of environmental and social risks. A number of our customers who are payors or distributors have adopted, or may adopt, procurement policies that include ESG provisions that their suppliers or manufacturers must comply with, or they may seek to include such provisions in their terms and conditions. An increasing number of participants in the medical device industry are also joining voluntary ESG groups or organizations, such as the Responsible Business Alliance. These ESG provisions and initiatives are subject to change, can be unpredictable, and may be difficult and expensive for us to comply with, given the complexity of our supply chain and the outsourced manufacturing of certain components of our products. If we are unable to comply, or are unable to cause our suppliers to comply, with such 63 policies or provisions, a customer may stop purchasing products from us, and may take legal action against us, which could harm our reputation, revenue and results of operations. Our business could be negatively impacted by corporate citizenship and ESG matters and/or our reporting of such matters. There is an increasing focus from certain investors, customers, consumers, employees, and other stakeholders concerning corporate citizenship and sustainability matters. From time to time, we communicate certain initiatives, including goals, regarding environmental matters, responsible sourcing and social investments, including pursuant to our Sustainability Report. We could fail, or be perceived to fail, in our achievement of such initiatives or goals, or we could fail in fully and accurately reporting our progress on such initiatives and goals. In addition, we could be criticized for the scope of such initiatives or goals or perceived as not acting responsibly in connection with these matters. Our business could be negatively impacted by such matters. Any such matters, or related corporate citizenship and sustainability matters, could have a material adverse effect on our business. ITEM 1B - UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. 64 ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES We lease real property to support our business, including manufacturing, research and development, sales, marketing and administration. The following lists those properties that we believe are material to our business. We believe our facilities are suitable and adequate for our current and near-term needs, and that we will be able to locate additional facilities as needed. Location San Diego, CA Approximate Square Feet 633,100 Mesa, AZ 634,700 Purpose Laboratory, Manufacturing, Research and Development, Warehouse, General and Administrative, Sales and Marketing General and Administrative, Laboratory, Manufacturing, Warehouse Lease Expiration Dates 2028 (1) 2030 (2) (1) Excludes renewals that would be at our option to extend the term of a lease for approximately 351,400 square feet of space expiring in 2023 for two additional three to five-year terms and also excludes renewals that would be at our option to extend the term of a lease for approximately 126,700 square feet of space expiring in 2028 for one additional five-year term. (2) Excludes renewals that would be at our option to extend the term of a lease for approximately 148,800 square feet of space expiring in 2028 for four additional five-year terms and also excludes renewals that would be at our option to extend the term of a lease for approximately 485,900 square feet of space expiring in 2030 for two additional five-year terms. We also lease various administrative, warehouse and customer support real properties throughout the world including the U.S., Canada, Germany, the Philippines, Switzerland, Lithuania and the United Kingdom. During 2020, we entered into a 60-year lease for approximately 28 acres of land in Penang, Malaysia, for the build out of our international manufacturing facility. ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We are subject to various claims, complaints and legal actions that arise from time to time in the normal course of business, including commercial insurance, product liability, intellectual property and employment related matters. In addition, from time to time we may bring claims or initiate lawsuits against various third parties with respect to matters arising out of the ordinary course of our business, including commercial and employment related matters. We do not believe we are party to any currently pending legal proceedings, the outcome of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. There can be no assurance that existing or future legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. ITEM 4 - MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 65 PART II ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information for Common Stock Dexcom’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “DXCM.” Stockholders We had fewer than 40 stockholders of record as of December 31, 2020. The number of beneficial owners of our common stock at that date was substantially greater than the number of record holders because a large portion of our common stock is held of record through brokerage firms in “street name.” Dividend Policy We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities There were no unregistered sales of equity securities which have not been previously disclosed in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or a current report on Form 8-K during the year ended December 31, 2020. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers Neither we nor any affiliated purchaser repurchased any of our equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2020. 66 Company Stock Price Performance The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total returns on the Nasdaq Composite Index and the Nasdaq Medical Equipment Index over the five-year period ended December 31, 2020. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in Dexcom common stock and in each of the other indices on December 31, 2015 and that all dividends were reinvested. The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data and are not intended to forecast the possible future performance of Dexcom’s common stock. The graph below and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or be deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. * $100 invested on December 31, 2015 in stock or index, including reinvestment of any dividends. DexCom, Inc. Nasdaq Composite Nasdaq Medical Equipment December 31, 2015 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2020 451.43 $ 271.64 $ 300.10 $ 70.07 $ 141.13 $ 153.41 $ 146.28 $ 137.12 $ 171.99 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 267.08 $ 187.44 $ 209.03 $ 72.89 $ 108.87 $ 106.07 $ 67 ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA Omitted pursuant to amendments to Item 301 of Regulation S-K effective February 10, 2021. ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS This document, including the following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains forward- looking statements that are not purely historical regarding Dexcom’s or its management’s intentions, beliefs, expectations and strategies for the future. These forward-looking statements fall within the meaning of the federal securities laws that relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intend,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this report, deal with future events, are subject to various risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in those forward looking statements. The risks and uncertainties include, among other things, impacts on our business due to health pandemics or other contagious outbreaks, such as the current COVID-19 pandemic. The risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially are more fully described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report and in our other reports filed with the SEC. We assume no obligation to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this report or to conform these forward-looking statements to actual results. You should read the following discussion and analysis together with “Selected Financial Data” in Part II, Item 6 and our consolidated financial statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. Overview We are a medical device company primarily focused on the design, development and commercialization of continuous glucose monitoring, or CGM, systems for use by people with diabetes and by healthcare providers. We received approval from the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and commercialized our first product in 2006. We launched our latest generation system, the Dexcom G6 integrated Continuous Glucose Monitoring System, or G6, in 2018. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “company,” or “Dexcom” refer to DexCom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. ® We have built a direct sales organization in the United States, Canada and certain countries in Europe to call on health care professionals, such as endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators, who can educate and influence patient adoption of continuous glucose monitoring. To complement our direct sales efforts, we have entered into distribution arrangements in the United States, and certain countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin America, and the Middle East, as well as Australia, Canada, and New Zealand that allow distributors to sell our products. We plan to develop future generations of technologies that are focused on improved performance and convenience and that will enable intelligent insulin administration. Over the longer term, we plan to continue to develop and improve networked platforms with open architecture, connectivity and transmitters capable of communicating with other devices. We also intend to expand our efforts to accumulate CGM patient data and metrics and apply predictive modeling and machine learning to generate interactive CGM insights that can inform patient behavior. We also continue to pursue and support development partnerships with insulin pump companies and companies or institutions developing insulin delivery systems, including automated insulin delivery systems. We are also exploring how to extend our offerings to other opportunities, including for people with Type 2 diabetes that are non-insulin using, people with pre-diabetes, people who are obese, people who are pregnant, and people in the hospital setting. Eventually, we may apply our technological expertise to products beyond glucose monitoring. For discussion related to the results of operations and changes in financial condition for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our fiscal 2019 Form 10-K, which was filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2020. Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic During 2020, we were subject to challenging social and economic conditions created as a result of the novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2 (“COVID-19”). The resulting impact of the COVID-19 outbreak created various financial impacts to our operations as a result of taking necessary precautions for essential personnel to operate safely both in person as well as remotely. Costs incurred include items like incremental payroll costs, consulting support, IT infrastructure and facilities-related costs. As the result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have made Dexcom CGM systems available for use in hospital settings and other healthcare facilities to assist frontline workers. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on our operational and 68 financial performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak, impact on our customers and our sales cycles, employee or industry events, and effect on our vendors, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. The COVID-19 pandemic and its adverse effects have become more prevalent in the locations where we, our customers, suppliers or third-party business partners conduct business and as a result, we have begun to experience more pronounced disruptions in our operations. We have experienced and may experience constrained supply or curtailed customer demand, including due to loss of coverage to our products, that could materially adversely impact our business, results of operations and overall financial performance in future periods. We currently utilize third parties to, among other things, manufacture components and materials for our devices, and to provide services such as sterilization services and we purchase these materials and services from numerous suppliers worldwide. The global COVID-19 pandemic has and may continue to have an adverse impact on our manufacturing and distribution capabilities. Disruptions relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, including current shelter-in-place orders in the U.S. and other countries, could prevent employees, suppliers, distributors, and others from accessing manufacturing facilities and from transporting our products or the components required to manufacture our products. For example, we have experienced some supply chain disruption due to the global restrictions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic in the manufacture of our next-generation CGM product. Further, worldwide supply chain disruption relating to the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in product shortages that has and may continue to impact our ability to manufacture our devices. As of the filing date of this Form 10-K, the extent to which COVID-19 may impact our financial condition or results of operations or guidance is uncertain. The effect of the COVID-19 pandemic will not be fully reflected in our results of operations and overall financial performance until future periods. See “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report for further discussion of the possible impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements as well as the reported revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report, we believe that the following accounting policies and estimates are most critical to a full understanding and evaluation of our reported financial results. Members of our senior management have discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and their disclosure in this Annual Report with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. Revenue Recognition We generate our revenue primarily from the sale of our Reusable Hardware and disposable sensors. We generally recognize revenue when control is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the net consideration to which we expect to be entitled. We exercise significant judgment when we determine the transaction price, including variable consideration adjustments. Transaction price is typically based on the contracted rates less an estimate of claim denials and historical reimbursement experience by payor, which include current and future expectations regarding reimbursement rates and payor mix. Variable consideration includes but is not limited to rebates, chargebacks, consideration payable to customers such as specialty distributor and wholesaler fees, product returns allowance, prompt payment discounts, and various other promotional or incentive arrangements. Calculating certain of these items involves significant estimates and judgments based on sales or invoice data, contractual terms and historical utilization rates. We estimate provisions for rebates based on contractual arrangements, estimates of products sold subject to rebate, known events or trends and channel inventory data. Estimates associated with rebates on products sold through our distributors under pharmacy benefits are the most significant component of our variable consideration estimates and most at risk for changes between the recording of the accrual estimate and its ultimate settlement, an interval that can generally range up to one year. Due to this time lag, in any given period, our adjustments to actuals can incorporate changes of estimates related to prior periods. We review the adequacy of our estimates for transaction price adjustments and variable consideration at each reporting date. If the actual amounts of consideration that we receive differ from our estimates, we would adjust our estimates and that would affect reported revenue in the period that such variances become known. If any of these judgments were to change, it could cause a material increase or decrease in the amount of revenue we report in a particular period. 69 For more information, see “Revenue Recognition” in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. Share-Based Compensation Share-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the award and is recognized straight-line over the requisite service period of the individual grants, which typically equals the vesting period. We value time-based Restricted Stock Units or RSUs at the date of grant using the intrinsic value method. Certain RSUs granted to senior management vest based on the achievement of pre-established performance or market goals. We estimate the fair value of performance-based RSUs at the date of grant using the intrinsic value method and the probability that the specified performance criteria will be met. We update our assessment of the probability that the specified performance criteria will be achieved each quarter and adjust our estimate of the fair value of the performance-based RSUs if necessary. The Monte Carlo methodology that we use to estimate the fair value of market-based RSUs at the date of grant incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. Provided that the requisite service is rendered, the total fair value of the market-based RSUs at the date of grant must be recognized as compensation expense even if the market condition is not achieved. However, the number of shares that ultimately vest can vary significantly with the performance of the specified market criteria. If any of the assumptions used change significantly, share-based compensation expense may differ materially from what we have recorded in the current period. Fair Value of Financial Instruments The authoritative guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that is based on the extent and level of judgment used to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities. In general, the authoritative guidance requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. An asset or liability’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement of its fair value. The three levels of input defined by the authoritative guidance are as follows: Level 1—Uses unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2—Uses inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, through correlation with market data. These include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs to valuation models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates and volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3—Uses unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the determination of fair value. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar valuation techniques and significant judgment or estimation. We estimate the fair value of most of our cash equivalents using Level 1 inputs. We estimate the fair value of our marketable equity securities using Level 1 inputs and we estimate the fair value of our marketable debt securities using Level 2 inputs. We carry our other financial instruments, such as cash, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, at cost, which approximates the related fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. See Note 1 and Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for more information about fair value measurements. Accounts Receivable, Net and Related Valuation Accounts We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. We regularly analyze customer accounts, review the length of time receivables are outstanding, review historical loss rates and assess current economic trends that may impact the level of credit losses in the future. Our allowance for doubtful accounts has generally been adequate to cover our actual credit losses. However, since we cannot reliably predict future changes in the financial stability of our customers, we may need to increase our reserves if the financial conditions of our customers deteriorate. Excess and Obsolete Inventory Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We record adjustments to inventory for potentially excess, obsolete, or scrapped goods in order to state inventory at net realizable value. Factors influencing these adjustments include inventories on hand and on order compared to estimated future usage and sales for existing and new products, as well as judgments regarding quality control testing data and assumptions about the likelihood of scrap and obsolescence. Historically, our inventory reserves have been adequate to cover our actual losses. However, if actual product life cycles, product quality or 70 market conditions differ from our assumptions, additional inventory adjustments that would increase cost of goods sold could be required. Income Taxes We estimate our income taxes based on the various jurisdictions where we conduct business. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax provision. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations and the potential for future adjustment of our uncertain tax positions by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing jurisdictions. While we believe we have appropriate support for the positions taken on our tax returns, we regularly assess the potential outcomes of examinations by tax authorities in determining the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We continually assess the likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjust the income tax provision, income taxes payable, and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known. We use the asset and liability approach to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized. Significant judgment is required to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. We review all available positive and negative evidence, including projections of pre-tax book income, earnings history, reliability of forecasting, and reversal of temporary differences. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings in applicable tax jurisdictions. Prior to 2020, due to our US operating losses and earnings volatility in previous years, which did not allow sustainable profitability, we had established and maintained a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets. In 2020, we achieved three years cumulative income and expect to continue that profitability in future years. We analyzed both positive and negative evidence, and as a result released our valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets. We maintain the valuation allowance on our California research and development tax credits and certain foreign intangible assets, as it is more likely than not that those deferred tax assets will not be realized. We recognize and measure benefits for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, the second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions and is based upon a number of factors, including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audits and effective settlement of audit issues. Changes in the recognition or measurement of uncertain tax positions could result in material increases or decreases in our income tax expense in the period in which we make the change, which could have a material impact on our effective tax rate and operating results. Loss Contingencies We are subject to certain legal proceedings, as well as demands, claims and threatened litigation that arise in the normal course of our business. We review the status of each significant matter quarterly and assess our potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from a claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we record a liability and an expense for the estimated loss and disclose it in our consolidated financial statements if it is significant. If we determine that a loss is possible and the range of the loss can be reasonably determined, we do not record a liability or an expense but we disclose the range of the possible loss. Significant judgment is required in the determination of whether a potential loss is probable, reasonably possible, or remote as well as in the determination of whether a potential exposure is reasonably estimable. We base our judgments on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to our pending claims and litigation and may revise our estimates. Any revision of our estimates of potential liability could have a material impact on our financial position and operating results. 71 Results of Operations Financial Overview (In millions) Total revenue Gross profit Operating income Net income Basic net income per share Diluted net income per share * Not meaningful Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 - 2019 2020 1,926.7 1,280.1 299.5 493.6 5.23 5.06 $ $ 2019 1,476.0 931.5 142.3 101.1 1.11 1.10 $ $ $ Change 450.7 348.6 157.2 392.5 4.12 3.96 $ $ % Change 31 % 37 % * * * * Revenue, Cost of Sales and Gross Profit (In millions) Total revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Gross profit as a percent of total revenue Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 - 2019 2020 1,926.7 646.6 1,280.1 $ $ 2019 1,476.0 544.5 931.5 $ Change 450.7 102.1 348.6 $ $ $ $ % Change 31 % 19 % 37 % 66 % 63 % We expect that revenues we generate from the sales of our products will fluctuate from quarter to quarter. We typically experience seasonality, with lower sales in the first quarter of each year compared to the immediately preceding fourth quarter. This seasonal sales pattern relates to U.S. annual insurance deductible resets and unfunded flexible spending accounts. Cost of sales includes direct labor and materials costs related to each product sold or produced, including assembly, test labor and scrap, as well as factory overhead supporting our manufacturing operations. Factory overhead includes facilities, 72 material procurement and control, manufacturing engineering, quality assurance, supervision and management. These costs are primarily salary, fringe benefits, share-based compensation, facility expense, supplies and purchased services. All of our manufacturing costs are included in cost of sales. Fiscal 2020 Compared to Fiscal 2019 Total revenue increased $450.7 million or 31% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2019. The 2020 revenue increase was primarily driven by increased sales volume of our disposable sensors due to the continued growth of our worldwide customer base, partially offset by pricing pressure due to the evolution of our channel strategy and product mix. Disposable sensor and other revenue comprised approximately 81% of total revenue and Reusable Hardware revenue comprised approximately 19% of total revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. Disposable sensor and other revenue comprised approximately 78% of total revenue and Reusable Hardware revenue comprised approximately 22% of total revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019. Cost of sales increased $102.1 million or 19% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to increased sales volume. The gross profit of $1.28 billion or 66% of total revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 increased $348.6 million compared to $931.5 million or 63% of total revenue for the same period in 2019. The increase in gross profit and gross profit margin in 2020 compared to 2019 were primarily driven by increased revenues and cost savings associated with incremental improvements to product design and manufacturing efficiencies. Operating Expenses (In millions) Research and development as a % of total revenue Selling, general and administrative as a % of total revenue Total operating expenses as a % of total revenue Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 - 2019 2020 2019 $ Change % Change $ $ 359.9 $ 273.5 $ 86.4 19 % 620.7 32 % 19 % 515.7 35 % 105.0 980.6 $ 789.2 $ 191.4 51 % 53 % 32 % 20 % 24 % Our research and development expenses primarily consist of engineering and research expenses related to our continuous glucose monitoring technology, clinical trials, regulatory expenses, quality assurance programs, materials and products for clinical trials. Research and development expenses are primarily related to employee compensation, including salary, fringe benefits, share-based compensation, and temporary employee expenses. We also incur significant expenses to operate our clinical trials including clinical site reimbursement, clinical trial product and associated travel expenses. Our research and development expenses also include fees for design services, contractors and development materials. Our selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salary, fringe benefits and share-based compensation for our executive, financial, sales, marketing, information technology and administrative functions. Other significant expenses include commissions, marketing and advertising, IT software license costs, insurance, professional fees for our outside legal counsel and independent auditors, litigation expenses, patent application expenses and consulting expenses. Fiscal 2020 Compared to Fiscal 2019 Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense increased $86.4 million or 32% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period of 2019. The increase was primarily due to $38.6 million in additional salaries, bonus, and payroll-related costs, $14.1 million in additional consulting fees, $7.5 million from losses on the disposal of assets primarily driven by automation of our production capabilities, and $7.4 million in additional software costs. We continue to believe that focused investments in research and development are critical to our future growth and competitive position in the marketplace, and to the development of new and updated products and services that are central to our core business strategy. Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling, general and administrative expense increased $105.0 million or 20% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period of 2019. Significant elements of the increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses included $60.1 million in additional advertising and marketing costs, $35.0 million in additional salaries, bonuses, and payroll-related costs, and $16.5 million in additional consulting fees, partially offset by $7.8 million in lower restructuring charges associated with our 2019 Restructuring Plan and $6.5 million in lower travel and entertainment costs. 73 Non-Operating Income and Expenses Interest Expense Interest expense increased $24.4 million to $84.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 compared to $60.3 million for the same period of 2019. The increase was primarily due to the May 2020 issuance of our 2025 Notes, partially offset by the repurchase, conversion and redemption of all of our 2022 Notes during the first seven months of 2020. Loss on Extinguishment of Debt We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $5.9 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 in connection with the repurchase and conversions of our 2022 Notes. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for more information about these transactions. Income/Loss from Equity Investments Loss from equity investments of $4.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 consisted solely of realized losses on our equity investment in Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. We sold all of our remaining equity investment in Tandem during the first quarter of 2019. Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net Interest income is related to our marketable debt securities portfolio. Interest income was $13.2 million and $28.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in interest income was primarily related to a decrease in market interest rates, partially offset by an increase in average invested balances during 2020 compared to 2019. Other income (expense) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 consists primarily of foreign currency transaction gains and losses due to the effects of foreign currency fluctuations. Income Tax Expense/Benefit We recorded pre-tax income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The income tax benefit we recorded for 2020 is primarily attributable to the release of our valuation allowance on specific deferred tax assets. The nominal income tax expense we recorded for 2019 is primarily due to withholding and other income tax expenses in profitable jurisdictions. Liquidity and Capital Resources Overview, Capital Resources, and Capital Requirements Our principal sources of liquidity are our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, cash generated from operations, proceeds from our convertible notes issuances, and access to our revolving line of credit. Our primary uses of cash have been for research and development programs, selling and marketing activities, capital expenditures, acquisitions of businesses, and debt service costs. We expect that cash provided by our operations may fluctuate in future periods as a result of a number of factors, including fluctuations in our operating results, working capital requirements and capital deployment decisions. We have historically invested our cash primarily in U.S. dollar- denominated, investment grade, highly liquid obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, commercial paper, corporate debt, and money market funds. Certain of these investments are subject to general credit, liquidity and other market risks. The general condition of the financial markets and the economy may increase those risks and may affect the value and liquidity of investments and restrict our ability to access the capital markets. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including but not limited to: • • • • • • • • the revenue generated by sales of our approved products and other future products; the expenses we incur in manufacturing, developing, selling and marketing our products; the quality levels of our products and services; the third-party reimbursement of our products for our customers; our ability to efficiently scale our operations to meet demand for our current and any future products; the costs, timing and risks of delays of additional regulatory approvals; the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights; the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials and other development activities; 74 • • • • • the success of our research and development efforts; the emergence of competing or complementary technological developments; the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish; the acquisition of businesses, products and technologies and our ability to integrate and manage any acquired businesses, products and technologies; and the evolution of the international expansion of our business. We expect that existing cash and cash flows from our future operations will generally be sufficient to fund our ongoing core business. As current borrowing sources become due, we may be required to access the capital markets for additional funding. As we assess inorganic growth strategies, we may need to supplement our internally generated cash flow with outside sources. In the event that we are required to access the debt market, we believe that we will be able to secure reasonable borrowing rates. As part of our liquidity strategy, we will continue to monitor our current level of earnings and cash flow generation as well as our ability to access the market in light of those earning levels. A substantial portion of our operations are located in the United States, and the majority of our sales since inception have been made in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, our assessment is that we have no material net exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations at this time. However, as our business in markets outside of the United States continues to increase, we will be exposed to foreign currency exchange risk related to our foreign operations. Fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, primarily the British Pound, the Euro, and the Canadian Dollar, could adversely affect our financial results, including our revenues, revenue growth rates, gross margins, income and losses as well as assets and liabilities. We currently engage in hedging transactions to reduce foreign currency risks. We will continue to monitor and manage our financial exposures due to exchange rate fluctuations as an integral part of our overall risk management program. Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities totaled $2.71 billion as of December 31, 2020. None of those funds were restricted and approximately 98% of those funds were located in the United States. We intend to reinvest a substantial portion of our foreign earnings in those businesses, and we currently do not anticipate that we will need funds generated by foreign operations to fund our domestic ones. Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities as of December 31, 2020 increased by $1.18 billion from December 31, 2019 due to the factors described in “Cash Flows” below. We believe that our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities balances, projected cash contributions from our commercial operations, and our $200.0 million revolving line of credit, of which $193.7 million remains available, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated seasonal working capital needs, capital expenditure requirements, contractual obligations, commitments, debt service requirements, and other liquidity requirements associated with our operations for at least the next 12 months. Revolving Credit Agreement In December 2018, we entered into an amended and restated five-year $200.0 million revolving Credit Agreement, including a sub-facility of up to $10.0 million for letters of credit. Subject to customary conditions and the approval of any lender whose commitment would be increased, we have the option to increase the maximum principal amount available under the Credit Agreement by up to an additional $300.0 million, resulting in a maximum available principal amount of $500.0 million. However, at this time none of the lenders have committed to provide any such increase in their commitments. Revolving loans under the Credit Agreement will be available for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. As of December 31, 2020, we had no outstanding borrowings, $6.3 million in outstanding letters of credit, and a total available balance of $193.7 million under the Credit Agreement. We monitor counterparty risk associated with the institutional lenders that are providing the credit facility. We currently believe that the credit facility will be available to us should we choose to borrow under it. Senior Convertible Notes The following table summarizes our outstanding senior convertible note obligations as of December 31, 2020: Issuance Date November 2018 May 2020 Coupon Rate 0.75% 0.25% Aggregate Principal (in millions) $ $ 850.0 1,207.5 2,057.5 Maturity Date December 1, 2023 November 15, 2025 Initial Conversion Rate per Share of Common Stock 6.0869 1.6655 Conversion Price per Share of Common Stock $164.29 $600.42 We used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the 2023 Notes to repurchase 0.8 million shares of our common stock for $100.0 million in 2018. We used $282.6 million of the net proceeds from the offering of the 2025 Notes to repurchase a portion of our 2022 Notes; the remaining 2022 Notes were converted for shares of our common stock during 2020. We intend 75 to use the remainder of the net proceeds from the Notes offerings for general corporate purposes and capital expenditures, including working capital needs. We may also use the net proceeds to expand our current business through in-licensing or acquisitions of, or investments in, other businesses, products or technologies; however, we do not have any significant commitments with respect to any such acquisitions or investments at this time. 2023 Note Hedge In connection with the offering of the 2023 Notes, in November 2018 we entered into convertible note hedge transactions (the 2023 Note Hedge) with two of the initial purchasers of the 2023 Notes (the 2023 Counterparties) entitling us to purchase up to 5.2 million shares of our common stock at an initial price of $164.29 per share, each of which is subject to adjustment. The cost of the 2023 Note Hedge was $218.9 million and it will expire on December 1, 2023. The 2023 Note Hedge is expected to reduce the potential equity dilution upon any conversion of the 2023 Notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2023 Notes if the daily volume-weighted average price per share of our common stock exceeds the strike price of the 2023 Note Hedge. The strike price of the 2023 Note Hedge initially corresponds to the conversion price of the 2023 Notes and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the 2023 Note Hedge. 2023 Warrants In November 2018, we also sold warrants (the 2023 Warrants) to the 2023 Counterparties to acquire up to 5.2 million shares of our common stock for cash proceeds of $183.8 million. The 2023 Warrants require net share settlement and a pro-rated number of warrants will expire on each of the 60 scheduled trading days starting on March 1, 2024. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for more information about the terms of the Credit Agreement, the 2023 Notes and the 2025 Notes, the 2023 Note Hedge, and the 2023 Warrants. Cash Flows The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated. See the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for complete statements of cash flows for these periods. (In millions) Net cash provided by operating activities Net cash used in investing activities Net cash provided by financing activities Effect of exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 Change 2020 - 2019 $ $ 475.6 $ (1,018.0) 912.1 2.1 371.8 $ 314.5 $ (1,015.2) 10.7 (0.7) (690.7) $ 161.1 (2.8) 901.4 2.8 1,062.5 As of December 31, 2020, we had $2.71 billion in cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities, which is an an increase of $1.18 billion compared to $1.53 billion as of December 31, 2019. The primary cash flows during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are described below. Operating Cash Flows Net cash provided by operating activities during 2020 was comprised of net income of $493.6 million and net adjustments of $288.3 million primarily related to share-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, non-cash interest expense for our senior convertible notes and loss on extinguishment of debt on our 2022 Notes, partially offset by $285.5 million net benefit to tax expense associated with the release of the valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets and $20.8 million of changes in working capital balances. Net cash provided by operating activities during 2019 was comprised of a net income of $101.1 million, offset by $207.3 million of net adjustments and $6.1 million of changes in working capital balances. Net adjustments were primarily related to share-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, non-cash interest expense for our senior convertible notes, and a loss on the sale of our remaining equity investment in Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Investing Cash Flows Net cash used in investing activities during 2020 was primarily comprised of $807.7 million for net purchases of marketable securities and $199.0 million for capital expenditures. 76 Net cash used in investing activities during 2019 was primarily comprised of $834.0 million for net purchases of marketable securities and $180.0 million for capital expenditures. Financing Cash Flows Net cash provided by financing activities during 2020 was primarily comprised of $1.19 billion in net proceeds from the issuance of our 2025 Notes and $15.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our employee stock plans, partially offset by $282.6 million for the repurchase of a portion of our 2022 Notes. Net cash provided by financing activities during 2019 was primarily comprised of $11.9 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our employee stock plans. Contractual Obligations We are party to various leasing arrangements, primarily for office, manufacturing and warehouse space that expire at various times through December 2030. We also have one land lease that expires in 2080. The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 and the effect those obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods: (In millions) Senior convertible notes Lease obligations (2) (1) Total Total 2,091.7 $ 235.5 2,327.2 $ $ $ Less than 1 Year 1-3 Years 3-5 Years More than 5 Years 9.4 $ 31.9 41.3 $ 868.8 $ 53.0 921.8 $ 1,213.5 $ 49.9 1,263.4 $ — 100.7 100.7 (1) We issued senior convertible notes in November 2018 and May 2020. The obligations presented above include both principal and interest for these notes. Although these notes mature in 2023 and 2025, they may be converted into cash and shares of our common stock prior to maturity if certain conditions are met. Any conversion prior to maturity can result in repayment of the principal amounts sooner than the scheduled repayment as indicated in the table. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for further discussion of the terms of our senior convertible notes. (2) Includes finance lease obligations related to our Mesa, Arizona and Malaysia facilities. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for more information. We are also party to various purchase arrangements related to components used in manufacturing and research and development activities. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $335.6 million of open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business, the majority of which are due within one year. We have $1.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits, including estimated interest and penalties, that have been recorded as liabilities for which we are uncertain as to if or when such amounts may be settled. As a result, such amounts are excluded from the table above. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements As of December 31, 2020, we did not have any significant off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K. Recent Accounting Guidance For a description of recently issued accounting guidance that is applicable to our financial statements, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. 77 ITEM 7A - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Interest Rate Risk The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital for the purpose of funding operations while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. To achieve these objectives, our investment policy allows us to maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in a variety of securities, including money market funds, U.S. Treasury debt and corporate debt securities. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we believe that we have no material exposure to interest rate risk. Market Price Sensitive Instruments In order to reduce potential equity dilution, in connection with the issuance of the 2023 Notes we entered into the 2023 Hedge which entitles us to purchase shares of our common stock. Upon conversion of the 2023 Notes, the 2023 Hedge is expected to reduce the equity dilution if the daily volume- weighted average price per share of our common stock exceeds the strike price of the hedge. We also entered into warrant transactions with the counterparties of the 2023 Hedge entitling them to acquire shares of our common stock. The warrant transactions could have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share to the extent that the price of our common stock during a given quarterly or annual measurement period exceeds the strike price of the warrants. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for more information. Foreign Currency Exchange Risk A substantial portion of our operations are located in the United States, and the majority of our sales since inception have been made in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, our assessment is that we have no material net exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations at this time. However, as our business in markets outside of the United States continues to increase, we will be exposed to foreign currency exchange risk related to our foreign operations. Fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, primarily the British Pound, the Euro, and the Canadian Dollar, could adversely affect our financial results, including our revenues, revenue growth rates, gross margins, income and losses as well as assets and liabilities. We translate the financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar into the U.S. dollar for consolidation using end-of-period exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates during each reporting period for results of operations. We record net gains or losses resulting from the translation of foreign financial statements and the effect of exchange rate changes on intercompany receivables and payables of a long-term nature as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. These adjustments will affect net income only upon sale or liquidation of the underlying investment in foreign subsidiaries. We record exchange rate fluctuations resulting from the translation of the short-term intercompany balances between domestic entities and our foreign subsidiaries as foreign currency transaction gains or losses and include them in interest and other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations. We occasionally enter into foreign currency forward contracts in order to partially offset the impact from fluctuation of the foreign currency rates. As of December 31, 2020, we had foreign currency forward contracts outstanding with a notional amount of $48.0 million. The fair values of these derivatives are based on quoted market prices, which are Level 1 inputs, and the derivative instruments are recorded in other current assets or other current liabilities in our balance sheets consistent with the nature of the instrument at period end. Derivative gains and losses are included in interest and other income, net in our consolidated statements of operations. Notional principal amounts provide one measure of the transaction volume outstanding as of period end, but they do not represent the amount of our exposure to market loss. Estimates of fair value are based on applicable and commonly used pricing models using prevailing financial market information. The amounts ultimately realized upon settlement of these financial instruments, together with the gains and losses on the underlying exposures, will depend on actual market conditions during the remaining life of the instruments. We monitor and manage our financial exposures due to exchange rate fluctuations as an integral part of our overall risk management program, which recognizes the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to reduce potentially adverse effects on our financial results. ITEM 8 - CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA The information required is set forth under “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” “Consolidated Balance Sheets,” “Consolidated Statements of Operations,” “ Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss),” “Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity,” “Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows” and “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” on pages F-2 to F-42 of this Annual Report and is incorporated into this Item 8 by reference. 78 ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE Not applicable. ITEM 9A - CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 require public companies to maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” which are defined to mean a company’s controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and timely communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this report of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2020, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date for this purpose. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during our last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, certain employees began working remotely in March 2020. We have not identified any material changes in our internal control over financial reporting as a result of these changes to the working environment. We are continually monitoring and assessing the COVID-19 situation to determine any potential impacts on the design and operating effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. Our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the 2013 Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers, believes that, as of December 31, 2020, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have been filed as Exhibits 31.01 and 31.02 to this report. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Limitation on Effectiveness of Controls It should be noted that any system of controls, however well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met. The design of any control system is based, in part, upon the benefits of the control system relative to its costs. Control systems can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. In addition, over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of these and other inherent limitations of control systems, we cannot guaranty that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote. 79 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The Board of Directors and Stockholders of DexCom, Inc. Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited DexCom, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, DexCom, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of DexCom, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) and our report dated February 11, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP San Diego, California February 11, 2021 80 ITEM 9B - OTHER INFORMATION None. PART III ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information concerning our directors required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section in our Proxy Statement entitled “Proposal No. 1 – Election of Directors.” The information concerning our executive officers required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section in our Proxy Statement entitled “Executive Officers.” We have adopted a written code of ethics for financial employees that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller and other employees of the finance department designated by our Chief Financial Officer. This code of ethics, titled the “Code of Conduct and Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Finance Personnel,” is publicly available on our Internet website at https://dexcom.gcs-web.com/corporate-governance. The information contained on our Internet website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information concerning the audit committee of the Board of Directors required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement. The information concerning material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the Board of Directors required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement. ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this Item concerning executive compensation and our Compensation Committee is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Executive Compensation.” ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Principal Stockholders and Stock Ownership by Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.” ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this Item with respect to director independence is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement. The information concerning certain relationships and related transactions required by the Item is incorporated by reference to the section in our Proxy Statement entitled “Certain Transactions.” ITEM 14 - PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information concerning principal accountant fees and services required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section in our Proxy Statement entitled “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.” 81 PART IV ITEM 15 - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report: 1. Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements listed in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. 2. Financial Statement Schedules. For the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. Financial statement schedules not listed above have been omitted because information required to be set forth therein is not applicable, not required, or the information required by such schedules is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto. 3. Exhibits. Exhibit Number Exhibit Description 3.01 Registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation. 3.02 Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation. 3.03 Registrant’s Amended and Restated Bylaws. 4.01 Form of Specimen Certificate for Registrant’s common stock. 4.02 Indenture, dated as of November 30, 2018, between DexCom, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association (including the form of 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023) 4.03 Indenture, dated as of May 14, 2020, between DexCom, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association (including the form of 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025) 4.04 Description of Securities Registered Under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. 10.01 Office Lease Agreement, dated March 31, 2006, between DexCom, Inc. and Kilroy Realty, L.P. 10.02 Offer letter between DexCom, Inc. and Steven R. Pacelli dated April 10, 2006.* 10.03 Form of Amended and Restated Executive Change of Control & Severance Agreement.* 10.04 Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement, between RGH Enterprises, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated April 30, 2008.** 10.05 Amended and Restated Development, Manufacturing, Licensing and Supply Agreement, between DSM PTG, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated February 19, 2010.** 10.06 First Amendment to Office Lease between DexCom, Inc. and Kilroy Realty, L.P., dated August 18, 2010. 10.07 Amendment Number One to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement, between RGH Enterprises, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated March 29, 2011.** Form S-1/A DEF 14 A 8-K S-1/A Incorporated by Reference File No. 333-122454 000-51222 Date of First Filing March 3, 2005 April 20, 2017 Exhibit Number 3.03 Appendix B Provided Herewith 000-51222 333-122454 September 9, 2020 March 24, 2005 8-K 000-51222 December 3, 2018 3.1 4.01 4.1 8-K 000-51222 May 15, 2020 4.1 X 8-K 8-K 10-K 10-Q 000-51222 April 7, 2006 000-51222 April 13, 2006 000-51222 March 5, 2009 000-51222 August 3, 2009 99.01 99.01 10.20 10.23 10-K 000-51222 March 9, 2010 10.25 10-Q 000-51222 November 4, 2010 10-Q/A 000-51222 July 1, 2011 10.27 10.26 82 Exhibit Number Exhibit Description 10.08 Offer letter between DexCom, Inc. and Kevin Sayer dated May 3, 2011.* 10.09 Amendment Number Two to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement between RGH Enterprises, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated March 28, 2013.** 10.10 Amendment Number Three to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement between RGH Enterprises, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated December 4, 2013.** 10.11 Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement between DexCom, Inc. and Diabetes Specialty Center, LLC dated October 12, 2009, as amended on September 30, 2010, October 11, 2011, November 14, 2012 and November 1, 2013.** 10.12 Settlement and License Agreement by and among Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated July 2, 2014. 10.13 Amendment No. 5 to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement between DexCom, Inc. and Diabetes Specialty Center, LLC, dated March 14, 2014. 10.14 Second Amendment to Office Lease between DexCom, Inc. and Kilroy Realty, L.P., dated October 1, 2014. 10.15 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan 10.16 Form of Subscription Agreement under 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan 10.17 Sublease between DexCom, Inc. and Entropic Communications, LLC dated February 1, 2016. 10.18 Amended and Restated Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement with Byram Healthcare dated February 1, 2016.** 10.19 Industrial Net Lease, Broadway dated April 28, 2016, by and between PRA/LB, L.L.C. and DexCom, Inc. 10.20 Standard Form of Agreement dated May 2, 2016, by and between DexCom, Inc. and Skanska USA Building Inc. 10.21 Amendment to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement dated April 30, 2016 by and between RGH Enterprises, Inc. d/b/a Cardinal Health at Home and DexCom, Inc. ** 10.22 Amendment No. 1 to Collaboration and License Agreement dated October 25, 2016 by and between DexCom, Inc. and Verily Life Sciences LLC (formerly Google Life Sciences LLC). 10.23 Severance and Change in Control Plan. 10.24 Form of Participation Agreement to the Severance and Change in Control Plan. Incorporated by Reference File No. 000-51222 Date of First Filing August 3, 2011 000-51222 May 1, 2013 Form 10-Q 10-Q Provided Herewith Exhibit Number 10.28 10.27 10-K 000-51222 February 20, 2014 10.28 10-K 000-51222 February 20, 2014 10.29 10-Q 000-51222 August 6, 2014 10.31 10-Q 000-51222 August 6, 2014 10.32 10-K 000-51222 February 25, 2015 10.32 DEF 14A 8-K 000-51222 000-51222 April 13, 2015 June 2, 2015 Appendix A 10.4 10-Q 10-Q 000-51222 April 27, 2016 000-51222 April 27, 2016 10.36 10.37 10-Q 000-51222 August 2, 2016 10.39 10-Q 000-51222 August 2, 2016 10.40 10-Q 000-51222 August 2, 2016 10.41 10-K 000-51222 February 28, 2017 10.42 8-K 8-K 000-51222 000-51222 June 6, 2017 June 6, 2017 10.20 10.30 83 Exhibit Number Exhibit Description 10.25 First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated June 17, 2016 by and among DexCom, Inc., the Lenders, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent. 10.26 Standard Form of Agreement dated May 1, 2017, by and between DexCom, Inc. and Skanska USA Building Inc. 10.27 Offer Letter for Quentin S. Blackford dated July 28, 2017. * 10.28 Form of Indemnity Agreement 10.29 Form of RSU Grant Agreement 2015 Plan Global Double Trigger 10.30 Form of RSU Grant Agreement 2015 Plan Global General 10.31 Amended and Restated Collaboration and License Agreement dated November 20, 2018 by and between DexCom, Inc., Verily Life Sciences LLC (an Alphabet Company) and Verily Ireland Limited.** 10.32 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 19, 2018 by and among DexCom, Inc., Bank of America, Silicon Valley Bank and Union Bank, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent. 10.33 Amended and Restated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan 10.34 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan 10.35 Form of RSU Grant Agreement 2015 Plan (Board Members - Annual Grant) 10.36 Form of RSU Grant Agreement 2015 Plan (Board Members - Incoming Grant) 10.37 Distribution Services Agreement dated November 7, 2015 between DexCom, Inc. and AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation.**** 10.38 Amendment to the Distribution Services Agreement between DexCom Inc. and AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation.**** 10.39 Third Amendment to Office Lease between DexCom, Inc. and John Hancock Life Insurance Company, dated January 9, 2019.**** 10.40 Fourth Amendment to Office Lease between DexCom, Inc. and Sequence Tech. Center CA LLC, dated September 9, 2019.**** 10.41 Fifth Amendment to Office Lease between DexCom, Inc. and Sequence Tech. Center CA LLC, dated October 21, 2019. 10.42 First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among DexCom, Inc., the Lenders, and JPMorgan Chase Bank as Administrative Agent, dated May 11, 2020 10.43 Form of Indemnity Agreement between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers. Incorporated by Reference Form 10-Q File No. 000-51222 Date of First Filing August 1, 2017 Exhibit Number 10.46 Provided Herewith 10-Q 000-51222 August 1, 2017 10.47 8-K 000-51222 August 1, 2017 10-Q 10-K 10-K 10-K 000-51222 000-51222 August 1, 2017 February 27, 2018 000-51222 February 27, 2018 000-51222 February 21, 2019 10.10 10.43 10.51 10.52 10.60 10-K 000-51222 February 21, 2019 10.61 8-K 8-K 10-K 10-K 10-K 000-51222 000-51222 000-51222 June 4, 2019 June 4, 2019 February 13, 2020 000-51222 February 13, 2020 000-51222 February 13, 2020 10.01 10.02 10.36 10.37 10.38 10-K 000-51222 February 13, 2020 10.39 10-K 000-51222 February 13, 2020 10.40 10-K 000-51222 February 13, 2020 10.41 10-K 000-51222 February 13, 2020 10.42 10-Q 000-51222 July 28, 2020 10.01 X 84 Exhibit Number Exhibit Description 10.44 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, amended on December 13, 2019 10.45 Form of Subscription Agreement under 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan amended on December 13, 2019 10.46 Incentive Agreement between DexCom, Inc. and Jeffrey Moy dated April 28, 2020 10.47 Transition and Consulting Agreement between DexCom, Inc. and Richard B. Doubleday dated December 10, 2020 21.01 List of Subsidiaries 23.01 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 24.01 Power of Attorney (see signature page of this Form 10-K) 31.01 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a). 31.02 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a). 32.01 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b).*** 32.02 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b).*** 101.INS Inline XBRL Instance Document 101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 101.CAL Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 101.DEF Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 101.LAB Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 101.PRE Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document — Cover Page Interactive Data File (Embedded within the Inline XBRL document and included in Exhibit 101) Incorporated by Reference Form File No. Date of First Filing Exhibit Number Provided Herewith X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X * ** *** **** Represents a management contract or compensatory plan. Confidential treatment has been requested for certain portions of this document pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such portions are omitted from this filing and were filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This certification is not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that Dexcom specifically incorporates it by reference. Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K. 85 ITEM 16 - FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. 86 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES Dated: February 11, 2021 DEXCOM, INC. (Registrant) By: /S/ QUENTIN S. BLACKFORD Quentin S. Blackford, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kevin Sayer and Quentin Blackford, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K and to file same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature /S/ KEVIN R. SAYER Kevin R. Sayer Title Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Date February 11, 2021 /S/ QUENTIN S. BLACKFORD Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) February 11, 2021 Quentin S. Blackford /S/ MARK FOLETTA Mark Foletta /S/ STEVE ALTMAN Steve Altman /S/ NICHOLAS AUGUSTINOS Nicholas Augustinos /S/ RICHARD COLLINS Richard Collins /S/ KAREN DAHUT Karen Dahut /S/ BRIDGETTE HELLER Bridgette Heller /S/ BARBARA KAHN Barbara Kahn /S/ KYLE MALADY Kyle Malady /S/ JAY SKYLER Jay Skyler, M.D. /S/ ERIC TOPOL Eric Topol, M.D. Lead Independent Director February 11, 2021 Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director 87 February 11, 2021 February 11, 2021 February 11, 2021 February 11, 2021 February 11, 2021 February 11, 2021 February 11, 2021 February 11, 2021 February 11, 2021 DEXCOM, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets Consolidated Statements of Operations Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-1 Page F-2 F-5 F-6 F-7 F-8 F-9 F-11 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The Board of Directors and Stockholders of DexCom, Inc. Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DexCom, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) and our report dated February 11, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Estimation of transaction price and variable consideration for revenue recognition Description of the Matter As discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognizes revenue based on a transaction price which reflects the net consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled. The transaction price is typically based on the contracted rates less an estimate of claim denials and historical reimbursement experience by payor, which include current and future expectations regarding reimbursement rates and payor mix. The Company estimates reductions for rebates based on contractual arrangements, estimates of products sold subject to rebate, known events or trends and channel inventory data. F-2 Auditing management’s determination of transaction price including variable consideration involved a high degree of subjectivity in evaluating management’s estimates. In determining transaction price, management develops estimates based on the contracted rates less an estimate of claim denials and historical reimbursement experience by payor. In estimating rebates, management applies contracted rates to estimates of products sold subject to rebate, known market events or trends and channel inventory data. How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s processes to determine transaction price and rebates, including the underlying assumptions. Description of the Matter Our audit procedures also included, among others, evaluating the significant assumptions and the accuracy and completeness of the underlying data used in management’s calculations. For transaction price, this included testing management’s estimate of the claim denials and historical reimbursement experience through a combination of underlying data validation by inspection of source documents and independent recalculation of management’s analysis. For rebates, this included testing contractual rates, management’s estimates of products sold subject to rebate, and inventory held by third parties at the end of the period, through a combination of underlying data validation by inspection of source documents, agreement to underlying contracts, review for consistency against historical data, and trending of inventory held at third parties versus inventory sold into the channel. In addition, we inspected the results of the Company’s retrospective review analysis of rebates claimed, evaluated the estimates made based on historical experience and performed sensitivity analyses over the Company's significant assumptions. Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets As discussed in Note 8, significant judgment is required to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The Company reviews all available positive and negative evidence, including projections of pre-tax book income, earnings history, reliability of forecasting, and reversal of temporary differences. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings. Prior to 2020, due to the Company’s U.S. operating losses and earnings volatility in previous years, which did not allow sustainable profitability, the Company had established and maintained a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. In 2020, the Company achieved three years of cumulative income. The Company analyzed both positive and negative evidence, and as a result, released its valuation allowance of $287.2 million on its deferred tax assets. The Company maintains a valuation allowance of $55.5 million against its California research and development tax credits and certain foreign intangible assets, as it is more likely than not that those deferred tax assets will not be realized. Auditing management's analysis of the realizability of the deferred tax assets was complex and highly judgmental because the assessment process involves significant judgment and subjective evaluation of assumptions that may be affected by future operations of the Company, market or economic conditions. How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s process to assess the realizability of the deferred tax assets and measurement of the valuation allowances, including controls over management’s scheduling of the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, identification and use of available tax planning strategies and projections of future taxable income. F-3 Among other audit procedures performed, we tested the reversal of the existing taxable temporary differences, including assessment of the completeness and accuracy of related schedules. We evaluated the assumptions used by the Company to develop projections of future taxable income by jurisdiction. For example, we compared the projections of future taxable income with the actual results from prior periods, as well as management’s consideration of current trends. We also considered the relevant tax laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions, including considering whether the estimated future sources of taxable income were of the appropriate character to utilize the deferred tax assets. We also considered the accuracy of management’s historical projections and performed sensitivity analyses of the significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in realizability of deferred tax assets that would result from changes in the assumptions. In addition, we evaluated the Company’s income tax disclosures related to the matters described above. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2000 San Diego, California February 11, 2021 F-4 DexCom, Inc. Consolidated Balance Sheets (In millions, except par value data) Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents Short-term marketable securities Accounts receivable, net Inventory Prepaid and other current assets Total current assets Property and equipment, net Operating lease right-of-use assets Goodwill Deferred tax assets Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Accrued payroll and related expenses Short-term operating lease liabilities Deferred revenue Total current liabilities Long-term senior convertible notes Long-term operating lease liabilities Other long-term liabilities Total liabilities Commitments and contingencies Stockholders’ equity: Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5.0 million shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200.0 million shares authorized; 96.9 million and 96.1 million shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2020; and 92.4 million and 91.6 million shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2019 Additional paid-in capital Accumulated other comprehensive income Accumulated deficit Treasury stock, at cost; 0.8 million shares at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity See accompanying notes F-5 December 31, 2020 2019 817.6 $ 1,890.1 428.5 234.7 53.9 3,424.8 515.3 93.3 19.3 216.4 21.4 4,290.5 $ 481.1 $ 114.3 16.5 2.2 614.1 1,667.2 101.8 80.9 2,464.0 446.2 1,087.1 286.3 119.8 30.0 1,969.4 321.3 71.5 18.6 — 14.2 2,395.0 256.4 88.5 13.6 1.7 360.2 1,059.7 72.4 20.1 1,512.4 — — 0.1 2,125.3 3.2 (202.1) (100.0) 1,826.5 4,290.5 $ 0.1 1,675.9 2.3 (695.7) (100.0) 882.6 2,395.0 $ $ $ $ DexCom, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Operations (In millions, except per share data) Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Operating expenses Research and development Collaborative research and development fee Selling, general and administrative Total operating expenses Operating income (loss) Interest expense Loss on extinguishment of debt Income (loss) from equity investments Interest and other income, net Income (loss) before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) Basic net income (loss) per share Shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share Diluted net income (loss) per share Shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share See accompanying notes F-6 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 1,926.7 $ 646.6 1,280.1 1,476.0 $ 544.5 931.5 1,031.6 367.7 663.9 359.9 — 620.7 980.6 299.5 (84.7) (5.9) — 16.1 225.0 (268.6) 493.6 $ 5.23 $ 94.4 5.06 $ 97.5 273.5 — 515.7 789.2 142.3 (60.3) — (4.2) 26.4 104.2 3.1 101.1 $ 1.11 $ 91.1 1.10 $ 92.3 199.7 217.7 432.8 850.2 (186.3) (22.7) — 80.1 2.4 (126.5) 0.6 (127.1) (1.44) 88.2 (1.44) 88.2 $ $ $ $ DexCom, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (In millions) Net income (loss) Other comprehensive income, net of tax: Foreign currency translation gain Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable debt securities Total other comprehensive income, net of tax Comprehensive income (loss) Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 493.6 $ 101.1 $ (127.1) 1.1 (0.2) 0.9 494.5 $ 0.4 0.4 0.8 101.9 $ 4.0 0.1 4.1 (123.0) $ $ See accompanying notes F-7 DexCom, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (In millions) Balance at December 31, 2017 Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan Issuance of common stock for collaborative research and development fee Convertible note hedge Equity component of convertible 2023 Note issuance, net of issuance costs Purchases of treasury stock Sale of warrants Share-based compensation expense Net loss Other comprehensive income, net of tax Balance at December 31, 2018 Cumulative-effect adjustment from adoption of new lease accounting standard (Note 6) Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan Realization of tax benefit related to 2023 Note Hedge Share-based compensation expense Net income Other comprehensive income, net of tax Balance at December 31, 2019 Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan Equity component of 2025 Notes issuance, net of issuance costs Tax benefit related to Senior Convertible Notes Repurchase and conversions of 2022 Notes Share-based compensation expense Net income Other comprehensive income, net of tax Balance at December 31, 2020 Common Stock Shares Amount 87.0 $ 1.8 0.1 $ — Additional Paid-In Capital 1,093.7 $ 1.9 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Accumulated Deficit Treasury Stock Total Stockholders’ Equity (2.6) $ — (671.8) $ — — $ — — — — — — — — — 4.1 1.5 — — — — — — 0.8 2.3 — — — — — — — — — (127.1) — (798.9) 2.1 — — — — 101.1 — (695.7) — — — — — (100.0) — — — — (100.0) — — — — — — — (100.0) — — — 419.4 1.9 8.9 217.7 (218.9) 171.6 (100.0) 183.8 101.9 (127.1) 4.1 663.3 2.1 0.3 11.6 0.7 102.7 101.1 0.8 882.6 0.3 15.0 0.2 1.8 — — (0.8) — — — — 90.0 — 1.4 0.2 — — — — 91.6 1.1 — — — — — — — — — — 0.1 — — — — — — — 0.1 — — 8.9 217.7 (218.9) 171.6 — 183.8 101.9 — — 1,560.6 — 0.3 11.6 0.7 102.7 — — 1,675.9 0.3 15.0 — — 3.4 — — — 96.1 $ — — — — — — 0.1 $ 289.4 (62.5) 87.8 119.4 — — 2,125.3 $ — — — — — 0.9 3.2 $ — — — — 493.6 — (202.1) $ — — — — — — (100.0) $ 289.4 (62.5) 87.8 119.4 493.6 0.9 1,826.5 See accompanying notes F-8 DexCom, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (In millions) Operating activities Net income (loss) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization Share-based compensation Loss on extinguishment of debt Non-cash interest expense Non-cash collaborative research and development fee through issuance of common stock Unrealized gain on equity investment Realized (gain) loss on equity investment Deferred income taxes (including benefit from valuation allowance release) Other non-cash income and expenses Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable, net Inventory Prepaid and other assets Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities, net Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Accrued payroll and related expenses Deferred revenue and other liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities Investing activities Purchase of marketable securities Proceeds from sale and maturity of marketable securities Purchases of property and equipment Acquisitions, net of cash acquired Other investing activities Net cash used in investing activities Financing activities Net proceeds from issuance of common stock Purchases of treasury stock Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes, net of issuance costs Repurchase of convertible notes Proceeds from sale of warrants Purchase of convertible note hedge Other financing activities Net cash provided by financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period: Cash and cash equivalents Restricted cash Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $ $ $ F-9 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 $ 493.6 $ 101.1 $ (127.1) 67.1 119.4 5.9 74.0 — — — (277.3) 13.7 (142.3) (114.5) (2.4) (0.8) 194.5 26.1 18.6 475.6 (3,058.2) 2,250.5 (199.0) — (11.3) (1,018.0) 15.3 — 1,188.8 (282.6) — — (9.4) 912.1 2.1 371.8 446.4 818.2 $ 48.7 102.7 — 49.6 — — 4.2 0.2 1.9 (60.0) (49.1) (7.2) (2.4) 109.0 16.0 (0.2) 314.5 (2,030.4) 1,196.4 (180.0) — (1.2) (1,015.2) 11.9 — — — — — (1.2) 10.7 (0.7) (690.7) 1,137.1 446.4 $ 29.1 101.9 — 17.9 217.7 (36.0) (44.1) (2.2) 6.9 (93.2) (25.5) (3.0) — 56.2 23.8 0.8 123.2 (452.5) 392.1 (67.1) (11.3) (1.0) (139.8) 10.8 (100.0) 836.6 — 183.8 (218.9) (1.9) 710.4 1.8 695.6 441.5 1,137.1 817.6 $ 0.6 818.2 $ 446.2 $ 0.2 446.4 $ 1,137.0 0.1 1,137.1 Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing transactions: Common stock issued for repurchase and conversions of senior convertible notes Acquisition of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities Supplemental cash flow information: Cash paid during the year for interest Cash paid during the year for income taxes $ $ $ $ 1,350.9 $ 35.3 $ 10.6 $ 3.6 $ — $ 14.2 $ 10.4 $ 4.8 $ — 10.8 3.6 2.3 Twelve Months Ended December 31, See accompanying notes F-10 DexCom, Inc. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2020 1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies Organization and Business DexCom, Inc. is a medical device company that develops and markets continuous glucose monitoring, or CGM, systems for the management of diabetes by patients, caregivers, and clinicians around the world. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “company,” or “Dexcom” refer to DexCom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DexCom, Inc. and our wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. We have reclassified certain amounts previously reported in our financial statements to conform to the current presentation. The functional currencies of our international subsidiaries are generally the local currencies. We translate the financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates for each period for revenue, costs and expenses. We include translation-related adjustments in comprehensive income (loss) and in accumulated other comprehensive income in the equity section of our consolidated balance sheets. Gains and losses resulting from certain intercompany transactions as well as transactions with customers and vendors that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of each entity give rise to foreign exchange gains or losses that we record in interest and other income, net in our consolidated statements of operations. Use of Estimates The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and the disclosures made in the accompanying notes. Areas requiring significant estimates include pharmacy rebates, transaction price, net accounts receivable, excess or obsolete inventories and the valuation of inventory, and accruals for litigation contingencies. Despite our intention to establish accurate estimates and use reasonable assumptions, actual results may differ from our estimates. Fair Value Measurements The authoritative guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that is based on the extent and level of judgment used to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities. In general, the authoritative guidance requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. An asset or liability’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement of its fair value. The three levels of input defined by the authoritative guidance are as follows: Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, through correlation with market data. These include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs to valuation models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates and volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the determination of fair value. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar valuation techniques and significant judgment or estimation. We carry our marketable securities at fair value. We carry our other financial instruments, such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, at cost, which approximates the related fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. For more information see Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements.” F-11 Cash and Cash Equivalents We consider highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Marketable Securities We have classified our marketable securities with remaining maturity at purchase of more than three months and remaining maturities of one year or less as short-term marketable securities. We have also classified marketable securities with remaining maturities of greater than one year as short-term marketable securities based upon our ability and intent to use any and all of those marketable securities to satisfy the liquidity needs of our current operations. We calculate realized gains or losses on our marketable securities using the specific identification method. We carry our marketable debt securities at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in our consolidated balance sheets and included in comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains and losses on marketable debt securities are included in interest and other income, net in our consolidated statements of operations. We carry our marketable equity securities at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses reported in income on equity investments in our consolidated statements of operations. We invest in various types of debt securities, including debt securities in government-sponsored entities, corporate debt securities, U.S. Treasury securities and commercial paper. We do not generally intend to sell these investments and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity. See Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 4, “Balance Sheet Details – Short-Term Marketable Securities” for more information on our marketable debt securities and our marketable equity securities. Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Accounts receivable are generally recorded at the invoiced amount for distributors and at net realizable value for direct customers, which is determined using estimates of claim denials and historical reimbursement experience without regard to aging category. Accounts receivable are not interest bearing. We evaluate the creditworthiness of significant customers based on historical trends, the financial condition of our customers, and external market factors. We generally do not require collateral from our customers. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential credit losses. Uncollectable accounts are written off against the allowance after appropriate collection efforts have been exhausted and when it is deemed that a customer account is uncollectable. Generally, receivable balances greater than one year past due are deemed uncollectable. Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers Financial instruments which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term marketable securities, and accounts receivable. We limit our exposure to credit risk by placing our cash and investments with high credit quality financial institutions. We have also established guidelines regarding diversification of our investments and their maturities that are designed to maintain principal and maximize liquidity. We review these guidelines periodically and modify them to take advantage of trends in yields and interest rates and changes in our operations and financial position. The following table sets forth the percentages of total revenue or gross accounts receivable for customers that represent 10% or more of the respective amounts for the periods shown: Distributor A Distributor B Distributor C Distributor D * Less than 10% Revenue Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 17 % 12 % 10 % * 2020 23 % 11 % 18 % 11 % 2018 15 % 12 % * * Gross Accounts Receivable As of December 31, 2020 2019 19 % 10 % 12 % * 21 % * * * F-12 Inventory Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value on a part-by-part basis that approximates first in, first out. We record adjustments to inventory for potentially excess, obsolete or scrapped goods in order to state inventory at net realizable value. Factors influencing these adjustments include inventories on hand and on order compared to estimated future usage and sales for existing and new products, as well as judgments regarding quality control testing data and assumptions about the likelihood of scrap and obsolescence. Once written down the adjustments are considered permanent and are not reversed until the related inventory is sold or disposed of. Our products require customized products and components that currently are available from a limited number of sources. We purchase certain components and materials from single sources due to quality considerations, costs or constraints resulting from regulatory requirements. Property and Equipment Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We capitalize additions and improvements and expense maintenance and repairs as incurred. We calculate depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are generally three years for computer software and hardware, four to fifteen years for machinery and equipment, and five years for furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease term. Buildings are amortized over the shorter of the ownership of the building or forty years. We include the amortization of assets that are recorded under finance leases in depreciation expense. On retirement or disposition, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from our consolidated balance sheets and any gain or loss is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. We review property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We estimate the recoverability of the asset by comparing the carrying amount to the future undiscounted cash flows that we expect the asset to generate. We estimate the fair value of the asset based on the present value of future cash flows for those assets. If the carrying value of an asset exceeds its estimated fair value, we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference. Goodwill We record goodwill when the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination exceeds the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but we test them annually for impairment in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value. Events that would indicate impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, including a decline in market capitalization, a significant adverse change in legal factors, business climate or operational performance of the business, and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. We perform our goodwill impairment analysis at the reporting unit level, which aligns with Dexcom’s reporting structure and the availability of discrete financial information. We perform the first step of our annual impairment analysis by either comparing a reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount or doing a qualitative assessment of a reporting unit’s fair value from the last quantitative assessment to determine if there is potential impairment. We may do a qualitative assessment when the results of the previous quantitative test indicated the reporting unit’s estimated fair value was significantly in excess of the carrying value of its net assets and we do not believe there have been significant changes in the reporting unit’s operations that would significantly decrease its estimated fair value or significantly increase its net assets. If a quantitative assessment is performed the evaluation includes management estimates of cash flow projections based on internal future projections and/or use of a market approach by looking at market values of comparable companies. Key assumptions for these projections include revenue growth, future gross margin and operating margin growth, and weighted cost of capital and terminal growth rates. The revenue and margin growth are based on increased sales of new and existing products as we maintain investments in research and development. Additional assumed value creators may include increased efficiencies from capital spending. The resulting cash flows are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital. Operating mechanisms and requirements to ensure that growth and efficiency assumptions will ultimately be realized are also considered in the evaluation, including the timing and probability of regulatory approvals for our products to be commercialized. We also consider Dexcom’s market capitalization as a part of our analysis. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further analysis is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value of the unit, we perform the second step of the impairment test. In this step we allocate the fair value of the F-13 reporting unit calculated in step one to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, as if we had just acquired the reporting unit in a business combination. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the total amount allocated to the assets and liabilities represents the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference. We recorded no goodwill impairment charges for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 or 2018. The change in goodwill for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 consisted of translation adjustments on our foreign currency denominated goodwill. The change in goodwill for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 consisted of goodwill we recorded for acquisitions that were not significant, individually or in the aggregate, and translation adjustments on our foreign currency denominated goodwill. Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets Intangible assets are included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheets. We amortize intangible assets with a finite life, such as acquired technology, customer relationships, trade names and trademarks, on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from two to seven years. We review intangible assets that have finite lives and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We estimate the fair value of the asset based on the present value of future cash flows for those assets. If the carrying value of an asset exceeds its estimated fair value, we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference. We recorded no intangible asset impairment charges for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 or 2018. Income Taxes We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Significant judgment is required to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. We review all available positive and negative evidence, including projections of pre-tax book income, earnings history, reliability of forecasting, and reversal of temporary differences. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings in applicable tax jurisdictions. Prior to 2020, due to our US operating losses and earnings volatility in previous years, which did not allow sustainable profitability, we had established and maintained a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets. In 2020, we achieved three years cumulative income and expect to continue that profitability in future years. We analyzed both positive and negative evidence, and as a result released our valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets. We maintain the valuation allowance on our California research and development tax credits and certain foreign intangible assets, as it is more likely than not that those deferred tax assets will not be realized. We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely- than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. We file federal and state income tax returns in the United States and income tax returns in various other foreign jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Due to net operating losses incurred, our income tax returns from inception to date are subject to examination by taxing authorities. We recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters, including unrecognized tax benefits, as a component of income tax expense. Warranty Accrual Estimated warranty costs associated with a product are recorded at the time revenue is recognized. We estimate future warranty costs by analyzing historical warranty experience for the timing and amount of returned product, and expectations for future warranty activity based on changes and improvements to the product or process that are in place or will be in place in the future. We evaluate these estimates on at least a quarterly basis to determine the continued appropriateness of our assumptions. F-14 Loss Contingencies If the potential loss from a claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we record a liability and an expense for the estimated loss and disclose it in our financial statements if it is significant. If we determine that a loss is possible and the range of the loss can be reasonably determined, then we disclose the range of the possible loss. Significant judgment is required in the determination of whether a potential loss is probable, reasonably possible, or remote as well as in the determination of whether a potential exposure is reasonably estimable. Comprehensive Income (Loss) Comprehensive income (loss) consists of two elements, net income (loss) and other comprehensive income. We report all components of comprehensive income (loss), including net income (loss), in our financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Total comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. We report net income (loss) and the components of other comprehensive income, including foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities, net of their related tax effect to arrive at total comprehensive income (loss). Revenue Recognition We generate our revenue from the sale of our reusable transmitter and receiver, collectively referred to as Reusable Hardware, and disposable sensors. We refer to Reusable Hardware and disposable sensors in this section as Components. We generally recognize revenue when control is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the net consideration to which we expect to be entitled. In determining how revenue should be recognized, a five-step process is used which includes identifying performance obligations in the contract, determining whether the performance obligations are separate, allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and determining the timing of revenue recognition for separate performance obligations. Policy Elections and Practical Expedients Taken • We report revenue net of taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities; • We account for shipping and handling activities that are performed after a customer has obtained control of a good as fulfillment costs rather than as separate performance obligations; • We do not assess whether promised goods or services are performance obligations if they are immaterial in the context of the contract with the customer; and • If we expect, at contract inception, that the period between the transfer of control and corresponding payment from the customer will be one year or less, we do not adjust the amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component. Contracts and Performance Obligations We consider customer purchase orders, which in most cases are governed by agreements with distributors or third-party payors, to be contracts with a customer. For each contract, we consider the obligation to transfer Components to the customer, each of which are distinct, to be separate performance obligations. We also provide free-of-charge software, mobile applications and updates for our Dexcom Share remote monitoring system. The standalone selling prices of our free-of-charge software, mobile applications and updates are estimated based on an expected cost plus a margin approach. ® Transaction Price Transaction price for the Components reflects the net consideration to which we expect to be entitled. Transaction price is typically based on the contracted rates less an estimate of claim denials and historical reimbursement experience by payor, which include current and future expectations regarding reimbursement rates and payor mix. Variable Consideration We include an estimate of variable consideration in the calculation of the transaction price at the time of sale, when control of the Components transfers to the customer. Variable consideration includes but is not limited to rebates, chargebacks, consideration payable to customers such as specialty distributor and wholesaler fees, product returns provision, prompt payment discounts, and various other promotional or incentive arrangements. We classify our provisions related to variable consideration F-15 as a reduction of accounts receivable when we are not required to make a payment or as a liability when we are required to make a payment. Rebates We are subject to rebates on pricing programs with managed care organizations, such as pharmacy benefit managers, governmental and third-party commercial payors, primarily in the U.S. We estimate provisions for rebates based on contractual arrangements, estimates of products sold subject to rebate, known events or trends and channel inventory data. Chargebacks We participate in chargeback programs, primarily with government entities in the U.S., under which pricing on products below negotiated list prices is provided to participating entities and equal to the difference between their acquisition cost and the lower negotiated price. We estimate provisions for chargebacks primarily based on historical experience on a product and program basis, current contract prices under the chargeback programs and channel inventory data. Consideration Payable to the Customer We pay administrative and service fees to certain of our distributors based on a fixed percentage of the product price. These fees are not in exchange for a distinct good or service and therefore are recognized as a reduction of the transaction price. We accrue for these fees based on actual net sales and contractual fee rates negotiated with the customer. Product Returns In accordance with the terms of their distribution agreements, most distributors do not have rights of return outside of our limited warranty. The distributors typically have a limited time frame to notify us of any missing, damaged, defective or non-conforming products. We generally provide a “30- day money back guarantee” program whereby first-time end-user customers may return Reusable Hardware. We estimate our product returns provision principally based on historical experience by applying a historical return rate to the amounts of revenue estimated to be subject to returns. Additionally, we consider other specific factors such as estimated shelf life of inventory in the distribution channel and changes to customer terms. Prompt Payment Discounts We provide customers with prompt payment discounts which may result in adjustments to the price that is invoiced for the product transferred, in the case that payments are made within a defined period. We estimate prompt payment discount accruals based on actual net sales and contractual discount rates. Various Other Promotional or Incentive Arrangements Other promotional or incentive arrangements are periodically offered to customers, including but not limited to co-payment assistance we provide to patients with commercial insurance, promotional programs related to the launch of products or other targeted promotions. We record a provision for the incentive earned based on the number of estimated claims and our estimate of the cost per claim related to product sales that we have recognized as revenue. Revenue Recognition The timing of revenue recognition is based on the satisfaction of performance obligations. Substantially all of the performance obligations associated with our Components are satisfied at a point in time, which typically occurs at shipment of our products. Terms of direct and distributor orders are generally Freight on Board (FOB) shipping point for U.S. orders or Free Carrier (FCA) shipping point for international orders. For certain sales transactions, control transfers at delivery of the product to the customer. In cases where our free-of-charge software, mobile applications and updates are deemed to be separate performance obligations, revenue is recognized over time on a ratable basis over the estimated life of the related Reusable Hardware component. Our sales of Components include an assurance-type warranty. Contract Balances Contract balances represent amounts presented in our consolidated balance sheets when either we have transferred goods or services to the customer or the customer has paid consideration to us under the contract. These contract balances include accounts receivable and deferred revenue. Payment terms vary by contract type and type of customer and generally range from 30 to 90 days. Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2020 included unbilled accounts receivable of $10.4 million. Unbilled accounts receivable consists of revenue recognized for Components we have delivered but not yet invoiced to customers. We expect to invoice and collect all unbilled accounts receivable within twelve months. F-16 We record deferred revenue when we have entered into a contract with a customer and cash payments are received or due prior to transfer of control or satisfaction of the related performance obligation. Our performance obligations are generally satisfied within 12 months of the initial contract date. The deferred revenue balances related to performance obligations that will be satisfied after 12 months was $8.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and $2.1 million as of December 31, 2019. These balances are included in other long-term liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Revenue recognized in the period from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods was not material for the periods presented. Deferred Cost of Sales Deferred cost of sales are associated with sales for which revenue recognition criteria are not met but product has shipped and released from inventory. Deferred cost of sales are included in prepaid and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets. Incentive Compensation Costs We generally expense incentive compensation associated with our internal sales force when incurred because the amortization period for such costs, if capitalized, would have been one year or less. We record these costs in selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated statements of operations. Product Shipment Costs We record the amounts we charge our customers for the shipping and handling of our products in revenue and we record the related costs as cost of sales in our statements of operations. Research and Development We expense costs of research and development as we incur them. Our research and development expenses primarily consist of engineering and research expenses related to our continuous glucose monitoring technology, clinical trials, regulatory expenses, quality assurance programs, materials and products for clinical trials. Research and development expenses primarily consist of employee compensation, including salary, fringe benefits, share-based compensation, and temporary employee expenses. We also incur significant expenses to operate our clinical trials that include clinical site reimbursement, clinical trial product, and associated travel expenses. Our research and development expenses also include fees for design services, contractors, and development materials. Our CGM systems include certain software that we develop. We expense software development costs as we incur them until technological feasibility has been established, at which time we capitalize development costs until the product is available for general release to customers. To date, our software has been available for general release concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility and, accordingly, we have not capitalized any development costs. Advertising Costs We expense costs to produce advertising as we incur them whereas costs to communicate advertising are expensed when the advertising is first run. Advertising costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising expense was $76.5 million, $33.1 million and $24.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Leases We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Lease right-of-use assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The interest rate used to determine the present value of the future lease payments is our incremental borrowing rate, because the interest rate implicit in most of our leases is not readily determinable. Our incremental borrowing rate is estimated to approximate the interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar terms and payments, and in similar economic environments. The operating lease right-of-use asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which are generally accounted for separately. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease payments that do not depend on a rate or index, payments associated with non-lease components, and costs related to leases with terms of less than 12 months are expensed as incurred. F-17 Share-Based Compensation Share-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the award and is recognized straight-line over the requisite service period of the individual grants, which typically equals the vesting period. We value time-based Restricted Stock Units or RSUs at the date of grant using the intrinsic value method. Certain RSUs granted to senior management vest based on the achievement of pre-established performance or market goals. We estimate the fair value of performance/market-based RSUs at the date of grant using the intrinsic value method and the probability that the specified performance criteria will be met. We update our assessment of the probability that the specified performance criteria will be achieved each quarter and adjust our estimate of the fair value of the performance-based RSUs if necessary. The Monte Carlo methodology that we use to estimate the fair value of market-based RSUs at the date of grant incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. Provided that the requisite service is rendered, the total fair value of the market-based RSUs at the date of grant must be recognized as compensation expense even if the market condition is not achieved. However, the number of shares that ultimately vest can vary significantly with the performance of the specified market criteria. If any of the assumptions used change significantly, share-based compensation expense may differ materially from what we have recorded in the current period. We account for forfeitures as they occur by reversing any share-based compensation expense related to awards that will not vest. Net Income (Loss) Per Share Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period and, when dilutive, potential common share equivalents. Potentially dilutive common shares consist of shares issuable from stock options, restricted stock units, warrants, and our senior convertible notes. Potentially dilutive common shares issuable upon vesting of stock options and restricted stock units and exercise of warrants are determined using the average share price for each period under the treasury stock method. Potentially dilutive common shares issuable upon conversion of our senior convertible notes are determined using the if-converted method. In periods of net losses, we exclude all potentially dilutive common shares from the computation of the diluted net loss per share for those periods as the effect would be anti-dilutive. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods shown. (In millions) Net income (loss) Net income (loss) per common share Basic Diluted Basic weighted average shares outstanding Dilutive potential common stock outstanding: Stock options and employee stock purchase plan Restricted stock units Warrants Senior convertible notes Diluted weighted average shares outstanding $ $ $ Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 493.6 $ 101.1 $ (127.1) 5.23 $ 5.06 $ 1.11 $ 1.10 $ 94.4 — 1.0 2.1 — 97.5 91.1 — 1.2 — — 92.3 (1.44) (1.44) 88.2 — — — — 88.2 Outstanding anti-dilutive securities not included in the diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders calculations were as follows: F-18 (In millions) Stock options Restricted stock units Warrants Senior convertible notes Total Recent Accounting Guidance Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 — — — 7.2 7.2 — 0.2 5.2 9.2 14.6 0.1 2.7 5.2 9.2 17.2 In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which amends the impairment model by requiring entities to use a forward-looking approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables and available-for-sale debt securities. This update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those periods, and early adoption is permitted. Our adoption of ASU 2016-13 at the beginning of the first quarter of 2020 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. In addition, the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2 (“COVID-19”), has not had a significant impact on our expected credit losses or our consolidated financial statements during 2020. We are continuing to monitor the impact of COVID-19 on expected credit losses. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (ASU 2017-04). This new guidance eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Instead, entities will record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. ASU 2017-04 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. Our adoption of ASU 2017-04 at the beginning of the first quarter of 2020 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement: Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (ASU 2018-13), which adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Under the new guidance, entities will no longer be required to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, or valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. However, public business entities will be required to disclose the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements, and related changes in unrealized gains and losses included in other comprehensive income. ASU 2018-13 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. Our adoption of ASU 2018-13 at the beginning of the first quarter of 2020 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software: Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract (ASU 2018-15). This new guidance requires a customer in a cloud computing arrangement to determine which implementation costs to capitalize as assets or expense as incurred. Capitalized implementation costs related to a hosting arrangement that is a service contract will be amortized over the term of the hosting arrangement, beginning when the module or component of the hosting arrangement is ready for its intended use. ASU 2018-15 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. Application of this guidance can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. We adopted the new standard on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. Our adoption of ASU 2018-15 at the beginning of the first quarter of 2020 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects of the income tax accounting guidance, including requirements such as tax basis step-up in goodwill obtained in a transaction that is not a business combination, ownership changes in investments, and interim-period accounting for enacted changes in tax law. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements. F-19 In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40). This new guidance is intended to reduce the complexity of accounting for convertible instruments. The guidance also addresses how convertible instruments are accounted for in the diluted earnings per share calculation and requires enhanced disclosures about the terms of convertible instruments. Entities may adopt ASU 2020-06 using either a partial retrospective or fully retrospective method of transition. This ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements. 2. Development and Other Agreements Collaboration with Verily Life Sciences On November 20, 2018, we entered into an Amended and Restated Collaboration and License Agreement with Verily Life Sciences LLC (an Alphabet Company) and Verily Ireland Limited (collectively, Verily), which we refer to as the Restated Collaboration Agreement. This replaced our original Collaboration and License Agreement with Verily dated August 10, 2015, as amended in October 2016, including the royalty obligations provisions under that original agreement. Pursuant to the Restated Collaboration Agreement, we and Verily have agreed to continue to jointly develop a certain next-generation CGM product, and potentially one or more additional CGM products, for which we will have exclusive commercialization rights. The Restated Collaboration Agreement also provides us with an exclusive license to use intellectual property of Verily resulting from the collaboration, and certain Verily patents, in the development, manufacture and commercialization of blood-based or interstitial glucose monitoring products more generally (subject to certain exclusions, which are outside of the CGM field as it is commonly understood). It also provides us with non-exclusive license rights under Verily’s other intellectual property rights to develop, manufacture and commercialize those kinds of glucose monitoring products and certain CGM-product companion software functionalities. The Restated Collaboration Agreement requires us to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, launch and commercialize the CGM product(s) that are the subject of the collaboration according to certain timing and other objectives, and provides for one executive sponsor from each of Dexcom and Verily to meet periodically and make decisions related to the collaboration (within a limited scope of authority) by consensus. In consideration of Verily’s performance of its obligations under the joint development plan of the Restated Collaboration Agreement, the licenses granted to us and the amendment of the original agreement, we have made upfront and incentive payments and we will make potential future milestone payments upon the achievement of certain goals. In the fourth quarter of 2018, we made an initial payment of $250.0 million through the issuance of 1,840,943 shares of our common stock. We recorded a $217.7 million charge in our consolidated statements of operations during 2018 relating to the issuance of this common stock because this milestone payment did not meet the capitalization criteria. The amount of the charge was based on our closing stock price of $118.28 per share on December 28, 2018, the date on which we obtained the necessary regulatory approvals and the transaction closed. During 2020 we made no incentive payments, while in 2019 we made incentive payments of $3.2 million due to the completion of certain development obligations and we recorded these payments as research and development expense in our consolidated statements of operations. Additional milestone payments of up to a total of $275.0 million may become due and payable by us upon the achievement of future development, product regulatory approval and revenue milestones. These payments may be paid in cash or shares of our common stock, at our election. If we elect to make all $275.0 million of these payments in shares, we will issue a total of 2,025,036 shares of our common stock, based on the volume weighted average trading price during the 15 consecutive days ending on the date of the Restated Collaboration Agreement. Alternatively, if we elect to make all $275.0 million of these payments in cash, any such cash payment would be equal to the number of shares that would otherwise be issued for the given milestone payment multiplied by the value of our stock on the date the relevant milestone is achieved, adjusted for stock splits, dividends, and the like. The Restated Collaboration Agreement will continue until December 31, 2028, unless terminated by either party upon uncured material breach of the Restated Collaboration Agreement by the other party. Upon achievement of the first revenue milestone event and payment of the corresponding milestone fee by us, the term of the Restated Collaboration Agreement will be extended until December 31, 2033. 3. Fair Value Measurements Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis We estimate the fair value of our Level 1 financial instruments, which are in active markets, using unadjusted quoted market prices for identical instruments. F-20 We obtain the fair values for our Level 2 financial instruments, which are not in active markets, from a primary professional pricing source that uses quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments, rather than direct observations of quoted prices in active markets. Fair values obtained from this professional pricing source can also be based on pricing models whereby all significant observable inputs, including maturity dates, issue dates, settlement dates, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issue spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers or other market related data, are observable or can be derived from, or corroborated by, observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset. We validate the quoted market prices provided by our primary pricing service by comparing the fair values of our Level 2 marketable securities portfolio balance provided by our primary pricing service against the fair values of our Level 2 marketable securities portfolio balance provided by our investment managers. The following table summarizes financial assets that we measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020, classified in accordance with the fair value hierarchy: (In millions) Cash equivalents Debt securities, available for sale: U.S. government agencies Commercial paper Corporate debt Total debt securities, available for sale Other assets (1) Fair Value Measurements Using Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total $ 491.5 $ 150.0 $ — $ 641.5 — — — — 3.4 1,570.4 258.8 60.9 1,890.1 — — — — — — 1,570.4 258.8 60.9 1,890.1 3.4 Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis $ 494.9 $ 2,040.1 $ — $ 2,535.0 (1) Includes assets which are held pursuant to a deferred compensation plan for senior management, which consist mainly of mutual funds. The following table summarizes financial assets that we measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2019, classified in accordance with the fair value hierarchy: (In millions) Cash equivalents Debt securities, available for sale: U.S. government agencies Commercial paper Corporate debt Total debt securities, available for sale Other assets (1) Fair Value Measurements Using Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total $ 110.1 $ 144.9 $ — $ 255.0 — — — — 0.7 676.0 248.2 162.9 1,087.1 — — — — — — 676.0 248.2 162.9 1,087.1 0.7 Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis $ 110.8 $ 1,232.0 $ — $ 1,342.8 (1) Includes assets which are held pursuant to a deferred compensation plan for our executives, which consist mainly of mutual funds. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 securities during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 securities during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. F-21 We hold certain other investments that we do not measure at fair value on a recurring basis. The carrying values of these investments are not significant and we include them in other assets in our consolidated balance sheets. It is impracticable for us to estimate the fair value of these investments on a recurring basis due to the fact that these entities are often privately held and limited information is available. We monitor the information that becomes available from time to time and adjust the carrying values of these investments if there are identified events or changes in circumstances that have a significant adverse effect on the fair values. Fair Value of Senior Convertible Notes The fair value, based on trading prices (Level 1), of our senior convertible notes were as follows as of the dates indicated: (In millions) Senior Convertible Notes due 2022 Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 Senior Convertible Notes due 2025 Total fair value of outstanding senior convertible notes *Not applicable as no notes were outstanding at this date. Fair Value Measurements Using Level 1 December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ $ * * $ 1,936.4 1,219.2 3,155.6 $ 890.8 1,260.0 * 2,150.8 For more information on the carrying values of our senior convertible notes, see Note 5, “Debt.” Foreign Currency and Derivative Financial Instruments From time to time we engage in hedging transactions to reduce foreign currency risks. The fair values of these derivatives are based on quoted market prices, which are Level 1 inputs, and the derivative instruments are recorded in current assets or current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets consistent with the nature of the instrument at period end. Derivative gains and losses are included in interest and other income, net in our consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, notional amounts of $48.0 million and $8.0 million, respectively, were outstanding to hedge certain foreign currency risk. The resulting impact on our consolidated financial statements from currency hedging activities was not significant for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Our foreign currency exposures vary but are primarily concentrated in the British Pound, the Euro, and the Canadian Dollar. We monitor the costs and the impact of foreign currency risks upon our financial results as part of our risk management program. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculation or trading purposes or for activities other than risk management. We do not require and are not required to pledge collateral for these financial instruments and we do not carry any master netting arrangements to mitigate the credit risk. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis In accordance with authoritative guidance, we measure certain non-financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These measurements are usually performed using the discounted cash flow method or cost method and Level 3 inputs. These include items such as non-financial assets and liabilities initially measured at fair value in a business combination and non-financial long-lived assets measured at fair value for an impairment assessment. In general, non-financial assets, including goodwill, intangible assets, and property and equipment, are measured at fair value when there are indicators of impairment and are recorded at fair value only when any impairment is recognized. We recorded no significant impairment losses during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. F-22 4. Balance Sheet Details Short-Term Marketable Securities Short-term marketable securities, consisting of debt securities, were as follows as of the dates indicated: (In millions) Debt securities, available for sale: U.S. government agencies Commercial paper Corporate debt Total debt securities, available for sale (In millions) Debt securities, available for sale: U.S. government agencies Commercial paper Corporate debt Total debt securities, available for sale Amortized Cost December 31, 2020 Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Estimated Market Value $ $ $ $ 1,570.4 $ 258.7 60.9 1,890.0 $ 0.1 $ 0.1 — 0.2 $ (0.1) $ — — (0.1) $ 1,570.4 258.8 60.9 1,890.1 Amortized Cost December 31, 2019 Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Estimated Market Value 675.6 $ 248.1 163.0 1,086.7 $ 0.4 $ 0.1 — 0.5 $ — $ — (0.1) (0.1) $ 676.0 248.2 162.9 1,087.1 As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, all of our debt securities had contractual maturities of less than twelve months. Gross realized gains and losses on sales of our debt securities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were not significant. We periodically review our portfolio of debt securities to determine if any investment is impaired due to credit loss or other potential valuation concerns. For debt securities where the fair value of the investment is less than the amortized cost basis, we have assessed at the individual security level for various quantitative factors including, but not limited to, the nature of the investments, changes in credit ratings, interest rate fluctuations, industry analyst reports, and the severity of impairment. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities at December 31, 2020 were not significant and were primarily due to changes in interest rates, including market credit spreads, and not due to increased credit risks associated with specific securities. Accordingly, we have not recorded an allowance for credit losses. We do not intend to sell these investments and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity. The following table reconciles the net gain recognized on marketable equity securities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 to the unrealized gain recognized during those periods on equity securities still held at the reporting dates. (In millions) Net gains and losses recognized during the period on equity securities Less: Net gains and losses recognized during the period on equity securities sold during the period Unrealized gains recognized during the reporting period on equity securities still held at the reporting date $ $ Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 — $ — — $ (4.2) $ 4.2 — $ 80.1 (44.1) 36.0 F-23 Accounts Receivable (In millions) Accounts receivable Less allowance for doubtful accounts Total accounts receivable, net Inventory (In millions) Raw materials Work-in-process Finished goods Total inventory December 31, 2020 2019 435.7 $ (7.2) 428.5 $ 292.1 (5.8) 286.3 December 31, 2020 2019 69.9 $ 14.2 150.6 234.7 $ 64.9 11.1 43.8 119.8 $ $ $ $ During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recorded excess and obsolete inventory charges of $24.4 million and $14.1 million, respectively, in cost of sales as a result of our ongoing assessment of sales demand, inventory on hand for each product and the continuous improvement and innovation of our products. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, we recorded excess and obsolete inventory charges of $7.3 million in cost of sales primarily as a result of the approval and launch of our G6 system and our ongoing assessment of sales demand and the continuous improvement and innovation of our products. Property and Equipment (1) (In millions) (1) Land Building Furniture and fixtures Computer software and hardware Machinery and equipment Leasehold improvements Construction in progress Total cost Less accumulated depreciation and amortization Total property and equipment, net (1) Represents our finance lease right-of-use assets. December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 15.6 $ 49.2 15.3 35.7 198.9 135.8 219.0 669.5 (154.2) 515.3 $ — 15.5 12.8 32.7 130.2 102.5 132.6 426.3 (105.0) 321.3 Depreciation expense related to property and equipment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $64.0 million, $46.9 million, and $28.6 million, respectively. Loss on disposal of property and equipment during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 recorded in operating expenses was $13.6 million, $10.5 million and $5.4 million, respectively. F-24 Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities (In millions) Accounts payable trade Accrued tax, audit, and legal fees Accrued rebates Accrued warranty Other accrued liabilities Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities Accrued Warranty December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 163.3 $ 15.3 247.0 11.7 43.8 481.1 $ 102.3 14.0 93.3 7.4 39.4 256.4 Warranty costs are reflected in our statements of operations as cost of sales. Reconciliations of our accrued warranty costs for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows: (In millions) Beginning balance Charges to costs and expenses Costs incurred Ending balance Other Long-Term Liabilities (In millions) Finance lease obligations Contractual obligations Other liabilities Total other liabilities Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 7.4 $ 41.3 (37.0) 11.7 $ December 31, 2020 2019 54.0 $ 12.6 14.3 80.9 $ 6.8 32.7 (32.1) 7.4 14.4 — 5.7 20.1 $ $ $ $ F-25 5. Debt Senior Convertible Notes The carrying amounts of our senior convertible notes were as follows as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in millions) Principal amount: Senior Convertible Notes due 2022 Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 Senior Convertible Notes due 2025 Total principal amount Unamortized debt discount Unamortized debt issuance costs Carrying amount of liability component Carrying value of equity component Remaining amortization period of debt discount on the liability component: Senior Convertible Notes due 2022 Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 Senior Convertible Notes due 2025 * Not applicable as no notes were outstanding at this date. December 31, 2020 2019 — $ 850.0 1,207.5 2,057.5 (371.1) (19.2) 1,667.2 $ 400.0 850.0 — 1,250.0 (177.2) (13.1) 1,059.7 461.0 $ 242.2 $ $ $ * 2.9 years 4.9 years 2.5 years 4.0 years * For our senior convertible notes for which the if-converted value exceeded the principal amount, the amount in excess of principal is as follows as of the dates indicated: (In millions) Senior Convertible Notes due 2022 Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 Total by which the notes’ if-converted value exceeds their principal amount * Not applicable as no notes were outstanding at this date. F-26 December 31, 2020 2019 * $ 1,077.5 1,077.5 $ $ 486.2 372.4 858.6 The following table summarizes the components of interest expense and the effective interest rates for each of our senior convertible notes for the periods shown. (Dollars in millions) Cash interest expense: Contractual coupon interest (1) Non-cash interest expense: Accretion of debt discount Amortization of debt issuance costs Total interest expense recognized on senior notes Effective interest rates: Senior Convertible Notes due 2022 Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 Senior Convertible Notes due 2025 (2) 2020 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 9.3 $ 9.3 $ 68.6 4.0 81.9 $ 45.8 3.7 58.8 $ 5.1 % 5.6 % 5.5 % 5.1 % 5.6 % * 3.5 16.0 1.8 21.3 5.1 % 5.6 % * (1) Interest on the 2022 Notes began accruing upon issuance and was payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. Interest on the 2023 Notes began accruing upon issuance and is payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year. Interest on the 2025 Notes began accruing upon issuance and is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. (2) The effective interest rate presented represents the rate applicable for the period outstanding. The Senior Convertible Notes due 2022 were fully redeemed by July 31, 2020, as described below. * Not applicable as no notes were outstanding at this date. 0.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2022 In June 2017, we completed an offering of $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior convertible notes with a stated interest rate of 0.75% and a maturity date of May 15, 2022 (the 2022 Notes). The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting initial purchasers’ discounts and costs directly related to the offering, were approximately $389.0 million. The initial conversion rate of the 2022 Notes was 10.0918 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes, which was equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $99.09 per share, subject to adjustments. The 2022 Notes could be settled in cash, stock, or a combination thereof, solely at our discretion. We used the if-converted method for assumed conversion of the 2022 Notes to compute the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding for diluted earnings per share. Since upon conversion by the holders we could elect to settle such conversion in shares of our common stock, cash, or a combination thereof, we accounted for the cash conversion option as an equity instrument classified to stockholders’ equity. As a result, we recognized $70.6 million in additional paid-in-capital, net of debt issuance costs, during 2017. No principal payments were due on the 2022 Notes prior to maturity. Other than restrictions relating to certain fundamental changes and consolidations, mergers or asset sales and customary anti-dilution adjustments, the indenture relating to the 2022 Notes included customary terms and covenants, including certain events of default after which the 2022 Notes could be due and payable immediately. Conversion Rights at the Option of the Holders In the event of a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture related to the 2022 Notes), holders of the 2022 Notes had the right to require us to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2022 Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Holders of the 2022 Notes who would convert their notes in connection with a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the indenture) or following the delivery by Dexcom of a notice of redemption were, under certain circumstances, entitled to an increase in the conversion rate. Prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately preceding February 15, 2022, holders of the 2022 Notes could convert all or a portion of their notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, only under the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter commencing after September 30, 2017 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of Dexcom’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during F-27 the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price of the 2022 Notes on each such trading day; during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 2022 Notes for each day of that five day consecutive trading day period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of Dexcom’s common stock and the applicable conversion rate of the Notes on such trading day; if we called any or all of the Notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close on business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or (2) (3) (4) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions. On or after February 15, 2022, until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders of the 2022 Notes could convert all or a portion of their notes regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Circumstance (1) listed above occurred during the quarters ended December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020. As a result, the 2022 Notes became convertible at the option of the holder from January 1, 2020 through June 30, 2020. On June 29, 2020, Dexcom issued a notice of redemption to the holders of its outstanding 2022 Notes which is described below. Conversion Rights at Our Option On or after May 15, 2020, Dexcom could redeem for cash all or part of the 2022 Notes, at its option, if the last reported sale price of our common stock had been at least 140% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which Dexcom provided notice of redemption. The redemption price would be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2022 Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. Repurchase, Conversion, and Redemption of 2022 Notes In May 2020, we used approximately $282.6 million of the net proceeds from the 2025 Notes offering described below and issued 1,953,067 shares of Dexcom common stock to repurchase $260.0 million principal amount outstanding of the 2022 Notes and the associated conversion feature of the repurchased notes (which was recorded in additional paid-in capital). In addition, holders of 2022 Notes with a principal amount of $140.0 million exercised their option to convert their 2022 Notes during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. We settled these conversions by issuing 1,412,497 shares of our common stock. As a result of the repurchase and conversions of the 2022 Notes, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $5.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. The loss on extinguishment of debt included the unamortized debt issuance costs for the 2022 Notes. On June 29, 2020, we issued a notice of redemption to the holders of our outstanding 2022 Notes pursuant to which we would redeem the outstanding 2022 Notes for cash at a price of 100% of the principal amount of the 2022 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on July 31, 2020, unless earlier converted. The principal amount of 2022 Notes actually redeemed for cash was not significant. 0.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 In November 2018, we completed an offering of $850.0 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior convertible notes with a stated interest rate of 0.75% and a maturity date of December 1, 2023 (the 2023 Notes). The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting initial purchasers’ discounts and costs directly related to the offering, were approximately $836.6 million. The initial conversion rate of the 2023 Notes is 6.0869 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $164.29 per share, subject to adjustments. We entered into transactions for a convertible note hedge (the 2023 Note Hedge) and warrants (the 2023 Warrants) concurrently with the issuance of the 2023 Notes. The 2023 Notes may be settled in cash, stock, or a combination thereof, solely at our discretion. We use the if-converted method for assumed conversion of the 2023 Notes to compute the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding for diluted earnings per share. Since upon conversion by the holders we may elect to settle such conversion in shares of our common stock, cash, or a combination thereof, we accounted for the cash conversion option as an equity instrument classified to stockholders’ equity. As a result, we recognized $171.6 million in additional paid-in capital, net of debt issuance costs, during 2018. No principal payments are due on the 2023 Notes prior to maturity. Other than restrictions relating to certain fundamental changes and consolidations, mergers or asset sales and customary anti-dilution adjustments, the indenture relating to the 2023 Notes includes customary terms and covenants, including certain events of default after which the 2023 Notes may be due and payable immediately. F-28 Conversion Rights at the Option of the Holders Holders of the 2023 Notes have the right to require us to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture relating to the notes). We will also be required to increase the conversion rate for holders who convert their 2023 Notes in connection with certain fundamental changes occurring prior to the maturity date or following the delivery by Dexcom of a notice of redemption. Holders of the 2023 Notes may convert all or a portion of their notes at their option prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately preceding September 1, 2023, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, only under the following circumstances: (1) (2) (3) during any calendar quarter commencing after March 31, 2019 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of Dexcom’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price of the 2023 Notes on each such trading day; during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 2023 Notes for each day of that five-day consecutive trading day period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of Dexcom’s common stock and the applicable conversion rate of the 2023 Notes on such trading day; if we call any or all of the 2023 Notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or (4) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions. On or after September 1, 2023, until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders of the 2023 Notes may convert all or a portion of their notes regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Circumstance (1) listed above occurred during the quarters ended December 31, 2019, March 1, 2020, June 30, 2020, and September 30, 2020. As a result, the 2023 Notes were convertible at the option of the holder from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020; actual conversions during that period were not significant. Circumstance (1) listed above also occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 and as a result, the 2023 Notes will be convertible at the option of the holder from January 1, 2021 through March 31, 2021. Conversion Rights at Our Option Dexcom may not redeem the 2023 Notes prior to December 1, 2021. On or after December 1, 2021 and prior to September 1, 2023, Dexcom may redeem for cash all or part of the 2023 Notes, at its option, if the last reported sale price of our common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which Dexcom provides notice of redemption. The redemption price will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2023 Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. 2023 Note Hedge In connection with the offering of the 2023 Notes, in November 2018 we entered into convertible note hedge transactions with two of the initial purchasers of the 2023 Notes (the 2023 Counterparties) entitling us to purchase up to 5.2 million shares of our common stock at an initial price of $164.29 per share, each of which is subject to adjustment. The cost of the 2023 Note Hedge was $218.9 million and we accounted for it as an equity instrument by recognizing $218.9 million in additional paid-in capital during 2018. The 2023 Note Hedge will expire on December 1, 2023. The 2023 Note Hedge is expected to reduce the potential equity dilution upon any conversion of the 2023 Notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2023 Notes if the daily volume-weighted average price per share of our common stock exceeds the strike price of the 2023 Note Hedge. The strike price of the 2023 Note Hedge initially corresponds to the conversion price of the 2023 Notes and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the 2023 Note Hedge. An assumed exercise of the 2023 Note Hedge by us is considered anti-dilutive since the effect of the inclusion would always be anti-dilutive with respect to the calculation of diluted earnings per share. 2023 Warrants In November 2018, we also sold warrants to the 2023 Counterparties to acquire up to 5.2 million shares of our common stock. The 2023 Warrants require net share settlement and a pro rated number of warrants will expire on each of the 60 scheduled trading days starting on March 1, 2024. We received $183.8 million in cash proceeds from the sale of the 2023 Warrants, which we recorded in additional paid-in capital during 2018. The 2023 Warrants could have a dilutive effect on our F-29 earnings per share to the extent that the price of our common stock during a given measurement period exceeds the strike price of the 2023 Warrants. The strike price of the 2023 Warrants is initially $198.38 per share and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the warrant agreements. We use the treasury share method for assumed conversion of the 2023 Warrants when computing the weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted earnings per share. 0.25% Senior Convertible Notes due 2025 In May 2020, we completed an offering of $1.21 billion aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior convertible notes with a stated interest rate of 0.25% and a maturity date of November 15, 2025 (the 2025 Notes). The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting initial purchasers’ discounts and estimated costs directly related to the offering, were approximately $1.19 billion. The initial conversion rate of the 2025 Notes is 1.6655 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $600.42 per share, subject to adjustments, with a maximum conversion rate of 2.3732. The 2025 Notes may be settled in cash, stock, or a combination thereof, solely at our discretion. We use the if-converted method for assumed conversion of the 2025 Notes to compute the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding for diluted earnings per share. Since upon conversion by the holders we may elect to settle such conversion in shares of our common stock, cash, or a combination thereof, we accounted for the cash conversion option as an equity instrument classified to stockholders’ equity. As a result, we recognized $289.4 million in additional paid-in-capital, net of debt issuance costs, during 2020. No principal payments are due on the 2025 Notes prior to maturity. Other than restrictions relating to certain fundamental changes and consolidations, mergers or asset sales and customary anti-dilution adjustments, the indenture relating to the 2025 Notes includes customary terms and covenants, including certain events of default after which the 2025 Notes may be due and payable immediately. Conversion Rights at the Option of the Holders In the event of a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture related to the 2025 Notes), holders of the 2025 Notes have the right to require us to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Holders of the 2025 Notes who convert their notes in connection with a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the indenture) or following the delivery by Dexcom of a notice of redemption are, under certain circumstances, entitled to an increase in the conversion rate. Prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately preceding August 15, 2025, holders of the 2025 Notes may convert all or a portion of their notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, only under the following circumstances: (1) (2) (3) during any calendar quarter commencing after September 30, 2020 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of Dexcom’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price of the Notes on each such trading day; during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes for each day of that five day consecutive trading day period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of Dexcom’s common stock and the applicable conversion rate of the Notes on such trading day; if we call any or all of the Notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or (4) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions. On or after August 15, 2025, until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders of the 2025 Notes may convert all or a portion of their notes regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Conversion Rights at Our Option Dexcom may not redeem the 2025 Notes prior to May 20, 2023. On or after May 20, 2023 and prior to August 15, 2025, Dexcom may redeem for cash all or part of the 2025 Notes, at its option, if the last reported sale price of our common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which Dexcom provides notice of redemption. The redemption price will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. F-30 Revolving Credit Agreement Terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement On December 19, 2018, we entered into an amended and restated revolving credit agreement which was subsequently amended on May 11, 2020 (as amended, the Credit Agreement). The Credit Agreement provides for available principal amount of $200.0 million which can be increased up to $500.0 million at our option subject to customary conditions and approval of our lenders. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are available for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. Information related to availability and outstanding borrowings on our Credit Agreement is as follows as of the date indicated: (In millions) Available principal amount Letters of credit sub-facility Outstanding borrowings Outstanding letters of credit Total available balance December 31, 2020 200.0 10.0 — 6.3 193.7 $ $ Revolving loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest at our choice of one of two base rates plus a range of applicable margin rates that are based on our leverage ratio. The first base rate is the highest of (a) the publicly announced JPMorgan Chase prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate, or (c) the overnight bank funding rate, and the applicable margin rate ranges from 0.375% to 1.000%. The second base rate is a LIBOR-based rate, and the applicable margin rate ranges from 1.375% to 2.000%. We will also pay a commitment fee of between 0.2% and 0.3%, payable quarterly in arrears, on the average daily unused amount of the revolving facility based on our leverage ratio. The Credit Agreement will mature on the earlier to occur of (i) December 19, 2023 or (ii) 91 days prior to the maturity date of the 2022 Notes or (iii) 91 days prior to the maturity date of the 2023 Notes if both (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2022 Notes or the 2023 Notes, as applicable, is greater than EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to such date and (b) unrestricted domestic cash on hand is less than the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2022 Notes or the 2023 Notes, as applicable, plus $100.0 million. Our obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by our existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, and are secured by a first- priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Dexcom and the guarantors, including all or a portion of the equity interests of our domestic subsidiaries and first-tier foreign subsidiaries but excluding real property and intellectual property (which is subject to a negative pledge). The Credit Agreement contains covenants that limit certain indebtedness, liens, investments, transactions with affiliates, dividends and other restricted payments, subordinated indebtedness and amendments to subordinated indebtedness documents, and sale and leaseback transactions of Dexcom or any of its domestic subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement also requires us to maintain a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. We were in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2020. 6. Leases And Other Commitments Leases We lease office, manufacturing and warehouse space facilities under various domestic and international non-cancellable operating lease arrangements that expire at various times through December 2030. We also have one land lease that expires in 2080. Certain of our leases have renewal options which allow us to extend the lease term typically between three and five years per option and some of our leases have multiple options to extend. The remaining lease terms of our leases range from less than one year to approximately twenty years and represent the non-cancellable periods of the leases, including extension options that we determined are reasonably certain to be exercised. Leases are classified as operating or financing at lease commencement. We adopted ASC 842 utilizing the modified retrospective transition method through a $2.1 million cumulative-effect adjustment to accumulated deficit at the beginning of the first quarter of 2019. We will continue to report financial information for fiscal years prior to 2019 under the previous lease accounting standards and as such prior comparative periods have not been recast. We elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance in the new standard, which allowed us to carry forward the historical classification of leases that were in place as of January 1, 2019. F-31 Under the previous lease accounting standards we were deemed the owner of our Mesa, Arizona building during the construction period. As a result of our adoption of ASC 842, we have de-recognized the estimated fair value of the building shell and the related lease liability as of December 31, 2018 and recorded the difference between the asset and liability as an adjustment to retained earnings at the beginning of the first quarter of 2019. In addition, as a result of our adoption of ASC 842 we recorded operating lease right-of-use assets of $26.7 million, finance lease right-of-use assets of $15.3 million, operating lease liabilities of $40.4 million and finance lease liabilities of $15.9 million in our consolidated balance sheets at the beginning of the first quarter of 2019, with no material impact to our consolidated statements of operations. Operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are presented separately in our consolidated balance sheets. Finance lease right-of-use assets are included in property and equipment and finance lease liabilities are included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and in other long-term liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2020, the maturities of our operating and finance lease liabilities were as shown in the table below: (In millions) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Total future lease cost (1) Less: Imputed interest Present value of future payments Less: Current portion Long-term portion Operating Leases $ Finance Leases 10.7 4.2 4.3 4.5 4.6 68.7 97.0 (34.2) 62.8 (8.8) 54.0 21.2 $ 22.1 22.4 20.8 20.0 32.0 138.5 (20.2) 118.3 (16.5) 101.8 $ $ (1) Total future lease cost excludes $16.3 million of legally binding minimum lease payments for leases signed but not yet commenced. Certain lease agreements require us to return designated areas of leased space to its original condition upon termination of the lease agreement, for which we record an asset retirement obligation and a corresponding capital asset in an amount equal to the estimated fair value of the obligation. In subsequent periods, the asset retirement obligation is accreted for the change in its present value and the capitalized asset is depreciated, both over the term of the associated lease agreement. Asset retirement obligations of $4.5 million and $2.6 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, are included under “Other long-term liabilities” in our consolidated balance sheets. F-32 The components of lease expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows: (In millions) Finance lease cost: Amortization of right-of-use assets Interest on lease liabilities Operating lease cost Short-term lease cost (2) Variable lease cost (1) Total lease cost Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 2.0 $ 1.9 18.4 1.3 4.2 27.8 $ 1.1 0.8 12.2 3.5 3.9 21.5 (1) (2) Short-term lease cost is primarily related to temporary office space associated with the transition of certain operations to the Philippines. Variable lease costs are primarily related to common area maintenance charges and property taxes. Prior to January 1, 2019, we recorded operating lease rent expense under ASC 840 on a straight-line basis over the non-cancellable lease term. Rent expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 was $12.5 million. Other information related to leases was as shown in the table below. All figures include the leases recorded at the beginning of the first quarter of 2019 as a result of our adoption of ASC 842. (Dollars in millions) Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows from operating leases Operating cash flows from finance leases Financing cash flows from finance leases Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities: Operating leases Finance leases Weighted average remaining lease term: Operating leases Finance leases Weighted average discount rate: Operating leases Finance leases Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 18.3 $ 0.7 8.5 33.5 41.7 $ 14.3 0.8 0.5 80.6 15.5 6.1 years 23.3 years 6.2 years 13.3 years 5.0% 5.2% 5.0% 5.0% Amortization of operating lease right-of-use asset included in cash flows from operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows was $12.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and $9.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019. Purchase Commitments We are party to various purchase arrangements related to our manufacturing and research and development activities. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $335.6 million of open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business, the majority of which are due within one year. F-33 7. Contingencies Litigation We are subject to various claims, complaints and legal actions that arise from time to time in the normal course of business, including commercial insurance, product liability, intellectual property and employment related matters. In addition, from time to time we may bring claims or initiate lawsuits against various third parties with respect to matters arising out of the ordinary course of our business, including commercial and employment related matters. We do not believe we are party to any currently pending legal proceedings, the outcome of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. There can be no assurance that existing or future legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 8. Income Taxes Income (loss) before income taxes subject to taxes in the following jurisdictions is as follows: (In millions) United States Outside of the United States Total Significant components of the provision for income taxes are as follows: (In millions) Current: Federal State Foreign Total current income taxes Deferred: Federal State Foreign Total deferred income taxes Total F-34 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 270.7 $ (45.7) 225.0 $ 119.1 $ (14.9) 104.2 $ (28.3) (98.2) (126.5) Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 — $ 6.1 2.6 8.7 (198.8) (51.4) (27.1) (277.3) (268.6) $ — $ 1.0 1.9 2.9 — — 0.2 0.2 3.1 $ — 2.7 0.1 2.8 (1.7) (0.5) — (2.2) 0.6 $ $ $ $ Significant loss and tax credit carryforwards and years of expiration are as follows: (In millions) Net Operating Loss: Federal California Other States UK Tax Credits: Federal California December 31, 2020 2019 Year of Expiration $ $ 169.1 $ 236.3 36.1 113.2 73.1 66.2 $ 438.8 235.3 88.8 124.1 54.4 52.7 2027 2029 2030 Indefinite 2026 Indefinite On June 29, 2020, California’s Governor Newsom signed AB 85 into law, suspending California net operating loss utilization and imposing a $5.0 million cap on the amount of business incentive tax credits companies can utilize, effective for tax years 2020 through 2022. As a result of the legislation, we are utilizing $2.4 million of California research and development credits for the tax year ended December 31, 2020. Utilization of net operating losses and credit carryforwards is subject to an annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. An ownership change limitation occurred as a result of the stock offering completed in February 2009. The limitation will result in approximately $1.9 million of U.S. research and development tax credits that will expire unused. The related deferred tax assets have been removed from the components of our deferred tax assets as summarized in the table below. The tax benefits related to the remaining federal and state net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be further limited or lost if future cumulative changes in ownership exceed 50% within any three-year period. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are shown below. Significant judgment is required to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. We review all available positive and negative evidence, including projections of pre-tax book income, earnings history, reliability of forecasting, and reversal of temporary differences. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings in applicable tax jurisdictions. Prior to 2020, due to our U.S. operating losses and earnings volatility in previous years, which did not allow sustainable profitability, we had established and maintained a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets. In 2020, we achieved three years of cumulative income. We analyzed both positive and negative evidence, and as a result, we released our valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets, with the exception of our California research and development tax credits and certain foreign intangible assets, as it is more likely than not that those deferred tax assets will not be realized. F-35 (In millions) Deferred tax assets: Net operating loss carryforwards Capitalized research and development expenses Tax credits Share-based compensation Fixed and intangible assets Accrued liabilities and reserves Convertible debt Total gross deferred tax assets Less: valuation allowance Total net deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Fixed assets and acquired intangibles assets Convertible debt discount Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) December 31, 2020 2019 69.2 $ 53.6 101.1 13.0 16.9 110.3 — 364.1 (55.5) 308.6 (36.3) (55.9) (92.2) 216.4 $ 127.4 57.1 78.6 10.9 14.0 62.0 1.7 351.7 (332.2) 19.5 (19.6) — (19.6) (0.1) $ $ We released $287.2 million of valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets, of which $285.5 million was recorded to income tax benefit and $1.7 million was recorded to additional paid-in capital. We maintain a valuation allowance of $55.5 million against our California research and development tax credits and certain foreign intangible assets. The reconciliation between our effective tax rate on income (loss) from continuing operations and the statutory rate is as follows: (In millions) U.S. federal statutory tax rate State income tax, net of federal benefit Permanent items Research and development credits Foreign rate differential Stock and officers compensation Change in statutory tax rates Impact of adoption of ASU 2016-16 Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 Other Change in valuation allowance Income taxes at effective rates Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 $ $ 47.3 $ 3.2 13.1 (24.4) (0.1) (28.7) (4.1) — — 0.1 (275.0) (268.6) $ 21.9 $ (2.3) 1.0 (10.8) 5.6 (14.7) — — — (1.0) 3.4 3.1 $ (26.6) (5.5) 1.3 (11.7) 3.7 (5.1) — (13.3) (0.4) 1.3 56.9 0.6 On June 22, 2020, the Supreme Court effectively resolved the Altera Corp. v. Commissioner case when it denied its petition to hear the case. Altera Corp. argued that the Treasury Department’s regulation requiring related companies to share the cost of stock-based employee compensation is arbitrary, and thus invalid. The denial to hear the case supports that related companies should share in the cost of stock-based employee compensation. Pursuant to an Altera clause in our cost-sharing agreement, we recalculated and retroactively billed stock-based compensation for years 2016-2020, resulting in an additional $32.0 million cost-share payment. The 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act included provisions for tax on Global Intangible Low-taxed Income (“GILTI”) effective for tax years of foreign corporations beginning after December 31, 2017. We have elected to account for GILTI in the period the tax is incurred. F-36 The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits: (In millions) Balance at January 1, 2018 Decreases related to prior year tax positions Increases related to current year tax positions Decrease related to Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 Balance at December 31, 2018 Decreases related to prior year tax positions Increases related to current year tax positions Balance at December 31, 2019 Decreases related to prior year tax positions Increases related to current year tax positions Balance at December 31, 2020 $ $ 22.8 (0.3) 3.4 — 25.9 (0.9) 4.5 29.5 (0.9) 8.0 36.6 Of the total unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, $23.5 million, $0, and $0, respectively, would reduce our annual effective tax rate if recognized. Interest and penalties are classified as a component of income tax expense and were not material for any period presented. We conduct business globally and consequently file income tax returns and are subject to routine compliance audits in numerous jurisdictions including those material jurisdictions listed in the following table. We are currently under a routine examination by the Federal Central Office in Germany for fiscal years 2016-2018. We do not expect any material adjustments as a result of this audit. The U.S. net operating losses generated since 1999 and utilized in recent years are open for examination. The years remaining subject to audit, by major jurisdiction, are as follows: Jurisdiction United States (Federal and state) Germany United Kingdom Canada Fiscal Year 1999 - 2020 2016 - 2020 2017 - 2020 2015 - 2020 We operate under a tax holiday in the Philippines, which is effective through December 31, 2023, and may be extended for another three years if certain additional requirements are satisfied. The tax holiday is conditional upon remaining in good standing, committing no violation of PEZA Rules and Regulations, pertinent circulars and directives. The impact of this tax holiday decreased foreign taxes by $0.1 million in 2020. We have been granted an investment tax allowance incentive by the Malaysian Investment Development Authority (MIDA) in Malaysia, which is effective through December 31, 2025. The tax incentive had no effect on foreign taxes during 2020. We have approximately $1.4 million of undistributed earnings attributable to operations in our controlled foreign corporations as of December 31, 2020. We assert that any foreign earnings will be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, we have not recorded a liability for taxes associated with any future distributions of these undistributed earnings as any distribution would be immaterial. 9. Employee Benefit Plans and Stockholders’ Equity 401(k) Plan We have a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan (the 401(k) Plan) covering substantially all employees in the United States that meet certain age requirements. Employees who participate in the 401(k) Plan may contribute up to 75% of their compensation each year, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations and the terms and conditions of the plan. Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan, we may elect to match a discretionary percentage of contributions. We match 50% of contributions up to 5% of annual compensation. Total matching contributions were $6.7 million and $4.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP Under the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the 2015 ESPP), amended in December 2019, eligible employees can purchase shares of our common stock at semi-annual intervals through periodic payroll deductions during defined Offering F-37 Periods. A total of up to 1.5 million shares may be issued under the 2015 ESPP and it expires upon the earliest to occur of (a) termination of the 2015 ESPP by our board of directors, (b) issuance of all of the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the plan, or (c) May 28, 2025. Payroll deductions may not exceed 10% of the participant’s cash compensation subject to certain limitations, and the purchase price will not be less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at either the beginning of the applicable Offering Period or the Purchase Date. We issued 89,194 and 150,408 and 189,904 shares of common stock under the 2015 ESPP during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Equity Incentive Plans In May 2015, we adopted the Amended and Restated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2015 Plan), which replaced our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and provides for the grant of incentive and nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock bonuses, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock units to employees, directors or consultants of the Company. On May 30, 2019 our stockholders approved an increase to the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2015 Plan. We are permitted to issue up to 9.8 million shares under the 2015 Plan. Treasury Stock Repurchased shares of our common stock are held as treasury shares until they are reissued or retired. When we reissue treasury stock, if the proceeds from the sale are more than the average price we paid to acquire the shares we record an increase in additional paid-in capital. Conversely, if the proceeds from the sale are less than the average price we paid to acquire the shares, we record a decrease in additional paid-in capital to the extent of increases previously recorded for similar transactions and a decrease in retained earnings for any remaining amount. We issue new shares of common stock to satisfy RSU vesting under our employee equity incentive plans. We have not yet determined the ultimate disposition of the 0.8 million shares that we repurchased in 2018, and consequently we continue to hold them as treasury shares rather than retiring them. No shares of our common stock were repurchased during 2019 or 2020. Stock Options We have not granted any stock options since 2010. As of December 31, 2020, we have no stock options outstanding. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised as of the date of exercise was as follows: (In millions) Intrinsic value of options exercised Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 $ 7.9 $ 7.4 $ 30.0 F-38 Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) RSU awards typically vest annually over three or four years and vesting is subject to continued services. A summary of our RSU activity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows: (In millions except weighted average grant date fair value) Nonvested at December 31, 2017 Granted Vested Forfeited Nonvested at December 31, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Nonvested at December 31, 2019 Granted Vested Forfeited Nonvested at December 31, 2020 Shares Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Aggregate Intrinsic Value 2.7 $ 1.7 (1.4) (0.3) 2.7 0.7 (1.4) (0.2) 1.8 0.5 (1.0) (0.1) 1.2 $ 70.68 66.07 68.44 68.56 69.19 $ 144.37 69.45 83.45 96.63 300.36 92.07 137.44 319.0 392.0 183.51 $ 430.6 The total vest-date fair value of RSUs vested was $331.8 million, $207.2 million and $120.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance were as follows as of the dated indicated: (In millions) Stock awards under our plans: Unvested restricted stock units Reserved for future grant Employee Stock Purchase Plan Total Share-based Compensation December 31, 2020 2019 1.2 4.5 0.8 6.5 1.8 4.9 0.9 7.6 The following table summarizes share-based compensation expense related to restricted stock units and employee stock purchases under the ESPP for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018: (In millions) Cost of sales Research and development Selling, general and administrative Total share-based compensation expense Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 14.6 $ 37.8 67.0 119.4 $ 9.0 $ 33.5 60.2 102.7 $ 9.2 33.0 59.7 101.9 $ $ We estimate the fair value of ESPP purchase rights on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the assumptions below for the specified reporting periods. F-39 Risk free interest rate Dividend yield Expected volatility of Dexcom common stock Expected life (in years) 2020 0.13 - 0.95 — % 0.51 - 0.63 0.5 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 1.72 - 2.55 — % 0.40 - 0.51 1 2018 1.55 - 2.25 — % 0.50 - 0.67 1 At December 31, 2020, unrecognized estimated compensation costs related to unvested restricted stock units and ESPP shares totaled $147.6 million and are expected to be recognized through 2024. 10. Business Segment and Geographic Information Reportable Segments An operating segment is identified as a component of a business that has discrete financial information available and for which the chief operating decision maker must decide the level of resource allocation. In addition, the guidance for segment reporting indicates certain quantitative materiality thresholds. None of the components of our business meet the definition of an operating segment. We currently consider our operations to be, and manage our business globally within, one reportable segment, which is consistent with how our President and Chief Executive Officer, who is our chief operating decision maker, reviews our business, makes investment and resource allocation decisions, and assesses operating performance. Disaggregation of Revenue We disaggregate revenue by geographic region and by major sales channel. We have determined that disaggregating revenue into these categories achieves the ASC Topic 606 disclosure objectives of depicting how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Dexcom is domiciled in the United States. We sell our CGM systems through a direct sales force in the United States, Canada and some countries in Europe, and through distribution arrangements in the United States, and certain countries in Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin America, and the Middle East, as well as Australia, Canada, and New Zealand. We disaggregate our revenue from contracts by geography and by major sales channel as we believe they best depict how the nature, amount and timing of revenues and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Revenues by geographic region During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, no individual country outside the United States generated revenue that represented more than 10% of our total revenue. The table below sets forth revenues by our two primary geographical markets, the United States and outside of the United States, based on the geographic location to which we deliver the product. The majority of our long-lived assets are located in the United States. (Dollars in millions) United States Outside of the United States Total Amount 1,509.5 417.2 1,926.7 $ $ Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 Amount 1,161.5 314.5 1,476.0 % of Total 79 % $ 21 % 100 % $ Amount 818.4 213.2 1,031.6 2018 % of Total 79 % 21 % 100 % 2020 % of Total 78 % $ 22 % 100 % $ F-40 Revenues by customer sales channel The following table sets forth revenues by major sales channel for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018: (Dollars in millions) Distributor Direct Total Amount 1,437.6 489.1 1,926.7 $ $ Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 Amount 1,011.6 464.4 1,476.0 % of Total 69 % $ 31 % 100 % $ Amount 652.9 378.7 1,031.6 2018 % of Total 63 % 37 % 100 % 2020 % of Total 75 % $ 25 % 100 % $ F-41 DexCom, Inc. SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (In millions) Allowance for doubtful accounts Balance at December 31, 2017 Provision for doubtful accounts Write-offs and adjustments Recoveries Balance at December 31, 2018 Allowance for doubtful accounts Balance at December 31, 2018 Provision for doubtful accounts Write-offs and adjustments Recoveries Balance at December 31, 2019 Allowance for doubtful accounts Balance at December 31, 2019 Provision for doubtful accounts Write-offs and adjustments Recoveries Balance at December 31, 2020 F-42 $ $ $ $ $ $ 11.4 3.6 (8.3) 0.5 7.2 7.2 0.9 (3.0) 0.7 5.8 5.8 3.2 (2.1) 0.3 7.2 EXHIBIT 4.04 DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 As of December 31, 2020, DexCom, Inc. (the “Company,” “we” or “our”) had one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: our common stock. Description of Capital Stock The following summary of the terms of our capital stock is based upon our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and our restated bylaws. The summary is not complete, and is qualified by reference to our restated certificate of incorporation, the certificate of amendment to the certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated by reference herein. We encourage you to read our restated certificate of incorporation, the certificate of amendment to the certificate of incorporation, our restated bylaws and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, for additional information. General We have authorized capital stock consisting of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. Common Stock Dividend rights Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. Voting rights Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. No preemptive or similar rights Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions. Right to receive liquidation distributions Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock. 1 Preferred Stock Our board of directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL, to issue from time to time up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of their qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors is also able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may be able to authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock. Exclusive Forum Our amended and restated bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws, any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our amended and restated bylaws further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complain asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Anti-Takeover Provisions The provisions of the DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and our restated bylaws could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms. Delaware Law We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, DGCL Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless: • • • prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (i) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by 2 written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction or series of transactions together resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that DGCL Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders. 3 Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws Provisions Our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and our restated bylaws include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our company, including the following: • Board of directors vacancies. Our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and restated bylaws authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management. • Classified board. Our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and restated bylaws provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors, each with staggered three-year terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. • Stockholder action; special meetings of stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, provides that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our restated bylaws. Further, our restated bylaws and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, our President or our Lead Independent Director, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors. • Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations. Our restated bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. • No cumulative voting. The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, does not provide for cumulative voting. • Directors removed only for cause. Our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, provides that stockholders may remove directors only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock. • Issuance of undesignated preferred stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means. Exchange Listing Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “DXCM.” 4 Exhibit 10.43 INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT This Indemnification Agreement, dated as of ____________, 20__, is made by and between DEXCOM, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _______________ ___________________, a director, officer or key employee of the Company or one of the Company’s Subsidiaries or other service provider who satisfies the definition of Indemnifiable Person set forth below (the “Indemnitee”). RECITALS A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as representatives of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance and/or indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such representatives; B. The members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) have concluded that, to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify its representatives and the representatives of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to assume for itself maximum liability for Expenses and Other Liabilities in connection with claims against such representatives in connection with their service to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates; C. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, under which the Company is organized (“Section 145”), empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive; and D. The Company desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a representative of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company free from undue concern about inappropriate claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows: 1. Definitions. AGREEMENT (a) Affiliate. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” of the Company means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other 1 enterprise in respect of which the Indemnitee is or was or will be serving as a director, officer, advisory director, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, agent, attorney, consultant, member of the entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise), fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity at the direct or indirect request of the Company, and including, but not limited to, any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. (b) Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a Subsidiary or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or Subsidiary, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding capital stock or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the outstanding capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into capital stock of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. (c) Expenses. For purposes of this Agreement, “Expenses” means all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs) paid or incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of, or being a witness in, a Proceeding (as defined below) or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding. (d) Indemnifiable Event. For purposes of this Agreement, “Indemnifiable Event” means any event or occurrence related to Indemnitee’s service for the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person (as defined below), or by reason of anything done or not done, or any act or omission, by Indemnitee in any such capacity. (e) Indemnifiable Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Indemnifiable Person” means any person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, manager, 2 member, partner, employee, attorney, consultant, member of an entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise) or other agent or fiduciary of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. (f) Independent Counsel. For purposes of this Agreement, “Independent Counsel” means legal counsel that has not performed services for the Company or Indemnitee in the five years preceding the time in question and that would not, under applicable standards of professional conduct, have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee. (g) Independent Director. For purposes of this Agreement, “Independent Director” means a member of the Board who is not a party to the Proceeding for which a claim is made under this Agreement. (h) Other Liabilities. For purposes of this Agreement, “Other Liabilities” means any and all liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement and all interest, taxes, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any Expenses or any such judgments, fines, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement). (i) Proceeding. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or any other type whatsoever, preliminary, informal or formal, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution and including any appeal of any of the foregoing. (j) Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement, “Subsidiary” means any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more other subsidiaries, or by one or more other subsidiaries. 2. Agreement to Serve. The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Indemnifiable Person in the capacity or capacities in which the Indemnitee currently serves the Company as an Indemnifiable Person, and any additional capacity in which Indemnitee may agree to serve, until such time as Indemnitee’s service in a particular capacity shall end according to the terms of an agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, governing law, or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other form of service for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by the Indemnitee. 3. Mandatory Indemnification. (a) Agreement to Indemnify. In the event Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in any Proceeding by reason of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against 3 any and all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) such Proceeding to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), as the same may be amended from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the DGCL permitted prior to the adoption of such amendment). (b) Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance and Other Sources. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid directly to the Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitee’s behalf) by any directors and officers or other type of insurance maintained by the Company or pursuant to other indemnity arrangements with third parties. 4. Partial Indemnification. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Other Liabilities, but not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount of such Expenses or Other Liabilities, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof for which indemnification is prohibited by the provisions of the DGCL. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved. 5. Liability Insurance. So long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding as a result of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect for the benefit of Indemnitee as an insured (i) liability insurance issued by one or more reputable insurers and having the policy amount and deductible deemed appropriate by the Board and providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and (ii) any replacement or substitute policies issued by one or more reputable insurers providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that being provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance or other arrangements shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such insurance or other arrangement. In the event of a Change in Control subsequent to the date of this Agreement, or the Company’s becoming insolvent, including being placed into receivership or entering the federal bankruptcy process, the Company shall maintain in force any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance in respect of Indemnitee, for a period of six years thereafter. To the extent that the Company maintains an 4 insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managing members, fiduciaries, employees, or agents of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent under such policy or policies. 6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses. If requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding all Expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) a Proceeding related to an Indemnifiable Event. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and only if and to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Bylaws or the DGCL, and no additional form of undertaking with respect to such obligation to repay shall be required. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to the Indemnitee or directly to a third party designated in writing by the Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by the Indemnitee to the Company. Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee hereunder shall be unsecured and shall not be subject to the accrual or payment of any interest thereon. In the event that Indemnitee’s request for the advancement of expenses shall be accompanied by an affidavit of counsel to Indemnitee to the effect that such counsel has reviewed such Expenses and that such Expenses are reasonable in such counsel’s view, then such Expenses shall be deemed reasonable in the absence of clear and convincing evidence to the contrary as determined by the Reviewing Party. 7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures. (a) Notification. Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if the Indemnitee believes that indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof. The failure to promptly notify the Company of the commencement of, or the threat of commencement of, any Proceeding, or the Indemnitee’s request for indemnification will not relieve the Company from any obligation that it may have to the Indemnitee hereunder, except to the extent that the Company is materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding as a result of such failure. (b) Insurance and Other Matters. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) above, the Company has D&O Insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the issuers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such D&O Insurance policies. 5 (c) Assumption of Defense. In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the Expenses for any Proceeding against the Indemnitee, the Company, if deemed appropriate by the Company, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding as provided herein. Such defense by the Company may include the representation of two or more parties by one attorney or law firm as permitted under the ethical rules and legal requirements related to joint representations. Following delivery of written notice to the Indemnitee of the Company’s election to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the approval by the Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) of counsel designated by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. If (A) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) the Indemnitee shall have notified the Board in writing that notwithstanding counsel’s determination that joint representation is permitted under the ethical rules and legal requirements related to such representations, the Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee, or between Indemnitee and any other current or former director, officer or employee of the Company who is a named defendant in such Proceeding and is represented by such counsel, in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company fails to employ counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding within 30 days, the fees and expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be subject to indemnification and/or advancement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall prevent the Indemnitee from employing counsel for any such Proceeding at the Indemnitee’s expense. For the avoidance of doubt, in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have a reasonable basis to conclude that a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee exists for the purposes of clause (B) of this paragraph. (d) Settlement. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall enter into a settlement of any Proceeding that might result in the imposition of any Expense, Other Liability, penalty, limitation or detriment on Indemnitee, whether indemnifiable under this Agreement or otherwise, without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent from any settlement of any Proceeding. 8. Determination of Right to Indemnification. (a) Success on the Merits. To the extent the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 3(a) of this Agreement or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. 6 (b) Right to Indemnification in Other Situations. In the event that Section 8(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall also indemnify the Indemnitee if he or she has not failed to meet the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification. (c) Forum. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which determination of whether or not the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct will be made from among the following: (i)Those members of the Board who are Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii)A committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum; or unreasonably withheld, which counsel shall make such determination in a written opinion. (iii)Independent Counsel selected by the Indemnitee, and approved by the Board, which approval may not be If Indemnitee is an officer or a director of the Company at the time that Indemnitee is selecting the forum, then Indemnitee shall not select Independent Counsel as such forum unless there are no Independent Directors or unless the Independent Directors agree to the selection of Independent Counsel as the forum. The selected forum shall be referred to herein as the “Reviewing Party”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any Change in Control subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Reviewing Party shall be Independent Counsel selected in the manner provided in (3) above. (d) As soon as practicable, and in no event later than 30 days after written notice of the Indemnitee’s choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above, the Company and the Indemnitee shall each submit to the Reviewing Party such information as they believe is appropriate for the Reviewing Party to consider. The Reviewing Party shall arrive at its decision within a reasonable period of time following the receipt of all such information from the Company and Indemnitee, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of all such information, provided that the time by which the Reviewing Party must reach a decision may be extended by mutual agreement of the Company and Indemnitee. All Expenses associated with the process set forth in this Section 8(d), including but not limited to the Expenses of the Reviewing Party, shall be paid by the Company. (e) Delaware Court of Chancery. Notwithstanding a final determination by any Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification with respect to a specific Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Court of Chancery of Delaware for the purpose of enforcing the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement. 7 (f) Expenses. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or Proceeding under this Section 8 involving the Indemnitee and against all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any other Proceeding between the Company and the Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims and/or defenses of the Indemnitee in any such Proceeding was frivolous or not made in good faith. (g) Determination of “Good Faith”. For purposes of any determination of whether Indemnitee acted in “good faith” hereunder, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if in taking or failing to take the action in question, the Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, including financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements provided to the Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, or by any other person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters the Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate. In connection with any determination as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, or to advancement of Expenses, the Reviewing Party or court shall presume that the Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish by clear and convincing evidence that the Indemnitee is not so entitled. The provisions of this Section 8 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any other person serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an indemnifiable person shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification hereunder. 9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to the Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of counterclaim or affirmative defense, except with respect to (1) Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement, any other statute or law, as permitted under Section 145, or otherwise, (2) where the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, or (3) with respect to Proceedings brought to discharge the Indemnitee’s fiduciary responsibilities, whether under ERISA or otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or 8 (b) Actions Based on Federal Statutes Regarding Profit Recovery and Return of Bonus Payments. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of (i) any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or (c) Unlawful Indemnification. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify the Indemnitee for Other Liabilities if such indemnification is prohibited by law as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final adjudication not subject to further appeal. 10. Non-Exclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which the Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to acts or omissions in his or her official capacity and to acts or omissions in another capacity while serving the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after the Indemnitee has ceased serving the company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee. 11. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. 12. Supersession, Modification and Waiver. This Agreement supersedes any prior indemnification agreement between the Indemnitee and the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates. If the Company and Indemnitee have previously entered into an indemnification agreement providing for the indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company, the parties’ entry into this Agreement shall be deemed to amend and restate such prior agreement to read in its 9 entirety as, and be superseded by, this Agreement. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) and except as expressly provided herein, no such waiver shall constitute a continuing waiver. 13. Successors and Assigns. The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto. 14. Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and receipt is provided by the party to whom such communication is delivered or (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the signing by the recipient of an acknowledgment of receipt form accompanying deliver through the U.S. mail, (iii) personal service by a process server, or (iv) delivery to the recipient’s address by overnight delivery (e.g. FedEx, UPS or DHL) or other commercial delivery service. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice complying with the provisions of this Section 14. Delivery of communications to the Company with respect to this Agreement shall be sent to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel. 15. No Presumptions. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or otherwise. In addition, neither the failure of the Company or a Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether the Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Company or a Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of Proceedings by the Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination by exercising the Indemnitee’s rights under Section 7 of this Agreement shall be a defense to the Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has failed to meet any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief or is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law or otherwise. 16. Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on the Indemnitee by this Agreement shall continue after the Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. 17. Subrogation and Contribution. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do 10 all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. (b) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s). 18. Specific Performance. The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, the Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if the Indemnitee so elects, to institute Proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as the Indemnitee may elect to pursue. 19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement. 20. Headings. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction of interpretation thereof. 21. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely with Delaware. 22. Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and the Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any Proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement. The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnification Agreement effective as of the date first above written. Address: DEXCOM, INC. 6340 Sequence Drive San Diego, California 92121 By: Its: INDEMNITEE Address: 11 Exhibit 10.44 DEXCOM, INC. 2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN Effective on May 28, 2015, as amended on December 13, 2019 1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Plan is to provide eligible employees of the Company and the Participating Corporations with a means of acquiring an equity interest in the Company through payroll deductions, to enhance such employees’ sense of participation in the affairs of the Company. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the text are defined in Section 28. 2. ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN. The Company proposes to grant rights to purchase shares of Common Stock to eligible employees of the Company and its Participating Corporations pursuant to this Plan. The Company intends this Plan to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments to or replacements of such Section), and this Plan shall be so construed. Any term not expressly defined in this Plan but defined for purposes of Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. In addition, with regard to offers of options to purchase shares of the Common Stock under the Plan to employees working for a Subsidiary or an Affiliate outside the United States, the Board or Committee (as defined herein) may offer a subplan or an option that is not intended to meet the Code Section 423 requirements, provided, if necessary under Code Section 423, that the other terms and conditions of the Plan are met. Subject to Section 14, a total of 1,500,000 Shares are reserved for issuance under this Plan. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance under this Plan and the maximum number of shares that may be issued under this Plan shall be subject to adjustments effected in accordance with Section 14. 3. ADMINISTRATION. The Plan will be administered by the Committee. Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the limitations of Section 423 of the Code or any successor provision in the Code, all questions of interpretation or application of this Plan shall be determined by the Committee and its decisions shall be final and binding upon all Participants. The Committee will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility, to designate the Participating Corporations, to determine when to grant options that are not intended to meet the Code Section 423 requirements and to decide upon any and all claims filed under the Plan. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Committee will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Plan, the Committee may adopt rules, sub-plans, and/or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan designed to comply with local laws, regulations or customs or to achieve tax, securities law or other objectives for eligible employees outside of the United States. The Committee will have the authority to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock (which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes) in accordance with Section 8 below and to interpret Section 8 of the Plan in connection with circumstances that impact the Fair Market Value. Members of the Committee shall receive no compensation for 1 their services in connection with the administration of this Plan, other than standard fees as established from time to time by the Board for services rendered by Board members serving on Board committees. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Company. For purposes of this Plan, the Committee may designate separate offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which eligible employees of one or more Participating Corporations will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such offering are identical. 4. ELIGIBILITY. (a) Any employee of the Company or the Participating Corporations is eligible to participate in an Offering Period under this Plan, except that one or more of the following categories of employees may be excluded from coverage under the Plan by the Committee (other than where prohibited by applicable law): beginning of such Offering Period or prior to such other time period as specified by the Committee; (i) Employees who are not employed by the Company or a Participating Corporation prior to the (ii) employees who are customarily employed for twenty (20) hours or less per week; (iii) employees who are customarily employed for five (5) months or less in a calendar year; and first day of an Offering Period (or such longer period of time, not to exceed two (2) years, as determined by the Committee); (iv) employees who have been an employee of the Company for less than thirty (30) days prior to the impose (within the limits permitted by the Code). (v) employees who do not meet any other eligibility requirements that the Committee may choose to The foregoing notwithstanding, an individual shall not be eligible if his or her participation in the Plan is prohibited by the law of any country that has jurisdiction over him or her, if complying with the laws of the applicable country would cause the Plan to violate Section 423 of the Code, or if he or she is subject to a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide for participation in the Plan. (b) No employee who, together with any other person whose stock would be attributed to such employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, owns stock or holds options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or its Parent or Subsidiary or who, as a result of being granted an option under this Plan with respect to such Offering Period, would own stock or hold options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or its Parent or Subsidiary shall be granted an option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan. 2 5. OFFERING DATES. (a) The offering periods of this Plan (each, an “Offering Period”) are described below. Each Offering Period shall consist of one or more purchase periods (individually, a “Purchase Period”) during which payroll deductions of the Participants are accumulated under this Plan. The first business day of each Offering Period is referred to as the “Offering Date.” The last business day of each Purchase Period is referred to as the “Purchase Date.” The Committee shall have the power to change the Offering Dates, the Purchase Dates, the duration of Offering Periods (provided that an Offering Period will in no event be longer than twenty-seven (27) months), and the Purchase Periods, in each case without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the relevant Offering Period or prior to such other time period as specified by the Committee. (b) All Offering Periods that commence following the Amendment Date shall be of six (6) months duration commencing on March 1 and September 1 of each year and respectively ending on August 31 and February 28 (or the 29th if February has 29 days) of each year. Each such Offering Period shall consist of one six (6)-month Purchase Period. th st (c) The Offering Periods that commenced on March 1, 2019 and September 1, 2019 shall continue in accordance with st the terms of the Plan prior to the Amendment Date and shall respectively end on February 29 or August 31 . th 6. PARTICIPATION IN THIS PLAN. (a) Any employee who is an eligible employee determined in accordance with Section 4 immediately prior to an Offering Period will be eligible to participate in this Plan, subject to the requirement of Section 6(b) hereof and the other terms and provisions of this Plan. (b) With respect to each Offering Period, a Participant may elect to participate in this Plan by submitting an enrollment agreement (or any electronic or online enrollment form provided by the Company) prior to the commencement of the Offering Period (or such earlier date as the Committee may determine) to which such agreement (or any electronic or online enrollment form provided by the Company) relates. (c) Once an employee becomes a Participant in an Offering Period, then such Participant will automatically participate in each subsequent Offering Period commencing immediately following the last day of the prior Offering Period unless the Participant withdraws or is deemed to withdraw from this Plan or terminates further participation in an Offering Period as set forth in Section 11 below. A Participant who is continuing participation pursuant to the preceding sentence is not required to file any additional enrollment agreement in order to continue participation in this Plan; a Participant who is not continuing participation pursuant to the preceding sentence is required to file an enrollment agreement (or any electronic or online enrollment form provided by the Company) prior to the commencement of the Offering Period (or such earlier date as the Committee may determine) to which such agreement (or any electronic or online enrollment form provided by the Company) relates. 3 7. GRANT OF OPTION ON ENROLLMENT. Becoming a Participant with respect to an Offering Period will constitute the grant (as of the Offering Date) by the Company to such Participant of an option to purchase on the Purchase Date up to that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company determined by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount accumulated in such Participant’s payroll deduction account during such Purchase Period and the denominator of which is the lower of (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date (but in no event less than the par value of a share of the Common Stock), or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date, provided, that the number of shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted pursuant to this Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the maximum number of shares set by the Committee pursuant to Section 10(b) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date, or (y) the maximum number of shares which may be purchased pursuant to Section 10(a) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date. 8. PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price per share at which a share of Common Stock will be sold in any Offering Period shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of: (a) The Fair Market Value on the Offering Date; or (b) The Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date. 9. PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE; PAYROLL DEDUCTION CHANGES; SHARE ISSUANCES. (a) The Purchase Price shall be accumulated by regular payroll deductions made during each Offering Period, unless the Committee determines with respect to categories of Participants outside the United States that contributions may be made in another form due to local legal requirements. The deductions are made as a percentage of the Participant’s compensation in one percent (1%) increments not less than one percent (1%), nor greater than ten percent (10%) after taking into account any such lower limit set by the Committee. Compensation shall mean base salary or regular hourly wages (or in foreign jurisdictions, equivalent cash compensation); however, the Committee may at any time prior to the beginning of an Offering Period determine that for that and future Offering Periods, Compensation shall mean solely base salary or all W-2 cash compensation, including without limitation base salary or regular hourly wages, bonuses, incentive compensation, commissions, overtime, shift premiums, plus draws against commissions (or in foreign jurisdictions, equivalent cash compensation) but excluding any W-2 non-cash compensation which includes a disqualifying dispositions, equity grants, equity exercises or settlements. For purposes of determining a Participant’s Compensation, any election by such Participant to reduce his or her regular cash remuneration under Sections 125 (i.e. pre-tax cafeteria plan contributions) or 401(k) (i.e. pre-tax retirement contributions) of the Code (or in foreign jurisdictions, equivalent salary deductions) shall be treated as if the Participant did not make such election and as if such reductions were not made. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first payday following the last Purchase Date and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided in this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of any sub-plan may permit matching shares without the payment of any purchase price. 4 (b) A Participant may decrease (but not increase) the rate of payroll deductions during an Offering Period by filing with the Company a new authorization (or any electronic or online authorization form provided by the Company) for payroll deductions , with the new rate to become effective no later than the second payroll period commencing after the Company’s receipt of the authorization or once any trading restrictions are lifted and continuing for the remainder of the Offering Period unless changed as described below. A decrease in the rate of payroll deductions may be made once during a Purchase Period or more frequently under rules determined by the Committee. A Participant may increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions for any subsequent Purchase Period by filing with the Company a new authorization for payroll deductions prior to the beginning of the Offering Period for such applicable Purchase Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee. (c) A Participant may reduce his or her payroll deduction percentage to zero during an Offering Period by filing with the Company a request (or any electronic or online request form provided by the Company) for cessation of payroll deductions. Such reduction shall be effective beginning no later than the second payroll period after the Company’s receipt of the request or once any trading restrictions are lifted and no further payroll deductions will be made for the duration of the Offering Period. Payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account prior to the effective date of the request shall be used to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with Subsection (e) below. A reduction of the payroll deduction percentage to zero shall be treated as such Participant’s withdrawal from such Offering Period and the Plan, effective as of the day after the next Purchase Date following the filing date of such request with the Company. (d) All payroll deductions made for a Participant are credited to his or her account under this Plan and are deposited with the general funds of the Company, except to the extent local legal restrictions outside the United States require segregation of such payroll deductions. No interest accrues on the payroll deductions, except to the extent required due to local legal requirements. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions, except to the extent necessary to comply with local legal requirements outside the United States. (e) On each Purchase Date, so long as this Plan remains in effect and provided that the Participant has not submitted a signed and completed withdrawal form before that date which notifies the Company that the Participant wishes to withdraw from that Offering Period under this Plan and have all payroll deductions accumulated in the account maintained on behalf of the Participant as of that date returned to the Participant, the Company shall apply the funds then in the Participant’s account to the purchase of whole shares of Common Stock reserved under the option granted to such Participant with respect to the Offering Period to the extent that such option is exercisable on the Purchase Date. The Purchase Price per share shall be as specified in Section 8 of this Plan. Any fractional share, as calculated under this Subsection (e), shall be rounded down to the next lower whole share, unless the Committee determines with respect to all Participants that any fractional share shall be credited as a fractional share. Any amount remaining in a Participant’s account on a Purchase Date which is less than the amount 5 necessary to purchase a full share of Common Stock shall be returned to the Participant, without interest (except to the extent necessary to comply with local legal requirements outside of the United States), unless the Committee determines that such amount shall be applied to the Participant’s account, without interest (except to the extent necessary to comply with local legal requirements outside the United States). In the event that this Plan has been oversubscribed, all funds not used to purchase shares on the Purchase Date shall be returned to the Participant, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). No Common Stock shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of any employee whose participation in this Plan has terminated prior to such Purchase Date, except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States. (f) As promptly as practicable after the Purchase Date, the Company shall issue shares for the Participant’s benefit representing the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option. (g) Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, the shares issued pursuant to Section 9(f) above shall be deposited into an account established in the Participant’s name at the ESPP Broker. Subject to any applicable insider trading policy, a Participant shall be free to undertake a disposition (as that term is defined in Section 424(c) of the Code) of the shares in his or her ESPP Broker account at any time, whether by sale, exchange, gift or other transfer of legal title but in the absence of such a disposition of the shares, the shares must remain in the Participant’s ESPP Broker account until the holding period set forth in Section 423(a) of the Code has been satisfied. With respect to shares for which the Section 423(a) holding period has been satisfied, the Participant may move those shares to another brokerage account of Participant’s choosing. Notwithstanding the above, a Participant who is not subject to income taxation under the Code may move his or her shares to another brokerage account of his or her choosing at any time, without regard to the satisfaction of the Section 423(a) holding period. (h) During a Participant’s lifetime, his or her option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her. The Participant will have no interest or voting right in shares covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised. (i) To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, may withhold, by any method permissible under the applicable law, the amount necessary for the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early disposition of shares of Common Stock by a Participant. The Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Common Stock under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. 6 10. LIMITATIONS ON SHARES TO BE PURCHASED. (a) Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase Common Stock with a Fair Market Value in excess of the following limit: (i) In the case of Common Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the current calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $25,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock that the Participant previously purchased in the current calendar year (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company). (ii) In the case of Common Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the immediately preceding calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $50,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock that the Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year and in the immediately preceding calendar year. (iii) In the case of Common Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced two calendar years prior, the limit shall be equal to (A) $75,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock that the Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year and in the two immediately preceding calendar years. (b) Initially, a Participant shall not be permitted to purchase more than 5,000 shares on any one Purchase Date. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, set a new maximum number of shares which may be purchased by any employee at any single Purchase Date, which shall then be the Maximum Share Amount for subsequent Offering Periods. If a lower limit is set under this Subsection (b), then all Participants will be notified of such limit prior to the commencement of the next Offering Period for which it is to be effective. If a new Maximum Share Amount is set, then all participants must be notified of such Maximum Share Amount prior to the commencement of the next Offering Period for which it is to be effective. The Maximum Share Amount shall continue to apply with respect to all succeeding Purchase Dates and Offering Periods unless revised by the Committee as set forth above. (c) If the number of shares to be purchased on a Purchase Date by all employees participating in this Plan exceeds the number of shares then available for issuance under this Plan, then the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the remaining shares in as uniform a manner as shall be reasonably practicable and as the Committee shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Company shall give written notice of such reduction of the number of shares to be purchased under a participant’s option to each participant affected. (d) Any payroll deductions accumulated in a participant’s account which are not used to purchase stock due to the limitations in this Section 10 shall be returned to the participant as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Purchase Period, without interest. 7 (e) If a Participant is precluded by this Subsection (a) from purchasing additional Common Stock under the Plan, then his or her employee contributions may be automatically discontinued by the Company and shall automatically resume at the beginning of the earliest Purchase Period that will end in the next calendar year (if he or she then is an eligible employee), provided that when the Company automatically resumes such payroll deductions, the Company must apply the rate in effect immediately prior to such suspension. (f) If the number of shares to be purchased on a Purchase Date by all Participants exceeds the number of shares then available for issuance under this Plan, then the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the remaining shares in as uniform a manner as shall be reasonably practicable and as the Committee shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Company will give notice of such reduction of the number of shares to be purchased under a Participant’s option to each Participant affected. (g) Any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s account which are not used to purchase stock due to the limitations in this Section 10, and not covered by Section 9(e), shall be returned to the Participant as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Purchase Period, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). 11. WITHDRAWAL. (a) Each Participant may withdraw from an Offering Period under this Plan pursuant to a method specified for such purpose by the Company. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of an Offering Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee. (b) Upon withdrawal from this Plan, the accumulated payroll deductions shall be returned to the withdrawn Participant, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States), and his or her interest in this Plan shall terminate. In the event a Participant voluntarily elects to withdraw from this Plan, he or she may not resume his or her participation in this Plan during the same Offering Period, but he or she may participate in any Offering Period under this Plan which commences on a date subsequent to such withdrawal by filing a new authorization for payroll deductions in the same manner as set forth in Section 6 above for initial participation in this Plan. 12. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason, including retirement, death, disability, or the failure of a Participant to remain an eligible employee of the Company or of a Participating Corporation, immediately terminates his or her participation in this Plan. In such event, accumulated payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to his or her legal representative, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). For purposes of this Section 12, an employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment or failed to remain in the continuous employ of the Company or of a Participating Corporation in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Company; provided that such leave is for a period of not 8 more than ninety (90) days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute. The Company will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has terminated employment and the effective date on which the Participant terminated employment, regardless of any notice period or garden leave required under local law. 13. RETURN OF PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. In the event a Participant’s interest in this Plan is terminated by withdrawal, termination of employment or otherwise, or in the event this Plan is terminated by the Board, the Company shall deliver to the Participant all accumulated payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a Participant in this Plan (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). 14. CAPITAL CHANGES. If the number of outstanding shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, without consideration, then the Committee shall adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 2 and 10 shall be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and in compliance with the applicable securities laws; provided that fractions of a share will not be issued. 15. NONASSIGNABILITY. Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under this Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 22 below) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be void and without effect. 16. USE OF PARTICIPANT FUNDS AND REPORTS. The Company may use all payroll deductions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be required to segregate Participant payroll deductions (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). Until shares are issued, a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor unless otherwise required under local law. Each Participant shall receive promptly after the end of each Purchase Period a report of his or her account setting forth the total payroll deductions accumulated, the number of shares purchased, the per share price thereof and the remaining cash balance, if any, carried forward to the next Purchase Period or Offering Period, as the case may be. 17. NOTICE OF DISPOSITION. Each U.S. taxpayer Participant shall notify the Company in writing if the Participant disposes of any of the shares purchased in any Offering Period pursuant to this Plan if such disposition occurs within the Notice Period. The Company may, at any time during the Notice Period, place a legend or legends on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to this Plan requesting the Company’s transfer agent to notify the Company of any transfer of the shares. The obligation of the Participant to provide such notice shall continue notwithstanding the placement of any such legend on the certificates. 9 18. NO RIGHTS TO CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT. Neither this Plan nor the grant of any option hereunder shall confer any right on any employee to remain in the employ of the Company or any Participating Corporation, or restrict the right of the Company or any Participating Corporation to terminate such employee’s employment. 19. EQUAL RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES. All eligible employees granted an option under this Plan that is intended to meet the Code Section 423 requirements shall have equal rights and privileges with respect to this Plan or within any separate offering under the Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code and the related regulations. Any provision of this Plan which is inconsistent with Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Committee or the Board, shall be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 423. This Section 19 shall take precedence over all other provisions in this Plan. 20. NOTICES. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with this Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof. 21. TERM; STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date. This Plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company, in any manner permitted by applicable corporate law, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. No purchase of shares that are subject to such stockholder approval before becoming available under this Plan shall occur prior to stockholder approval of such shares and the Board or Committee may delay any Purchase Date and postpone the commencement of any Offering Period subsequent to such Purchase Date as deemed necessary or desirable to obtain such approval (provided that if a Purchase Date would occur more than twelve (12) months after commencement of the Offering Period to which it relates, then such Purchase Date shall not occur and instead such Offering Period shall terminate without the purchase of such shares and Participants in such Offering Period shall be refunded their contributions without interest). This Plan shall continue until the earlier to occur of (a) termination of this Plan by the Board (which termination may be effected by the Board at any time pursuant to Section 25 below), (b) issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under this Plan, or (c) the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date under the Plan. 22. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY. (a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under this Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to a Purchase Date. Such form shall be valid only if it was filed with the Company at the prescribed location before the Participant’s death. (b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice filed with the Company at the prescribed location before the Participant’s 10 death. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under this Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such cash to the spouse or, if no spouse is known to the Company, then to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate. 23. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES; LIMITATION ON SALE OF SHARES. Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the shares may then be listed, exchange control restrictions and/or securities law restrictions outside the United States, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. Shares may be held in trust or subject to further restrictions as permitted by any subplan. 24. APPLICABLE LAW. The Plan shall be governed by the substantive laws (excluding the conflict of laws rules) of the State of Delaware. 25. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Purchase Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Committee in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 14). If an Offering Period is terminated prior to its previously-scheduled expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts for such Offering Period, which have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock, shall be returned to those Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under local laws) as soon as administratively practicable. Further, the Committee will be entitled to change the Purchase Periods and Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld or contributed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the administration of the Plan, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s base salary and other eligible compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Committee determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan. Such actions will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participants. However, no amendment shall be made without approval of 11 the stockholders of the Company (obtained in accordance with Section 21 above) within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment (or earlier if required by Section 21) if such amendment would: (a) increase the number of shares that may be issued under this Plan; or (b) change the designation of the employees (or class of employees) eligible for participation in this Plan. In addition, in the event the Board or Committee determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Board or Committee may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequences including, but not limited to: (i) amending the definition of compensation, including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time; (ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price; (iii) shortening any Offering Period by setting a Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Committee’s action; (iv) reducing the maximum percentage of compensation a participant may elect to set aside as payroll deductions; and (v) reducing the maximum number of shares a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period. Such modifications or amendments will not require approval of the stockholders of the Company or the consent of any Participants. 26. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Offering Period for each outstanding right to purchase Common Stock will be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date and will end on the new Purchase Date (unless otherwise specified in the agreement effecting the applicable Corporate Transaction). The new Purchase Date shall occur on or prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, as determined by the Board or Committee, and the Plan shall terminate on the consummation of the Corporate Transaction (unless otherwise specified in the agreement effecting the applicable Corporate Transaction). 27. CODE SECTION 409A; TAX QUALIFICATION. (a) Options granted under the Plan generally are exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code. However, options granted to U.S. taxpayers which are not intended to meet the Code Section 423 requirements are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Subject to Subsection (b), options granted to U.S. taxpayers outside of the Code Section 423 requirements shall be subject to such terms and conditions that will permit such options to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral exception available under Section 409A of the Code, including the requirement that the shares of Common Stock subject to an option be delivered within the short-term deferral period. Subject to Subsection (b), in the case of a Participant who would otherwise be subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent the Committee determines that an option or the exercise, payment, settlement or deferral thereof is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the option shall be granted, exercised, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with 12 Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee with respect thereto. (b) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify an option for favorable tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment (e.g., under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, including Subsection (a). The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan. 28. DEFINITIONS. (a) “Affiliate” means (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee, whether now or hereafter existing. (b) (c) (d) (e) “Amendment Date” means December 13, 2019. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board that consists exclusively of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board. (f) (g) “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company. “Company” shall mean Dexcom, Inc. (h) “Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation. (i) “Effective Date” shall mean May 28, 2015, the date on which the Company obtained the stockholder approval pursuant to Section 21. 13 (j) “ESPP Broker” shall mean a stock brokerage or other entity designated by the Company to establish account for stock purchased under the Plan by Participants. (k) “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows: (1) if such Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market (collectively, the “Nasdaq Market”), its closing price on the Nasdaq Market on the date of determination, or if there are no sales for such date, then the last preceding business day on which there were sales, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board or the Committee deems reliable; or (2) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board or the Committee deems reliable; or (3) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is neither quoted on the Nasdaq Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board or the Committee deems reliable; and (4) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board or the Committee in good faith. (l) “Notice Period” shall mean within two (2) years from the Offering Date or within one (1) year from the Purchase Date on which such shares were purchased. (m) “Offering Date” shall mean the first business day of each Offering Period. (n) “Offering Period” shall mean a period with respect to which the right to purchase Common Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5(a). (o) (p) “Parent” shall have the same meaning as “parent corporation” in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code. “Participant” shall mean an eligible employee who meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4 and who is either automatically enrolled in the initial Offer Period or who elects to participate in this Plan pursuant to Section 6(b). (q) “Participating Corporation” shall mean any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate that the Committee designates from time to time as eligible to participate in this Plan, provided, 14 however, that employees of Affiliates that are designated for participation may be granted only options that do not intend to comply with the Code Section 423 requirements. (r) (s) (t) “Plan” shall mean this Dexcom, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time. “Purchase Date” shall mean the last business day of each Purchase Period. “Purchase Period” shall mean a period during which contributions may be made toward the purchase of Common Stock under the Plan, as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5(b). (u) “Purchase Price” shall mean the price at which Participants may purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 8. (v) “Subsidiary” shall have the same meaning as “subsidiary corporation” in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code. 15 Exhibit 10.45 DEXCOM, INC. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) Enrollment/Change Form Section 1: Actions Check Desired Action: and Complete Sections: Enroll in the ESPP 2 + 3 + 4 + 17 Elect / Change Contribution Percentage 2 + 4 + 17 Withdraw from Plan/Discontinue Contributions 2 + 5 + 17 Section 2: Name: Department Personal Data Home Address: Social Security No: Section 3: Enroll I hereby elect to participate in the ESPP, effective at the beginning of the next Offering Period. I elect to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Dexcom, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the ESPP. I understand that the shares purchased on my behalf will be issued in street name and deposited directly into my brokerage account at the Company’s captive broker (the “ESPP Broker”). I hereby agree to take all steps, and sign all forms, required to establish an account with the Company’s ESPP Broker for this purpose. I understand and agree that I will be required to utilize the ESPP Broker with respect to the shares purchased under this ESPP until the end of the time period described in Section 6 below. Section 4: Elect/Change Contribution Percentage Section 5: Discontinue Contributions Section 6: ESPP Broker My participation will continue as long as I remain eligible, unless I withdraw from the ESPP by filing a new Enrollment/Change Form with the Company. I understand that if I am subject to U.S. taxation, I must notify the Company of any disposition of shares purchased under the ESPP. I hereby authorize the Company or the Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate employing me (the “Employer”) to withhold a percentage of my bi-weekly payroll that will total ___% of my compensation (as defined in the ESPP) for the Purchase Period. That amount will be applied to the purchase of shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the ESPP. The percentage compensation to purchase common stock must be a whole number (from 1%, up to a maximum of 10%). Note: Note: You may decrease your contribution percentage once within a six-month Purchase Period. Each change will become effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the form is received by the Company. I hereby elect to stop my contributions under the ESPP, effective as soon as reasonably practicable after this form is received by the Company. The contributions that I have made to date during this Offering Period should be applied as follows: Purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock at the end of the Purchase Period. Refund all contributions to me in cash, without interest. I understand that I cannot resume participation until the start of the next Offering Period. I hereby agree the shares issued to me under the ESPP shall be deposited into an account established in my name at the ESPP Broker. Subject to any applicable insider trading policy, I shall be free to undertake a disposition (as that term is defined in Section 424(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) of the shares in my ESPP Broker account at any time, whether by sale, exchange, gift, or other transfer of legal title, but in the absence of such a disposition of the shares, the shares must remain in my ESPP Broker account until the holding period set forth in Section 423(a) of the Code has been satisfied. With respect to shares for which the Section 423(a) holding period has been satisfied, I may move those shares to another brokerage account of my choosing. Notwithstanding the above, if I am not subject to income taxation under the Code, I may move my shares to another brokerage account of my choosing at any time, without regard to the satisfaction of the Section 423(a) holding period. Section 7: Nature of Grant By enrolling in the ESPP, I understand, acknowledge and agree that (a) the ESPP is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be amended, terminated or modified at any time, to the extent permitted by the ESPP; (b) the grant of the right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the ESPP is voluntary and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future rights to purchase shares of Common Stock, or benefits in lieu of rights to purchase shares, even if rights to purchase shares have been granted in the past; (c) all decisions with respect to future grants of rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the ESPP, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (d) the grant of rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the ESPP and my participation in the ESPP will not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service agreement with the Company; (e) the grant of rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the ESPP and my participation in the ESPP will not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate my employment relationship at any time with or without cause; (f) I am voluntarily participating in the ESPP; (g) the rights to purchase shares of Common Stock and the shares purchased under the ESPP, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation; (h) the rights to purchase shares of Common Stock and the shares purchased under the ESPP, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments; (i) unless otherwise agreed with the Company, the rights to purchase shares of Common Stock and the shares purchased under the ESPP, and the income and value of same, are not granted as consideration for, or in connection with, any service I may provide as a director of the Subsidiary or Affiliate; (j) the future value of the underlying shares purchased or to be purchased under the ESPP is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty, and the value of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the ESPP may increase or decrease in the future, even below the Purchase Price; (k) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from termination of the right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the ESPP resulting from termination of my employment (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any) and in consideration of the grant of rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the ESPP, I irrevocably agree never to institute any claim against the Company, the Parent, the Employer or any other Subsidiary or Affiliate, I hereby waive my ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and I release the Company, the Parent, the Employer or any other Subsidiary or Affiliate from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by enrolling in the ESPP, I will be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claims; (l) in the event of termination of my employment (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any), my right to participate in the ESPP and my right to purchase shares of Common Stock, if any, will terminate effective as of the date I cease to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., employment would not include any contractual notice or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where I am employed or the terms of my employment agreement, if any); the Committee will have exclusive discretion to determine when I am no longer actively employed for purposes of my participation in the ESPP (including whether I may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence); (m) unless otherwise provided in the ESPP or by the Company in its discretion, the right to purchase shares of Common Stock and the benefits evidenced by this Enrollment/Change Form do not create any entitlement to have the ESPP or any such benefits granted thereunder transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any Corporate Transaction affecting the Common Stock; and (n) if I am providing services outside the United States: (1) the rights to purchase shares of Common Stock and the shares purchased under the ESPP, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, and (2) neither the Company, the Parent, the Employer nor any other Subsidiary or Affiliate will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between my local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the rights to purchase shares of Common Stock, the shares purchased under the ESPP or any amounts due to me pursuant to the sale of any shares of Common Stock acquired under the ESPP. 2 Section 8: Data Privacy I hereby explicitly, voluntarily and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of my personal data as described in this Enrollment/Change Form and any other ESPP grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Company, the Parent and any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of my participation in the ESPP. I understand that the Company may hold certain personal information about me, including, but not limited to, my name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, the fact and conditions of my participation in the ESPP, details of all rights to purchase shares or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in my favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the ESPP. I also authorize any transfer of Data, as may be required, to the stock plan service provider that may be designated by the Company from time to time, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the ESPP and/or with whom any shares of Common Stock acquired under the ESPP are deposited. I acknowledge that these recipients may be located in my country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections to my country, which may not give the same level of protection to Data. I understand that, if I reside outside the United States, I may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting my local human resources representative. I authorize the Company, the designated broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing my participation in the ESPP to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing my participation in the ESPP. I understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage my participation in the ESPP. I understand that, if I reside outside the United States, I may at any time view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case, without cost, by contacting in writing my local human resources representative. Further, I understand that I am providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If I do not consent, or if I later seek to revoke my consent, my employment status or service and career with the Company will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing my consent is that the Company would not be able to grant future rights to purchase shares of Common Stock or other equity awards to me or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, I understand that refusing or withdrawing my consent may affect my ability to participate in the ESPP. For more information on the consequences of my refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, I understand that I may contact my local human resources representative. 3 Section 9: Responsibility for Taxes I acknowledge that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or the Employer, the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to my participation in the ESPP and legally applicable to me (“Tax-Related Items”) is and remains my responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. I further acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the ESPP, including, but not limited to, my enrollment in the ESPP, the grant of rights to purchase shares of Common Stock, the purchase of shares of Common Stock, the issuance of Common Stock purchased, the sale of shares of Common Stock purchased under the ESPP or the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the ESPP to reduce or eliminate my liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if I am subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, I acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction. Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, I agree to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, I authorize the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy their withholding obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following: (a) withholding from my wages or other cash compensation payable to me by the Company and/or the Employer, (b) withholding from proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock purchased under the ESPP, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on my behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent), and (c) withholding in shares to be issued upon purchase under the ESPP. Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including up to the maximum applicable rates, in which case I will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in shares of Common Stock, for tax purposes, I am deemed to have been issued the full number of shares of Common Stock, notwithstanding that a number of the shares of Common Stock are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items. Finally, I agree to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of my participation in the ESPP that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to purchase or deliver the shares or the proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock, if I fail to comply with my obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items. Section 10: Governing Law & Language The rights to purchase shares and the provisions of this Enrollment/Change Form are governed by, and subject to, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any conflict of law provisions. If I have received this or any other document related to the ESPP translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control. Section 11: Appendix & Imposition of Other Requirements Notwithstanding any provision herein, my participation in the ESPP will be subject to any special terms and conditions as set forth in the Appendix for my country, if any. Moreover, if I relocate to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to me, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of this Enrollment/Change Form. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on my participation in the ESPP or on any shares of Common Stock purchased under the ESPP, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require me to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. 4 Section 12: Electronic Delivery and Acceptance Section 13: Severability & Waiver The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the ESPP by electronic means. I hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agree to participate in the ESPP through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company. The provisions of this Enrollment/Change Form are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions will nevertheless be binding and enforceable. I acknowledge that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Enrollment/Change Form will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision herein, or of any subsequent breach by me or any other Participant. Section 14: Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws I acknowledge that I may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect my ability to acquire or sell shares of Common Stock or my rights to purchase shares under the ESPP during such times as I am considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by or determined under the laws in my country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable the Company insider trading policy. I acknowledge that it is my responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and that I am advised to speak to my personal advisor on this matter. Section 15: No Advice Regarding Grant Section 16: Compliance With Law Section 17: Acknowledgment and Signature The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding my participation in the ESPP, or my purchase or sale of the shares of Common Stock. I am hereby advised to consult with my own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding my participation in the ESPP before taking any action related to the ESPP. Unless there is an available exemption from any registration, qualification or other legal requirement applicable to the shares of Common Stock, the Company will not be required to deliver any shares under the ESPP prior to the completion of any registration or qualification of the shares under any local, state, federal or foreign securities or exchange control law or under rulings or regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or of any other governmental regulatory body, or prior to obtaining any approval or other clearance from any local, state, federal or foreign governmental agency, which registration, qualification or approval the Company will, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable. I understand that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the shares with the SEC or any state or foreign securities commission or to seek approval or clearance from any governmental authority for the issuance or sale of the shares. Further, I agree that the Company will have unilateral authority to amend the ESPP and the Enrollment/Change Form without my consent to the extent necessary to comply with securities or other laws applicable to issuance of shares. I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Prospectus summarizing the major features of the ESPP. I have read the Prospectus and this form and hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the ESPP. Signature: Date: 5 Exhibit 10.46 DexCom, Inc. Retention Incentive Agreement This Retention Incentive Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of April 28, 2020 (“Effective Date”), by and between Jeffrey Moy (“Executive”) and DexCom, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”). RECITALS In order to provide Executive with enhanced security and encouragement to remain with the Company, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) believes it is important to provide Executive with certain retention incentive benefits as set forth in this Agreement. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the above-recited facts, the mutual agreements of the Company and Executive contained herein and the continued employment of Executive by the Company, the parties agree as follows: 1. Retention Benefits. (a) Qualifying Retirement Payment. In the event of a Qualifying Retirement in the same calendar year in which the Retirement Eligible Date occurs, Executive will be entitled to receive a lump sum cash payment equal to 12 months of Executive’s base salary as of the date of such termination, subject to all applicable withholdings and deductions (“Cash Payment”). Subject to the foregoing, the Cash Payment will be paid within thirty (30) days following the Qualifying Retirement (but no later than the last day of calendar year 2021), to the extent Executive is eligible to receive such Cash Payment and has entered into a Release, and such Release has become effective within such thirty (30) day period (but the Release must be effective no later than the last day of calendar year 2021). In no event shall any pro rata payment of the Cash Payment be made. Upon a Qualifying Retirement after the Retirement Eligible Date, any of Executive’s outstanding Company equity awards will be accelerated and receive additional vesting as if Executive had provided an additional 18 months of service to the Company following such termination date for purposes of any time-based vesting schedules (“Vesting Acceleration”). Such Vesting Acceleration shall be made within thirty (30) days following the Qualifying Retirement, provided Executive has entered into a Release, and such Release has become effective within such thirty (30) day period. (b) Termination Payment. In the event of Executive’s Termination Without Cause during the Effectiveness Period and either (i) prior to the Retirement Eligible Date or (ii) after the Retirement Eligible Date but prior to Executive’s Qualifying Retirement or other resignation, Executive will be entitled to receive the Cash Payment and the Vesting Acceleration, as defined above. The Cash Payment and Vesting Acceleration will be paid within thirty (30) days following the Termination Without Cause date (but no later than the last day of calendar year 2021), provided Executive has entered into a Release, and such Release has become effective within such thirty (30) day period (but no later than the last day of calendar year 2021). (c) Accrued Obligations. Without regard to the reason for, or the timing of, Executive’s termination of employment: (i) the Company shall pay Executive any unpaid base salary due for periods prior to the Executive’s termination of employment; (ii) the Company shall pay Executive all of Executive’s accrued and unused vacation through the Executive’s termination of employment in accordance with applicable law; (iii) provided Executive remains employed through the end of the applicable annual incentive bonus plan performance period, the Company shall pay any annual incentive bonus that has been earned with respect such bonus period, but remains unpaid as of the date of termination, and such payment shall be made at the same time the Company pays any annual incentive bonus payments to other officers of the Company, however, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any new restricted stock or equity grants after December 31, 2020, and (iv) following submission of proper written expense reports by Executive, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in connection with the business of the Company prior to the Executive’s termination of employment in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy. These payments shall be made promptly upon termination and within the period of time mandated by law. (d) Other Retention & Termination Benefits; Entire Agreement. During the Effectiveness Period, the retention and termination benefits set forth in this Section 1 shall be in lieu of Executive’s Amended and Restated Executive Change of Control & Severance Agreement with the Company dated December 17, 2008 and any successor Change of Control Agreement with the Company (“Change of Control Agreement”), provided, however, that in the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Change of Control Agreement), the terms of the operable Change of Control Agreement shall apply in lieu of this Agreement. During the Effectiveness Period, Executive shall only be eligible for either the benefits under this Agreement in the event of no Change of Control or the benefits under the Change of Control Agreement if there is a Change of Control, but in no event shall Executive be eligible to receive benefits under both agreements. If Executive receives the Cash Payment and/or Vesting Acceleration as set forth in this Agreement outside of a Change of Control during the Effectiveness Period, then the receipt of such benefits shall be the sole entitlement to benefits and Executive shall not be entitled to any such benefits under any policies and plans of the Company or other agreements between the Company and Executive, and Executive hereby waives the receipt of such benefits, including with respect to the Change of Control Agreement. After the end of the Effectiveness Period, this Agreement will become null and void and the Change of Control Agreement will provide Executive’s sole rights with respect to retention and termination benefits, to the extent applicable. 2. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (a) “Cause” means Executive has engaged in (i) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties; (ii) material breach of Executive’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or Executive’s offer letter; or (iii) the commission of a felony affecting the Company or its business. (b) “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder. (c) (d) “Disability” has the meaning set forth in Section 409A of the Code, and the related regulations. “Effectiveness Period” means the date beginning as of the effective date of this agreement and continuing until the end of the calendar year in which the Retirement Eligible Date occurs, unless the Retirement Eligible Date occurs in December, in which case the Effectiveness Period will be the end of the calendar year following the year in which the Retirement Eligible Date occurs. 2 (e) “Qualifying Retirement” means Executive resigns from the Company on or after the Retirement Eligible Date while in good standing (and at a time there is not grounds for the Company to terminate Executive for Cause). (f) “Release” means a general release of claims in favor of the Company in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company. (g) “Retirement Eligible Date” means January 1, 2021, or such later date that is no later than June 30, 2021 mutually agreed by the Company and Executive in writing. (h) “Termination Without Cause” means a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company which is not effected for Cause (except for terminations due to Executive’s death or Disability, either of which shall not constitute a Termination Without Cause). 3. At-Will Employment. The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will. Notwithstanding the at-will nature of employment, Executive will endeavor to provide at least 3 months’ notice to the Company prior to any resignation of employment. 4. Limitation on Payments Under Code Section 280G. In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then, at Executive’s discretion, Executive’s severance and other benefits under this Agreement and under any other applicable agreements shall be payable either (i) in full, or (ii) as to such lesser amount, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance or termination benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance or termination benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Any reduction shall be made in the following manner: first a pro rata reduction of (i) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code as deferred compensation and (ii) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code, and second a pro rata cancellation of (i) equity-based compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code as deferred compensation and (ii) equity-based compensation not subject to Section 409A of the Code. Reduction in either cash payments or equity compensation benefits shall be made prorata between and among benefits which are subject to Section 409A of the Code and benefits which are exempt from Section 409A of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants (“Accountants”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section. 5. Section 409A. To the extent (a) any payments or benefits to which Executive becomes entitled under this Agreement, or under any agreement or plan referenced herein, in connection with Executive’s termination of employment with the Company constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and (b) Executive is deemed at the time of such termination of employment to 3 be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code, then such payments shall not be made or commence until the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is at the time defined in Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Code) from the Company; or (ii) the date of Executive’s death following such separation from service; provided, however, that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to Executive, including (without limitation) the additional twenty percent (20%) tax for which Executive would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a) (1)(B) of the Code in the absence of such deferral. Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any payments which would have otherwise been made during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this paragraph shall be paid to Executive or Executive’s beneficiary in one lump sum (without interest). Any termination of Executive’s employment is intended to constitute a “separation from service” and will be determined consistent with the rules relating to a “separation from service” as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1. It is intended that each installment of the payments provided hereunder constitute separate “payments” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). It is further intended that payments hereunder satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemption from the application of Section 409A of the Code (and any state law of similar effect) provided under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (as a “short-term deferral”). To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision will be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to the extent any expense reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit under this Agreement is determined to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the amount of any such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the provision of any in-kind benefit, in one calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses), in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you incurred such expenses, and in no event shall any right to reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. 6. Successors. (a) Company’s Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) or any purchaser of all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the Company’s obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by Executive and such successor. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets. (b) Executive’s Successors. Without the written consent of the Company, Executive shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. 7. Notices. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to Executive at the home address which Executive most recently 4 communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Chief Executive Officer. 8. Confidentiality. Executive agrees to keep the retention and termination benefits and the provisions of this Agreement confidential and not to reveal its contents to anyone except to his or her lawyer, spouse or other immediate family member, and/or his or financial consultant, or as required by legal process or applicable law. 9. Miscellaneous Provisions. (a) Amendment. The parties understand and agree that this Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived, in whole or in part, expect in a writing executed by Executive and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. (b) Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by the Chief Executive Officer. No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time. (c) Integration. During the Effectiveness Period, this Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein regarding the Cash Payment and Vesting Acceleration and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to this Agreement, including the Change of Control Agreement (except in the case of a Change of Control, in which case the Change of Control Agreement will supersede this Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, after the Effectiveness Period, the terms of the Change of Control Agreement will be reinstated and will no longer be limited by this Agreement. (d) Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules, of the State of California. (e) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect. (f) Employment Taxes. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes. (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. [Signature Page to Retention Incentive Agreement Follows] 5 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Retention Incentive Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written. COMPANY: EXECUTIVE: DEXCOM, INC. By: s/ Quentin S. Blackford Title: COO s/ Jeffrey Moy Jeffrey Moy Signature 12/20/20 [Signature Page to Retention Incentive Agreement] 6 Exhibit 10.47 TRANSITION AND CONSULTING AGREEMENT This Transition And Consulting Agreement (this “Agreement”) is between Richard Doubleday (“you”) and DexCom, Inc. (the “Company”) (collectively referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”) concerning the terms of your retirement and continued services as a consultant as provided herein. This Agreement is effective is as of the date it is signed by the Parties (the “Effective Date”). 1. Retirement from Employment. You have notified the Company that you will retire and resign your employment with the Company effective March 31, 2021 (the “Employment Resignation Date”) as set forth herein. You agree to execute any documentation deemed reasonably necessary by the Company to confirm your resignation from employment. 2. Continued Employment Services. Beginning on the Effective Date of this Agreement through December 31, 2020 (the “Final Full-Time Date” and such period, the “Full-Time Period”), you agree to continue to serve on a full-time basis as the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer and to assist with the transition of your responsibilities (together, the “Services”), and you shall continue to receive your salary at the same rate that you were receiving your salary immediately prior to the Effective Date (your “Salary”) during this Full-Time Period. Beginning on January 1, 2021 through the Employment Resignation Date (the “Transition Period”), you agree to continue to provide the Services on a part-time basis, and you shall receive your salary at fifty percent (50%) of your Salary during this Transition Period. Until your Employment Resignation Date, you shall continue to be eligible to participate in then- available Company benefit programs at the same level as you would have been eligible to participate in such programs as of immediately prior to the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions, including eligibility requirements, of such programs. You will be eligible to receive a cash bonus payment under the 2020 Management Bonus Plan pursuant to its terms and conditions, but you will not be eligible to receive any cash bonus payment under our 2021 Management Bonus Plan. 3. Equity Acceleration & Termination. Upon the Final Full-Time Date, and subject to (i) your continued employment on the Final Full-Time Date; (ii) your execution of this Agreement, including but not limited to Section 5 (Waiver of Change in Control and Severance Benefits) and (iii) your signing a release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”) no later than the Final Full-Time Date (the “Release Deadline”), the vesting of each of your then-outstanding restricted stock units (the “Equity Awards”) will accelerate as to such number of shares that would have vested through March 31, 2022, the contemplated final day of your Consulting Period (as defined below) (the “Equity Acceleration”). Your Equity Awards will continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement (each, an “Equity Award Agreement”) and the Company’s equity plans under which the Equity Awards were granted except as explicitly set forth in this Agreement, including Sections 3, 4 and 5. 4. Termination of Equity Awards. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other agreement, all remaining then-outstanding unvested Equity Awards after giving effect to the Equity Acceleration (the “Unvested Equity Awards”) will remain outstanding through the Employment Resignation Date and the Unvested Equity Awards will automatically terminate and forfeit to the Company on the day immediately following the Employment Resignation Date even if you continue to provide additional services to the Company on and after such date. You will not be eligible to receive additional equity awards from the Company prior to your Employment Resignation Date. 1 5. Waiver of Change in Control and Severance Benefits. In consideration of the Equity Acceleration and in connection with the completion of your employment (i) upon your receipt of the Equity Acceleration, you shall no longer be eligible for any separation benefits, including, but not limited to, any severance payments, equity acceleration benefits or any other severance benefits outside of a change in control of the Company as may be provided for in your Amended and Restated Change of Control and Severance Agreement effective as of 2009 (the “2009 CIC Severance Agreement”) and the Severance and Change in Control Plan, adopted June 1, 2017 and any participation agreement thereunder (the “2017 CIC Severance Agreement”, and together with the 2009 Change of Control Agreement, the “CIC Severance Agreements”) or any equity acceleration benefits that may be provided in your Equity Award Agreements and (ii) from the Effective Date through your Employment Resignation Date, you shall remain eligible for any separation benefits, including, but not limited to, any severance payments, equity acceleration benefits or any other severance benefits in the event of a termination of your employment without “cause” in connection with a change in control of the Company as may be provided for in the CIC Severance Agreements or any equity acceleration benefits that may be provided in your Equity Award Agreements. You also hereby immediately waive the ability to terminate your employment as a result of a “constructive termination” or for “Good Reason” whether or not in connection with a change in control of the Company and receive any payments or benefits under the CIC Severance Agreements and Equity Award Agreements. You further acknowledge and agree that the Severance CIC Agreements shall terminate on March 31, 2021 (subject to your receipt of the Equity Acceleration). 6. Post-Employment Consulting Services. Commencing on the day immediately following the Employment Resignation Date, you will provide consulting services (the “Consulting Services”) to the Company pursuant to the Consulting Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Consulting Agreement”) through March 31, 2022 or such earlier date pursuant to the terms of the Consulting Agreement (the “Consulting Period”). 7. Confidential Information and Other Company Policies. You will continue to be bound by and comply fully with your Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement with the Company (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), insider trading policy, code of conduct, and any other policies and programs adopted by the Company regulating the behavior of its employees, as such policies and programs may be amended from time to time to the extent the same are not inconsistent with this Agreement. 8. Indemnification. For the avoidance of doubt, you will continue to be covered by any indemnification agreement in place between you and the Company, and remain named as an insured on the director and officer liability insurance policy currently maintained by the Company, or as may be maintained by the Company from time to time. 9. Arbitration. Except for any claim for injunctive relief arising out of a breach of a party’s obligations to protect the other’s proprietary information, the parties agree to arbitrate, in San Diego County, California through JAMS, any and all disputes or claims arising out of or related to the validity, enforceability, interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, whether sounding in tort, contract, statutory violation or otherwise, or involving the construction or application or any of the terms, provisions, or conditions of this Agreement. Any arbitration may be initiated by a written demand to the other party. The arbitrator’s decision shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The parties further agree that this Agreement is intended to be strictly construed to provide for arbitration as the sole and exclusive means for resolution of all disputes hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by law. The parties expressly waive any entitlement to have such controversies decided by a court or a jury. 2 10. Attorneys’ Fees. If any action is brought to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses from the other party, in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing party may be entitled. 11. Complete and Voluntary Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Consulting Agreement, the Release and the Confidentiality Agreement constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior negotiations and agreements, whether written or oral, relating to such subject matter, including your CIC Severance Agreements, except as set forth herein. You acknowledge that neither the Company nor its agents or attorneys have made any promise, representation or warranty whatsoever, either express or implied, written or oral, which is not contained in this Agreement for the purpose of inducing you to execute the Agreement, and you acknowledge that you have executed this Agreement in reliance only upon such promises, representations and warranties as are contained herein, and that you are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion. 12. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any part of it is found to be invalid or unenforceable, the other parts shall remain fully valid and enforceable. 13. Modification; Counterparts; Digital Signatures. It is expressly agreed that this Agreement may not be altered, amended, modified, or otherwise changed in any respect except by another written agreement that specifically refers to this Agreement, executed by authorized representatives of each of the parties to this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Execution of a digital copy shall have the same force and effect as execution of an original, and a copy of a signature will be equally admissible in any legal proceeding as if an original. 14. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. 15. Taxes. All payments made under this Agreement will be subject to reduction to reflect taxes or other charges required to be withheld by law. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. [Signature Page Follows] 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below: RICHARD DOUBLEDAY s/ Richard Doubleday 12/10/2020 Date DEXCOM, INC. s/ Patrick M. Murphy Patrick M. Murphy EVP, Chief Legal Officer 12/10/2020 Date [SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSITION & CONSULTING AGREEMENT] 4 Exhibit A RELEASE This General Release of All Claims and Covenant Not to Sue (the “Release”) is entered into between Richard Doubleday (“Executive”) and DexCom, Inc. (the “Company”) (collectively, “the parties”). WHEREAS, on December 10, 2020 Executive and the Company entered into an agreement regarding Executive’s resignation, transitional employment and continued consulting services with the Company (the “Transition & Consulting Agreement”) to which this Release is attached as Exhibit A; WHEREAS, this agreement serves as the Release pursuant to the Transition & Consulting Agreement; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration for the mutual promises and undertakings of the parties as set forth below, Executive and the Company hereby enter into this Release. 1. Consideration: In exchange for Executive’s agreement to this Release and his other promises in the Transition & Consulting Agreement and herein, the Company agrees to provide Executive with the Equity Acceleration (as defined in the Transition & Consulting Agreement). By signing below, Executive acknowledges that he is receiving the consideration in exchange for waiving his rights to claims referred to in this Release and he would not otherwise be entitled to the consideration. 2. General Release and Waiver of Claims: a. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Executive hereby releases and waives any claims he may have against the Company and its owners, agents, officers, shareholders, employees, directors, attorneys, subscribers, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns (collectively “Releasees”), whether known or not known, including, without limitation, claims under any employment laws, including, but not limited to, claims of unlawful discharge, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, violation of public policy, defamation, physical injury, emotional distress, claims for additional compensation or benefits arising out of his employment or separation of employment, claims under Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act and any other laws and/or regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination, including, without limitation, claims based on disability or under the Americans with Disabilities Act, up through the date of Executive’s execution of the Release. a. By signing below, Executive expressly waives any benefits of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which provides as follows: “A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, AND THAT IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASING PARTY.” b. This Release does not extend to, and has no effect upon, any benefits that have accrued or equity that has vested, and to which Executive has become vested or otherwise entitled to, under any employee benefit plan, program or policy sponsored or maintained by the Company, or to his rights to indemnification by the Company, and continued coverage by the Company’s director’s and officer’s insurance, or any claims that he may not release as a matter of law, including but not limited to 5 claims for indemnity under California Labor Code Section 2802, or any claims for enforcement of this Release. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any dispute regarding the scope of this Release shall be determined by an arbitrator under the procedures set forth in the arbitration clause set forth in the Transition & Consulting Agreement. 3. Covenant Not to Sue: c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, at no time subsequent to the execution of this Release will Executive pursue, or cause or knowingly permit the prosecution, in any state, federal or foreign court, or before any local, state, federal or foreign administrative agency, or any other tribunal, of any charge, claim or action of any kind, nature and character whatsoever, known or unknown, which he may now have, have ever had, or may in the future have against Releasees, which is based in whole or in part on any matter released by this Release. d. Nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit or impair Executive or the Company from complying with all applicable laws, nor shall this Release be construed to obligate either party to commit (or aid or abet in the commission of) any unlawful act. 4. Protected Rights: Executive understands that nothing in the General Release and Waiver of Claims and Covenant Not to Sue sections above, or otherwise in this Release, limits his ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal, state or local government agency or commission (“Government Agencies”). Executive further understands that this Release does not limit his ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company. This Release does not limit Executive’s right to receive an award for information provided to any Government Agencies. 5. to the Company. No Right to Revoke: Executive acknowledges and understands that this Release is irrevocable once it is signed and returned 6. Other Terms of Transition & Consulting Agreement and Consulting Agreement Incorporated Herein: All other terms of the Transition & Consulting Agreement to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Release are hereby incorporated in this Release as though fully stated herein and apply with equal force to this Release, including, without limitation, the provisions on Arbitration, Governing Law, and Attorneys’ Fees set forth in the Transition & Consulting Agreement. Dated: 12/10/2020 Dated: 12/10/2020 s/ Patrick M. Murphy Name: Patrick M. Murphy Title: EVP, Chief Legal Officer For the Company s/ Richard Doubleday Richard Doubleday 6 EXHIBIT B CONSULTING AGREEMENT This Consulting Agreement (“Agreement”) is effective as of April 1, 2021 (“Effective Date”), by and between DexCom, Inc., (“Company”) and Richard Doubleday, an individual (“Consultant”). 1. SERVICES & COMPENSATION. 1.1 Performance of Services. Consultant will provide executive advisory, transition and such other consulting services as reasonably requested by the Company, including, but not limited to, the transition of knowledge, experience and insight obtained during Consultant’s prior employment with the Company, at a rate of approximately 30 hours per month, in such manner (including by telephone) and at such time and place as Consultant and the Company may mutually agree (the “Services”). 1.2 Compensation. In exchange for the Services, the Company will pay Consultant $5,000 per month (the “Fees”). 1.3 Expenses. Company will reimburse Consultant for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Consultant directly in connection with the performance of the services set forth in Section 1 above, to be incurred with the Company´s prior approval. In addition, the Company specifically agrees to bear the costs of reasonable travel expenses incurred by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement. 2. RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES. 2.1 Independent Contractor. Consultant is an independent contractor and is not an agent or employee of, and has no authority to bind, Company by contract or otherwise. Consultant will perform the Services under the general direction of Company, but Consultant will determine, in Consultant’s sole discretion, the manner and means by which the Services are accomplished, subject to the requirement that Consultant will at all times comply with applicable law. Company has no right or authority to control the manner or means by which the Services are accomplished. 2.2 Employment Taxes and Benefits. Consultant will report as income all compensation received by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant will indemnify Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, costs and expenses, including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and other professionals, relating to any obligation imposed by law on Company to pay any withholding taxes, social security, unemployment or disability insurance, or similar items in connection with compensation received by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant will not be entitled to receive any vacation or illness payments or to participate in any plans, arrangements, or distributions by Company pertaining to any bonus, stock option, profit sharing, insurance or similar benefits for Company’s employees. 3. OWNERSHIP AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. 3.1 Definition of Innovations. Consultant agrees to disclose in writing to Company all inventions, products, designs, drawings, notes, documents, information, documentation, improvements, works of authorship, processes, techniques, know-how, algorithms, technical and business plans, specifications, hardware, circuits, computer languages, computer programs, databases, user interfaces, encoding techniques, and other materials or innovations of any kind that Consultant may make, conceive, develop or reduce to practice, alone or jointly with others, in connection with performing Services or that result from or that are related to such Services, whether or not they are eligible for patent, copyright, mask work, trade secret, trademark or other legal protection (collectively, “Innovations”). 7 3.2 Ownership of Innovations. Consultant and Company agree that, to the fullest extent legally possible, all Innovations will be works made for hire owned exclusively by Company. Consultant agrees that, regardless of whether the Innovations are legally works made for hire, all Innovations will be the sole and exclusive property of Company. Consultant hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to Company, and agrees to irrevocably transfer and assign to Company, all right, title and interest in and to the Innovations, including all worldwide patent rights (including patent applications and disclosures), copyright rights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, know-how, and any and all other intellectual property or proprietary rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) therein. At Company’s request and expense, during and after the term of this Agreement, Consultant will assist and cooperate with Company in all respects and will execute documents, and, subject to the reasonable availability of Consultant, give testimony and take such further acts reasonably requested by Company to enable Company to acquire, transfer, maintain, perfect and enforce its Intellectual Property Rights and other legal protections for the Innovations. Consultant hereby appoints the officers of Company as Consultant’s attorney-in-fact to execute documents on behalf of Consultant for this limited purpose. 3.3 Moral Rights. Consultant also hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to Company, and agrees to irrevocably transfer and assign to Company, and waives and agrees never to assert, any and all Moral Rights (as defined below) that Consultant or its agents may have in or with respect to any Innovation, during and after the term of this Agreement. “Moral Rights” mean any rights to claim authorship of any Innovation, to object to or prevent the modification or destruction of any Innovation, to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of any Innovation, and any similar right, existing under judicial or statutory law of any country in the world, or under any treaty, regardless of whether or not such right is called or generally referred to as a “moral right.” 3.4 Related Rights. To the extent that Consultant owns or controls (presently or in the future) any patent rights, copyright rights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, or any other intellectual property or proprietary rights that block or interfere with the rights assigned to Company under this Agreement (collectively, “Related Rights”), Consultant hereby grants or will cause to be granted to Company a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, transferable, worldwide license (with the right to sublicense) to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, copy, modify, create derivative works based upon, distribute, sublicense, display, perform and transmit any products, software, hardware, methods or materials of any kind that are covered by such Related Rights, to the extent necessary to enable Company to exercise all of the rights assigned to Company under this Agreement. 4. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means and will include: (i) any information, materials or knowledge regarding Company and its business, financial condition, products, programming techniques, customers, suppliers, technology or research and development that is disclosed to Consultant or to which Consultant has access in connection with performing Services; (ii) the Innovations; and (iii) the existence and terms and conditions of this Agreement. Confidential Information will not include, however, any information that is or becomes part of the public domain through no fault of Consultant or that Company regularly gives to third parties without restrictions on use or disclosure. Consultant agrees to hold all Confidential Information in strict confidence, not to use it in any way, commercially or otherwise, except in performing the Services, and not to disclose it to others, except disclosure may be made to Consultant’s agents who have a bona fide need to know and who have executed a written agreement that includes use and nondisclosure restrictions at least as protective of the Confidential Information as those set forth herein. Consultant further agrees to take all action reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information including, without limitation, implementing and enforcing procedures to minimize the possibility of unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information. Both parties agree and acknowledge that Consultant’s production of Confidential Information pursuant to an order from a court or agency of competent jurisdiction shall not be a breach of this Agreement. 5. WARRANTIES. 8 5.1 Competitive Activities. During the term of this Agreement, Consultant will not, directly or indirectly, in any individual or representative capacity, including but not limited to as an employee, consultant or director, engage or participate in or provide services to any business that is directly competitive with the types and kinds of business being conducted by Company. 5.2 Pre-existing Obligations. Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant has no pre-existing obligations or commitments (and will not assume or otherwise undertake any obligations or commitments) that would be in conflict or inconsistent with, or that would hinder Consultant’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement. 5.3 Solicitation of Services. Because of the trade secret subject matter of Company’s business, Consultant agrees that, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, Consultant will not solicit the services of any of Company’s employees and consultants for Consultant’s own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity. 6. TERM AND TERMINATION. terms of this Agreement, will remain in force and effect until and including March 31, 2022. 6.1 Term. This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the Agreement and fails to cure such breach within ten (10) days following written notice thereof from the non-breaching party. 6.2 Termination for Breach. Either party may terminate this Agreement if the other party breaches any material term of this written notice to the other party prior to termination. 6.3 Termination for Convenience. The parties hereto may terminate this Agreement with not less than 14 days’ advance Company all Innovations, including all work in progress on any Innovations and all versions and portions thereof. (a) Upon the expiration or any termination of this Agreement for any reason, Consultant will promptly deliver to (b) Upon the expiration or any termination of this Agreement (except termination of this Agreement pursuant by Company pursuant to Section 6.2), Company will pay Consultant any Fees amounts that are due and payable for Services performed by Consultant prior to the effective date of expiration or termination. (c) Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, Consultant will promptly notify Company of all Confidential Information in Consultant’s possession or control and will promptly deliver all such Confidential Information to Company, at Consultant’s expense and in accordance with Company’s instructions. Agreement. 6.4 Survival. The provisions of Sections 2.2, 3, 4, 5.3, 6.3, 6.4, 7 and 8 will survive the expiration or termination of this 7. MUTUAL LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT WILL COMPANY OR CONSULTANT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF COMPANY OR CONSULTANT HAS BEEN INFORMED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 8. GENERAL. 9 8.1 No Election of Remedies. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the exercise by Company or Consultant of any of its remedies under this Agreement will be without prejudice to its other remedies under this Agreement or available at law or in equity. 8.2 Assignment. Neither party may assign or transfer any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the other party’s express prior written consent. Any attempted assignment, transfer or delegation, without such consent, will be void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the parties permitted successors and assigns. 8.3 Equitable Remedies. Because the Services are personal and unique and because Consultant will have access to Confidential Information of Company, Company will have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without having to post a bond or other consideration, in addition to all other remedies that Company may have for a breach of this Agreement. 8.4 Attorneys’ Fees. If any action is necessary to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the substantially prevailing party will be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing party may be entitled. 8.5 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws. Any legal action or proceeding arising under this Agreement will be brought exclusively in the federal or state courts located in the State of California, and the parties hereby irrevocably consent to the personal jurisdiction and venue therein. 8.6 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of the Agreement will remain in full force and effect, and the provision affected will be construed so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permissible by law. 8.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission, by courier or overnight delivery service, or by certified mail, and in each instance will be deemed given upon receipt. All notices will be sent to the addresses set forth above or to such other address as may be specified by either party to the other in accordance with this Section. 8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any waiver, modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be effective only if in writing and signed by the parties hereto. breach of the same other provisions hereof. 8.9 Waiver. The waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of any subsequent which together will constitute one and the same instrument. 8.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 10 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below: RICHARD DOUBLEDAY s/ Richard Doubleday 12/10/2020 Date DEXCOM, INC. s/ Patrick M. Murphy Patrick M. Murphy EVP, Chief Legal Officer 12/10/2020 Date [SIGNATURE PAGE TO CONSULTING AGREEMENT] 11 SUBSIDIARY (Name under which subsidiary does business) SweetSpot Diabetes Care, Inc. TypeZero Technologies, Inc. DexCapital, LLC The Glucose Program, LLC Nintamed Handels GmbH DexCom Canada, Co. DexCom (Canada) Inc. DexCom Deutschland GmbH DexCom Lithuania UAB DexCom (Malayisa) Sdn Bhd. DexCom Philippines, Inc. DexCom Asia Pacific Operations PTE Ltd. DexCom Kommanditbolag DexCom Suisse GmbH DexCom (UK) Ltd. DexCom (UK) Intermediate Holdings Ltd. DexCom Operating Ltd. DexCom International Ltd. DexCom (UK) Distribution Ltd. DEXCOM, INC. Exhibit 21.01 JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Austria Canada Canada Germany Lithuania Malaysia Philippines Singapore Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom Exhibit 23.01 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements: (1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 Nos. 333-206619, 333-211101 and 333-228495) of DexCom, Inc., (2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-204699) pertaining to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of DexCom, Inc., and (3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 Nos. 333-218562 and 333-234682) pertaining to the Amended and Restated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan of DexCom, Inc.; of our reports dated February 11, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of DexCom, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of DexCom, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of DexCom, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP San Diego, California February 11, 2021 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 31.01 I, Kevin R. Sayer, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DexCom, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including any consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. February 11, 2021 By: /s/ Kevin R. Sayer Kevin R. Sayer Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 31.02 I, Quentin S. Blackford, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DexCom, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including any consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. February 11, 2021 By: /s/ Quentin S. Blackford Quentin S. Blackford Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C SECTION 1350 Exhibit 32.01 The undersigned, Kevin R. Sayer, President and Chief Executive Officer of DexCom, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, hereby certifies that: (i) the annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2020 of the Company (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Dated: February 11, 2021 /s/ Kevin R. Sayer Kevin R. Sayer Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 Exhibit 32.02 The undersigned, Quentin S. Blackford, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of DexCom, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, hereby certifies: (i) the annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2020 of the Company (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Dated: February 11, 2021 /s/ Quentin S. Blackford Quentin S. Blackford Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above